CodeMirror: Any Word Completion Demo

Active Line Demo

-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0"
-     xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss"
-     xmlns:twitter="http://api.twitter.com">
-  <channel>
-    <title>Twitter / codemirror</title>
-    <link>http://twitter.com/codemirror</link>
-    <atom:link type="application/rss+xml"
-               href="http://twitter.com/statuses/user_timeline/242283288.rss" rel="self"/>
-    <description>Twitter updates from CodeMirror / codemirror.</description>
-    <language>en-us</language>
-    <ttl>40</ttl>
-  <item>
-    <title>codemirror: http://cloud-ide.com — they're springing up like mushrooms. This one
-      uses CodeMirror as its editor.</title>
-    <description>codemirror: http://cloud-ide.com — they're springing up like mushrooms. This
-      one uses CodeMirror as its editor.</description>
-    <pubDate>Thu, 17 Mar 2011 23:34:47 +0000</pubDate>
-    <guid>http://twitter.com/codemirror/statuses/48527733722058752</guid>
-    <link>http://twitter.com/codemirror/statuses/48527733722058752</link>
-    <twitter:source>web</twitter:source>
-    <twitter:place/>
-  </item>
-  <item>
-    <title>codemirror: Posted a description of the CodeMirror 2 internals at
-      http://codemirror.net/2/internals.html</title>
-    <description>codemirror: Posted a description of the CodeMirror 2 internals at
-      http://codemirror.net/2/internals.html</description>
-    <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2011 12:15:09 +0000</pubDate>
-    <guid>http://twitter.com/codemirror/statuses/42920879788789760</guid>
-    <link>http://twitter.com/codemirror/statuses/42920879788789760</link>
-    <twitter:source>web</twitter:source>
-    <twitter:place/>
-  </item>
-  </channel>
-</rss>

- - - -

Styling the current cursor line.

- -

Any Word Completion Demo

-(function() {
-  "use strict";
-
-  var WORD = /[\w$]+/g, RANGE = 500;
-
-  CodeMirror.registerHelper("hint", "anyword", function(editor, options) {
-    var word = options && options.word || WORD;
-    var range = options && options.range || RANGE;
-    var cur = editor.getCursor(), curLine = editor.getLine(cur.line);
-    var start = cur.ch, end = start;
-    while (end < curLine.length && word.test(curLine.charAt(end))) ++end;
-    while (start && word.test(curLine.charAt(start - 1))) --start;
-    var curWord = start != end && curLine.slice(start, end);
-
-    var list = [], seen = {};
-    function scan(dir) {
-      var line = cur.line, end = Math.min(Math.max(line + dir * range, editor.firstLine()), editor.lastLine()) + dir;
-      for (; line != end; line += dir) {
-        var text = editor.getLine(line), m;
-        word.lastIndex = 0;
-        while (m = word.exec(text)) {
-          if ((!curWord || m[0].indexOf(curWord) == 0) && !seen.hasOwnProperty(m[0])) {
-            seen[m[0]] = true;
-            list.push(m[0]);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    scan(-1);
-    scan(1);
-    return {list: list, from: CodeMirror.Pos(cur.line, start), to: CodeMirror.Pos(cur.line, end)};
-  });
-})();
-

- -

Press ctrl-space to activate autocompletion. The -completion uses -the anyword-hint.js -module, which simply looks at nearby words in the buffer and completes -to those.

- - -

Bi-directional Text Demo

-
-<dl>
-  <dt id=option_value><code>value (string or Doc)</code></dt>
-  <dd>قيمة البداية المحرر. يمكن أن تكون سلسلة، أو. كائن مستند.</dd>
-  <dt id=option_mode><code>mode (string or object)</code></dt>
-  <dd>وضع الاستخدام. عندما لا تعطى، وهذا الافتراضي إلى الطريقة الاولى
-  التي تم تحميلها. قد يكون من سلسلة، والتي إما أسماء أو ببساطة هو وضع
-  MIME نوع المرتبطة اسطة. بدلا من ذلك، قد يكون من كائن يحتوي على
-  خيارات التكوين لواسطة، مع <code>name</code> الخاصية التي وضع أسماء
-  (على سبيل المثال <code>{name: "javascript", json: true}</code>).
-  صفحات التجريبي لكل وضع تحتوي على معلومات حول ما معلمات تكوين وضع
-  يدعمها. يمكنك أن تطلب CodeMirror التي تم تعريفها طرق وأنواع MIME
-  الكشف على <code>CodeMirror.modes</code>
-  و <code>CodeMirror.mimeModes</code> الكائنات. وضع خرائط الأسماء
-  الأولى لمنشئات الخاصة بهم، وخرائط لأنواع MIME 2 المواصفات
-  واسطة.</dd>
-  <dt id=option_theme><code>theme (string)</code></dt>
-  <dd>موضوع لنمط المحرر مع. يجب عليك التأكد من الملف CSS تحديد
-  المقابلة <code>.cm-s-[name]</code> يتم تحميل أنماط (انظر
-  <a href="../theme/"><code>theme</code></a> الدليل في التوزيع).
-  الافتراضي هو <code>"default"</code> ، والتي تم تضمينها في
-  الألوان <code>codemirror.css</code>. فمن الممكن استخدام فئات متعددة
-  في تطبيق السمات مرة واحدة على سبيل المثال <code>"foo bar"</code>
-  سيتم تعيين كل من <code>cm-s-foo</code> و <code>cm-s-bar</code>
-  الطبقات إلى المحرر.</dd>
-</dl>
-

- - - -

Demonstration of bi-directional text support. See - the related - blog post for more background.

- -

Note: There is - a known - bug with cursor motion and mouse clicks in bi-directional lines - that are line wrapped.

- -

B-Tree visualization

- -

- - - -

- -

Multiple Buffer & Split View Demo

- - -

- Select buffer: - -

- - - -

Demonstration of - using linked documents - to provide a split view on a document, and - using swapDoc - to use a single editor to display multiple documents.

- -

Mode-Changing Demo

- - -

On changes to the content of the above editor, a (crude) script -tries to auto-detect the language used, and switches the editor to -either JavaScript or Scheme mode based on that.

- - -

Closebrackets Demo

- - - -

Close-Tag Demo

- - - -

Autocomplete Demo

-function getCompletions(token, context) {
-  var found = [], start = token.string;
-  function maybeAdd(str) {
-    if (str.indexOf(start) == 0) found.push(str);
-  }
-  function gatherCompletions(obj) {
-    if (typeof obj == "string") forEach(stringProps, maybeAdd);
-    else if (obj instanceof Array) forEach(arrayProps, maybeAdd);
-    else if (obj instanceof Function) forEach(funcProps, maybeAdd);
-    for (var name in obj) maybeAdd(name);
-  }
-
-  if (context) {
-    // If this is a property, see if it belongs to some object we can
-    // find in the current environment.
-    var obj = context.pop(), base;
-    if (obj.className == "js-variable")
-      base = window[obj.string];
-    else if (obj.className == "js-string")
-      base = "";
-    else if (obj.className == "js-atom")
-      base = 1;
-    while (base != null && context.length)
-      base = base[context.pop().string];
-    if (base != null) gatherCompletions(base);
-  }
-  else {
-    // If not, just look in the window object and any local scope
-    // (reading into JS mode internals to get at the local variables)
-    for (var v = token.state.localVars; v; v = v.next) maybeAdd(v.name);
-    gatherCompletions(window);
-    forEach(keywords, maybeAdd);
-  }
-  return found;
-}
-

- -

Press ctrl-space to activate autocompletion. Built -on top of the show-hint -and javascript-hint -addons.

- - - - - -

Emacs bindings demo

- - -

The emacs keybindings are enabled by -including keymap/emacs.js and setting -the keyMap option to "emacs". Because -CodeMirror's internal API is quite different from Emacs, they are only -a loose approximation of actual emacs bindings, though.

- -

Also note that a lot of browsers disallow certain keys from being -captured. For example, Chrome blocks both Ctrl-W and Ctrl-N, with the -result that idiomatic use of Emacs keys will constantly close your tab -or open a new window.

- - - -

Code Folding Demo

- - -

Full Screen Editing

-<dl>
-  <dt id="option_indentWithTabs"><code><strong>indentWithTabs</strong>: boolean</code></dt>
-  <dd>Whether, when indenting, the first N*<code>tabSize</code>
-  spaces should be replaced by N tabs. Default is false.</dd>
-
-  <dt id="option_electricChars"><code><strong>electricChars</strong>: boolean</code></dt>
-  <dd>Configures whether the editor should re-indent the current
-  line when a character is typed that might change its proper
-  indentation (only works if the mode supports indentation).
-  Default is true.</dd>
-
-  <dt id="option_specialChars"><code><strong>specialChars</strong>: RegExp</code></dt>
-  <dd>A regular expression used to determine which characters
-  should be replaced by a
-  special <a href="#option_specialCharPlaceholder">placeholder</a>.
-  Mostly useful for non-printing special characters. The default
-  is <code>/[\u0000-\u0019\u00ad\u200b\u2028\u2029\ufeff]/</code>.</dd>
-  <dt id="option_specialCharPlaceholder"><code><strong>specialCharPlaceholder</strong>: function(char) → Element</code></dt>
-  <dd>A function that, given a special character identified by
-  the <a href="#option_specialChars"><code>specialChars</code></a>
-  option, produces a DOM node that is used to represent the
-  character. By default, a red dot (<span style="color: red">•</span>)
-  is shown, with a title tooltip to indicate the character code.</dd>
-
-  <dt id="option_rtlMoveVisually"><code><strong>rtlMoveVisually</strong>: boolean</code></dt>
-  <dd>Determines whether horizontal cursor movement through
-  right-to-left (Arabic, Hebrew) text is visual (pressing the left
-  arrow moves the cursor left) or logical (pressing the left arrow
-  moves to the next lower index in the string, which is visually
-  right in right-to-left text). The default is <code>false</code>
-  on Windows, and <code>true</code> on other platforms.</dd>
-</dl>
-

- - -

Demonstration of - the fullscreen - addon. Press F11 when cursor is in the editor to - toggle full screen editing. Esc can also be used - to exit full screen editing.

Hard-wrapping Demo

- -

Demonstration of -the hardwrap addon. -The above editor has its change event hooked up to -the wrapParagraphsInRange method, so that the paragraphs -are reflown as you are typing.

- - - -

HTML completion demo

- -

Shows the XML completer - parameterized with information about the tags in HTML. - Press ctrl-space to activate completion.

- -

- - -

Indented wrapped line demo

- -

This page uses a hack on top of the "renderLine" - event to make wrapped text line up with the base indentation of - the line.

- - - -

Linter Demo

- - -

- -

[ - { - _id: "post 1", - "author": "Bob", - "content": "...", - "page_views": 5 - }, - { - "_id": "post 2", - "author": "Bob", - "content": "...", - "page_views": 9 - }, - { - "_id": "post 3", - "author": "Bob", - "content": "...", - "page_views": 8 - } -] -

- - - -

Lazy Mode Loading Demo

Current mode: text/plain

- -

Filename, mime, or mode name:

- - -

Breakpoint Demo

- - -

Click the line-number gutter to add or remove 'breakpoints'.

- - - -

Selection Marking Demo

- - - - -

Simple addon to easily mark (and style) selected text. Docs.

- -

Match Highlighter Demo

Select this text: hardtospot
-  And everywhere else in your code where hardtospot appears will
-automatically illuminate.  Give it a try!  No more hard to spot
-variables - stay in context of your code all the time.
-
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut pharetra
-interdum dui eu pulvinar. Mauris maximus ligula venenatis tempus
-interdum. Cras hendrerit, ipsum sed ultrices pharetra, ligula diam
-porttitor lacus, ac tempor eros est a massa. Nam orci elit, vulputate
-in tristique quis, consectetur vitae metus. Pellentesque et enim
-elementum, lobortis augue in, lacinia sapien. Morbi eu nunc semper,
-sagittis felis a, pellentesque mauris. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
-consectetur adipiscing elit. Aenean quis diam turpis.
-
-Fusce lobortis nisl quis aliquet euismod. Aenean vitae nulla non ipsum
-efficitur scelerisque. Curabitur auctor, lorem non rhoncus porttitor,
-augue ligula lacinia dolor, et vehicula magna lorem imperdiet velit.
-Fusce risus sem, hardtospot commodo eleifend hendrerit vitae, mollis
-quis risus. Cras tincidunt, justo vitae hendrerit venenatis, urna
-dolor placerat tortor, eu lobortis lectus dolor in ligula. Nullam non
-erat non nisl vulputate ultrices sit amet vestibulum dolor. Quisque in
-tortor porta, pellentesque odio nec, malesuada nibh.
-
-In a dui feugiat, ullamcorper urna in, accumsan magna. Donec egestas
-sem nec eros rhoncus, vel gravida purus ornare. Nulla orci mauris,
-porta nec pharetra sed, ornare et lorem. Donec luctus turpis nunc,
-eget dictum felis mollis et.  Sed sodales hardtospot nunc vitae leo
-rhoncus imperdiet. Donec elementum malesuada velit quis placerat.
-Proin accumsan lorem id nisi volutpat ullamcorper. Vivamus laoreet
-dolor ac sem malesuada, ac scelerisque ex efficitur. Aliquam tempus
-libero velit, vel tristique augue vulputate nec.
-
-Mauris ultrices leo felis, sit amet congue augue aliquam condimentum.
-Vivamus purus leo, mattis vitae dignissim vel, ultricies ac ex. Mauris
-eu dolor eu purus ultricies ultrices. Sed euismod feugiat ex et
-mattis. Morbi cursus laoreet pharetra. Donec eu dolor sodales,
-ultricies nisi et, malesuada urna.  Praesent sit amet fringilla felis.
-Nam rhoncus, est blandit auctor auctor, lorem ipsum laoreet ipsum,
-quis sodales libero odio in lorem. Phasellus odio dolor, elementum
-sagittis nibh non, fermentum semper libero. Mauris hendrerit
-hardtospot lectus sit amet commodo eleifend. Morbi pulvinar eget nisl
-at eleifend. Fusce eget porta erat, vitae lobortis libero.
-
-Phasellus sit amet massa in massa pharetra malesuada. Vestibulum at
-quam vel libero aliquam volutpat at ut dui. Praesent scelerisque vel
-mauris sit amet vehicula. Phasellus at mi nec ligula cursus interdum
-sit amet non quam. Aliquam tempus sollicitudin euismod. Nulla euismod
-mollis enim tincidunt placerat.  Proin ac scelerisque enim, quis
-sollicitudin metus. Pellentesque congue nec sapien ut rhoncus. Sed
-eget ornare diam, ut consectetur ante. Aenean eleifend mauris quis
-ornare accumsan. In hac habitasse hardtospot platea dictumst.
-
-

- - - -

Search and highlight occurences of the selected text.

- -

Tag Matcher Demo

- - -

- - - -

Put the cursor on or inside a pair of tags to highlight them. - Press Ctrl-J to jump to the tag that matches the one under the - cursor.

merge view demo

- - -

- -

The merge -addon provides an interface for displaying and merging diffs, -either two-way -or three-way. -The left (or center) pane is editable, and the differences with the -other pane(s) are optionally shown live as you edit -it. In the two-way configuration, there are also options to pad changed -sections to align them, and to collapse unchanged -stretches of text.

- -

This addon depends on -the google-diff-match-patch -library to compute the diffs.

- - -

Multiplexing Parser Demo

- - - - -

Demonstration of a multiplexing mode, which, at certain - boundary strings, switches to one or more inner modes. The out - (HTML) mode does not get fed the content of the << - >> blocks. See - the manual and - the source for more - information.

- -

- Parsing/Highlighting Tests: - normal, - verbose. -

- -

Overlay Parser Demo

- - - - -

Demonstration of a mode that parses HTML, highlighting - the Mustache templating - directives inside of it by using the code - in overlay.js. View - source to see the 15 lines of code needed to accomplish this.

- -

Panel Demo

- -

- The panel - addon allows you to display panels above or below an editor. -
- Click the links below to add panels at the given position: -

- -

- top - after-top - before-bottom - bottom -

- You can also replace an existing panel: -

- - - - -

- -

Placeholder demo

- - -

The placeholder - plug-in adds an option placeholder that can be set to - make text appear in the editor when it is empty and not focused. - If the source textarea has a placeholder attribute, - it will automatically be inherited.

- - - -

HTML5 preview

- - - - -

RequireJS module loading demo

- -

This demo does the same thing as - the HTML5 completion demo, but - loads its dependencies - with Require.js, rather than - explicitly. Press ctrl-space to activate - completion.

- -

- - - - -

Autoresize Demo

- - -

By setting an editor's height style -to auto and giving -the viewportMargin -a value of Infinity, CodeMirror can be made to -automatically resize to fit its content.

- - - -

Ruler Demo

- - - -

Demonstration of -the rulers addon, which -displays vertical lines at given column offsets.

- -

Mode Runner Demo

- - -
- -

- - - -

Running a CodeMirror mode outside of the editor. - The CodeMirror.runMode function, defined - in addon/runmode/runmode.js takes the following arguments:

- -

text (string): The document to run through the highlighter.
mode (mode spec): The mode to use (must be loaded as normal).
output (function or DOM node): If this is a function, it will be called for each token with - two arguments, the token's text and the token's style class (may - be null for unstyled tokens). If it is a DOM node, - the tokens will be converted to span elements as in - an editor, and inserted into the node - (through innerHTML).

- -

Search/Replace Demo

- - - -

Demonstration of primitive search/replace functionality. The - keybindings (which can be configured with custom keymaps) are:

Ctrl-F / Cmd-F: Start searching
Ctrl-G / Cmd-G: Find next
Shift-Ctrl-G / Shift-Cmd-G: Find previous
Shift-Ctrl-F / Cmd-Option-F: Replace
Shift-Ctrl-R / Shift-Cmd-Option-F: Replace all
Alt-F: Persistent search (dialog doesn't autoclose, - enter to find next, Shift-Enter to find previous)
Alt-G: Jump to line

Searching is enabled by - including addon/search/search.js - and addon/search/searchcursor.js. - Jump to line - including addon/search/jumpToLine.js.

For good-looking input dialogs, you also want to include - addon/dialog/dialog.js - and addon/dialog/dialog.css.

Simple Mode Demo

- -

The mode/simple -addon allows CodeMirror modes to be specified using a relatively simple -declarative format. This format is not as powerful as writing code -directly against the mode -interface, but is a lot easier to get started with, and -sufficiently expressive for many simple language modes.

- -

This interface is still in flux. It is unlikely to be scrapped or -overhauled completely, so do start writing code against it, but -details might change as it stabilizes, and you might have to tweak -your code when upgrading.

- -

Simple modes (loosely based on -the Common -JavaScript Syntax Highlighting Specification, which never took -off), are state machines, where each state has a number of rules that -match tokens. A rule describes a type of token that may occur in the -current state, and possibly a transition to another state caused by -that token.

- -

The CodeMirror.defineSimpleMode(name, states) method -takes a mode name and an object that describes the mode's states. The -editor below shows an example of such a mode (and is itself -highlighted by the mode shown in it).

- -

Each state is an array of rules. A rule may have the following properties:

- -

regex: string | RegExp: The regular expression that matches the token. May be a string - or a regex object. When a regex, the ignoreCase flag - will be taken into account when matching the token. This regex - should only capture groups when the token property is - an array.
token: string | null: An optional token style. Multiple styles can be specified by - separating them with dots or spaces. When the regex for - this rule captures groups, it must capture all of the - string (since JS provides no way to find out where a group matched), - and this property must hold an array of token styles that has one - style for each matched group.
sol: boolean: When true, this token will only match at the start of the line. - (The ^ regexp marker doesn't work as you'd expect in - this context because of limitations in JavaScript's RegExp - API.)
next: string: When a next property is present, the mode will - transfer to the state named by the property when the token is - encountered.
push: string: Like next, but instead replacing the current state - by the new state, the current state is kept on a stack, and can be - returned to with the pop directive.
pop: bool: When true, and there is another state on the state stack, will - cause the mode to pop that state off the stack and transition to - it.
mode: {spec, end, persistent}: Can be used to embed another mode inside a mode. When present, - must hold an object with a spec property that describes - the embedded mode, and an optional end end property - that specifies the regexp that will end the extent of the mode. When - a persistent property is set (and true), the nested - mode's state will be preserved between occurrences of the mode.
indent: bool: When true, this token changes the indentation to be one unit - more than the current line's indentation.
dedent: bool: When true, this token will pop one scope off the indentation - stack.
dedentIfLineStart: bool: If a token has its dedent property set, it will, by - default, cause lines where it appears at the start to be dedented. - Set this property to false to prevent that behavior.

- -

The meta property of the states object is special, and -will not be interpreted as a state. Instead, properties set on it will -be set on the mode, which is useful for properties -like lineComment, -which sets the comment style for a mode. The simple mode addon also -recognizes a few such properties:

- -

dontIndentStates: array<string>: An array of states in which the mode's auto-indentation should - not take effect. Usually used for multi-line comment and string - states.

- - - - - -

Simple Scrollbar Demo

# Custom Scrollbars
-
-This is a piece of text that creates scrollbars
-
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, turpis nec facilisis neque vestibulum adipiscing, magna nunc est luctus orci a,
-aliquam duis ad volutpat nostra. Vestibulum ultricies suspendisse commodo volutpat pede sed. Bibendum odio
-dignissim, ad vitae mollis ac sed nibh quis, suspendisse diam, risus quas blandit phasellus luctus nec,
-integer nunc vitae posuere scelerisque. Lobortis quam porta conubia nulla. Et nisl ac, imperdiet vitae ac.
-Parturient sit. Et vestibulum euismod, rutrum nunc libero mauris purus convallis. Cum id adipiscing et eget
-pretium rutrum, ultrices sapien magnis fringilla sit lorem, eu vitae scelerisque ipsum aliquet, magna sed
-fusce vel.
-
-Lectus ultricies libero dolor convallis, sed etiam vel hendrerit egestas viverra, at urna mauris, eget
-vulputate dolor voluptatem, nulla eget sollicitudin. Sed tincidunt, elit sociis. Mattis mi tortor dui id
-sodales mi, maecenas nam fringilla risus turpis mauris praesent, imperdiet maecenas ultrices nonummy tellus
-quis est. Scelerisque nec pharetra quis varius fringilla. Varius vestibulum non dictum pharetra, tincidunt in
-vestibulum iaculis molestie, id condimentum blandit elit urna magna pulvinar, quam suspendisse pellentesque
-donec. Vel amet ad ac. Nec aut viverra, morbi mi neque massa, turpis enim proin. Tellus eu, fermentum velit
-est convallis aliquam velit, rutrum in diam lacus, praesent tempor pellentesque dictum semper augue. Felis
-explicabo massa amet lectus phasellus dolor. Ut lorem quis arcu neque felis ultricies, senectus vitae
-curabitur sed pellentesque et, id sed risus in sed ac accumsan, blandit arcu quam duis nunc.
-
-Sed leo sollicitudin odio vitae, purus sit egestas, justo eros inceptos auctor fermentum lectus. Ligula luctus
-turpis, quod massa vitae elementum orci, nullam fringilla elit tortor. Justo ante tempor amet quam posuere
-volutpat. Facilisis pede erat ut hac ultrices ipsum, wisi duis sit metus. Dolor vitae est sed sed vitae. Sed
-eu ligula, morbi vestibulum nunc nibh velit ut taciti, ligula elit semper sagittis in, auctor arcu vel eget.
-Mauris at vitae nec suspendisse et, aenean proin blandit suscipit. Morbi quam, dolor ultricies. Viverra
-tempus. Suspendisse sit dapibus, ac fuga aenean, magna nisl nonummy augue posuere, dictum ut fuga velit
-parturient augue interdum, mattis sit tellus.
-
-Vehicula commodo tempus curabitur eros, lacinia erat vulputate lorem vel fermentum donec, lectus sed conubia
-id pellentesque. Vel senectus donec pede aliquet dolor sit, nec vivamus justo placerat interdum maecenas,
-sodales euismod. Quis netus sapien amet, vestibulum quam nec amet lacinia, quis aliquet, tempor vivamus tellus
-enim, suscipit quis eleifend. Amet class phasellus orci pretium, risus in nulla. Neque sit ullamcorper,
-ultricies platea id nec suspendisse ac. Et elementum. Dictum nam, ut dui fermentum egestas facilisis elit
-augue, adipiscing donec ipsum erat nam pellentesque convallis, vestibulum vestibulum risus id nulla ut mauris,
-curabitur aute aptent. Ultrices orci wisi dui ipsum praesent, pharetra felis eu quis. Est fringilla etiam,
-maxime sem dapibus et eget, mi enim dignissim nec pretium, augue vehicula, volutpat proin. Et occaecati
-lobortis viverra, cum in sed, vivamus tellus. Libero at malesuada est vivamus leo tortor.
-

- -

The simplescrollbars addon defines two -styles of non-native scrollbars: "simple" and "overlay" (click to try), which can be passed to -the scrollbarStyle option. These implement -the scrollbar using DOM elements, allowing more control over -its appearance.

- - -

Automatically derive odd wrapping behavior for your browser

- - -

This is a hack to automatically derive - a spanAffectsWrapping regexp for a browser. See the - comments above that variable - in lib/codemirror.js - for some more details.

- -

- - -

Sublime Text bindings demo

- -

The sublime keymap defines many Sublime Text-specific -bindings for CodeMirror. See the code below for an overview.

- -

Enable the keymap by -loading keymap/sublime.js -and setting -the keyMap -option to "sublime".

- -

(A lot of the search functionality is still missing.) - - - -

Tern Demo

- -

Demonstrates integration of Tern -and CodeMirror. The following keys are bound:

- -

Ctrl-Space: Autocomplete
Ctrl-O: Find docs for the expression at the cursor
Ctrl-I: Find type at cursor
Alt-.: Jump to definition (Alt-, to jump back)
Ctrl-Q: Rename variable
Ctrl-.: Select all occurrences of a variable

- -

Documentation is sparse for now. See the top of -the script for a rough API -overview.

- - - -

Theme Demo

- - -

Select a theme: -

- - -

Trailing Whitespace Demo

- - - - -

Uses -the trailingspace -addon to highlight trailing whitespace.

- -

Variable Height Demo

- - -

Vim bindings demo

- -

Note: The CodeMirror vim bindings do not have an -active maintainer. That means that if you report bugs in it, they are -likely to go unanswered. It also means that if you want to help, you -are very welcome to look -at the -open issues and see which ones you can solve.

- - -

Key buffer:

- -

The vim keybindings are enabled by including keymap/vim.js and setting the -keyMap option to vim.

- -

Features

- -

All common motions and operators, including text objects
Operator motion orthogonality
Visual mode - characterwise, linewise, blockwise
Full macro support (q, @)
Incremental highlighted search (/, ?, #, *, g#, g*)
Search/replace with confirm (:substitute, :%s)
Search history
Jump lists (Ctrl-o, Ctrl-i)
Key/command mapping with API (:map, :nmap, :vmap)
Sort (:sort)
Marks (`, ')
:global
Insert mode behaves identical to base CodeMirror
Cross-buffer yank/paste

- -

For the full list of key mappings and Ex commands, refer to the -defaultKeymap and defaultExCommandMap at the -top of keymap/vim.js. - -

Note that while the vim mode tries to emulate the most useful -features of vim as faithfully as possible, it does not strive to -become a complete vim implementation

- - - -

Visible tabs demo

- - -

Tabs inside the editor are spans with the -class cm-tab, and can be styled.

- - - -

Inline Widget Demo

- - -

- -

This demo runs JSHint over the code -in the editor (which is the script used on this page), and -inserts line widgets to -display the warnings that JSHint comes up with.

XML Autocomplete Demo

- - -

Press ctrl-space, or type a '<' character to - activate autocompletion. This demo defines a simple schema that - guides completion. The schema can be customized—see - the manual.

- -

Development of the xml-hint addon was kindly - sponsored - by www.xperiment.mobi.

- - -

- -

Script compression helper

- -

To optimize loading CodeMirror, especially when including a - bunch of different modes, it is recommended that you combine and - minify (and preferably also gzip) the scripts. This page makes - those first two steps very easy. Simply select the version and - scripts you need in the form below, and - click Compress to download the minified script - file.

- -

Version:

- - - -

- with UglifyJS -

- -

Custom code to add to the compressed file:

- - - -

- -

(Re-) Implementing A Syntax-Highlighting Editor in JavaScript

- -

- Topic: JavaScript, code editor implementation
- Author: Marijn Haverbeke
- Date: March 2nd 2011 (updated November 13th 2011) -

- -

Caution: this text was written briefly after -version 2 was initially written. It no longer (even including the -update at the bottom) fully represents the current implementation. I'm -leaving it here as a historic document. For more up-to-date -information, look at the entries -tagged cm-internals -on my blog.

- -

This is a followup to -my Brutal Odyssey to the -Dark Side of the DOM Tree story. That one describes the -mind-bending process of implementing (what would become) CodeMirror 1. -This one describes the internals of CodeMirror 2, a complete rewrite -and rethink of the old code base. I wanted to give this piece another -Hunter Thompson copycat subtitle, but somehow that would be out of -place—the process this time around was one of straightforward -engineering, requiring no serious mind-bending whatsoever.

- -

So, what is wrong with CodeMirror 1? I'd estimate, by mailing list -activity and general search-engine presence, that it has been -integrated into about a thousand systems by now. The most prominent -one, since a few weeks, -being Google -code's project hosting. It works, and it's being used widely.

- -

Still, I did not start replacing it because I was bored. CodeMirror -1 was heavily reliant on designMode -or contentEditable (depending on the browser). Neither of -these are well specified (HTML5 tries -to specify -their basics), and, more importantly, they tend to be one of the more -obscure and buggy areas of browser functionality—CodeMirror, by using -this functionality in a non-typical way, was constantly running up -against browser bugs. WebKit wouldn't show an empty line at the end of -the document, and in some releases would suddenly get unbearably slow. -Firefox would show the cursor in the wrong place. Internet Explorer -would insist on linkifying everything that looked like a URL or email -address, a behaviour that can't be turned off. Some bugs I managed to -work around (which was often a frustrating, painful process), others, -such as the Firefox cursor placement, I gave up on, and had to tell -user after user that they were known problems, but not something I -could help.

- -

Also, there is the fact that designMode (which seemed -to be less buggy than contentEditable in Webkit and -Firefox, and was thus used by CodeMirror 1 in those browsers) requires -a frame. Frames are another tricky area. It takes some effort to -prevent getting tripped up by domain restrictions, they don't -initialize synchronously, behave strangely in response to the back -button, and, on several browsers, can't be moved around the DOM -without having them re-initialize. They did provide a very nice way to -namespace the library, though—CodeMirror 1 could freely pollute the -namespace inside the frame.

- -

Finally, working with an editable document means working with -selection in arbitrary DOM structures. Internet Explorer (8 and -before) has an utterly different (and awkward) selection API than all -of the other browsers, and even among the different implementations of -document.selection, details about how exactly a selection -is represented vary quite a bit. Add to that the fact that Opera's -selection support tended to be very buggy until recently, and you can -imagine why CodeMirror 1 contains 700 lines of selection-handling -code.

- -

And that brings us to the main issue with the CodeMirror 1 -code base: The proportion of browser-bug-workarounds to real -application code was getting dangerously high. By building on top of a -few dodgy features, I put the system in a vulnerable position—any -incompatibility and bugginess in these features, I had to paper over -with my own code. Not only did I have to do some serious stunt-work to -get it to work on older browsers (as detailed in the -previous story), things -also kept breaking in newly released versions, requiring me to come up -with new scary hacks in order to keep up. This was starting -to lose its appeal.

- -

General Approach

- -

What CodeMirror 2 does is try to sidestep most of the hairy hacks -that came up in version 1. I owe a lot to the -ACE editor for inspiration on how to -approach this.

- -

I absolutely did not want to be completely reliant on key events to -generate my input. Every JavaScript programmer knows that key event -information is horrible and incomplete. Some people (most awesomely -Mihai Bazon with Ymacs) have been able -to build more or less functioning editors by directly reading key -events, but it takes a lot of work (the kind of never-ending, fragile -work I described earlier), and will never be able to properly support -things like multi-keystoke international character -input. [see below for caveat]

- -

So what I do is focus a hidden textarea, and let the browser -believe that the user is typing into that. What we show to the user is -a DOM structure we built to represent his document. If this is updated -quickly enough, and shows some kind of believable cursor, it feels -like a real text-input control.

- -

Another big win is that this DOM representation does not have to -span the whole document. Some CodeMirror 1 users insisted that they -needed to put a 30 thousand line XML document into CodeMirror. Putting -all that into the DOM takes a while, especially since, for some -reason, an editable DOM tree is slower than a normal one on most -browsers. If we have full control over what we show, we must only -ensure that the visible part of the document has been added, and can -do the rest only when needed. (Fortunately, the onscroll -event works almost the same on all browsers, and lends itself well to -displaying things only as they are scrolled into view.)

Input

- -

ACE uses its hidden textarea only as a text input shim, and does -all cursor movement and things like text deletion itself by directly -handling key events. CodeMirror's way is to let the browser do its -thing as much as possible, and not, for example, define its own set of -key bindings. One way to do this would have been to have the whole -document inside the hidden textarea, and after each key event update -the display DOM to reflect what's in that textarea.

- -

That'd be simple, but it is not realistic. For even medium-sized -document the editor would be constantly munging huge strings, and get -terribly slow. What CodeMirror 2 does is put the current selection, -along with an extra line on the top and on the bottom, into the -textarea.

- -

This means that the arrow keys (and their ctrl-variations), home, -end, etcetera, do not have to be handled specially. We just read the -cursor position in the textarea, and update our cursor to match it. -Also, copy and paste work pretty much for free, and people get their -native key bindings, without any special work on my part. For example, -I have emacs key bindings configured for Chrome and Firefox. There is -no way for a script to detect this. [no longer the case]

- -

Of course, since only a small part of the document sits in the -textarea, keys like page up and ctrl-end won't do the right thing. -CodeMirror is catching those events and handling them itself.

Selection

- -

Getting and setting the selection range of a textarea in modern -browsers is trivial—you just use the selectionStart -and selectionEnd properties. On IE you have to do some -insane stuff with temporary ranges and compensating for the fact that -moving the selection by a 'character' will treat \r\n as a single -character, but even there it is possible to build functions that -reliably set and get the selection range.

- -

But consider this typical case: When I'm somewhere in my document, -press shift, and press the up arrow, something gets selected. Then, if -I, still holding shift, press the up arrow again, the top of my -selection is adjusted. The selection remembers where its head -and its anchor are, and moves the head when we shift-move. -This is a generally accepted property of selections, and done right by -every editing component built in the past twenty years.

- -

But not something that the browser selection APIs expose.

- -

Great. So when someone creates an 'upside-down' selection, the next -time CodeMirror has to update the textarea, it'll re-create the -selection as an 'upside-up' selection, with the anchor at the top, and -the next cursor motion will behave in an unexpected way—our second -up-arrow press in the example above will not do anything, since it is -interpreted in exactly the same way as the first.

- -

No problem. We'll just, ehm, detect that the selection is -upside-down (you can tell by the way it was created), and then, when -an upside-down selection is present, and a cursor-moving key is -pressed in combination with shift, we quickly collapse the selection -in the textarea to its start, allow the key to take effect, and then -combine its new head with its old anchor to get the real -selection.

- -

In short, scary hacks could not be avoided entirely in CodeMirror -2.

- -

And, the observant reader might ask, how do you even know that a -key combo is a cursor-moving combo, if you claim you support any -native key bindings? Well, we don't, but we can learn. The editor -keeps a set known cursor-movement combos (initialized to the -predictable defaults), and updates this set when it observes that -pressing a certain key had (only) the effect of moving the cursor. -This, of course, doesn't work if the first time the key is used was -for extending an inverted selection, but it works most of the -time.

Intelligent Updating

- -

One thing that always comes up when you have a complicated internal -state that's reflected in some user-visible external representation -(in this case, the displayed code and the textarea's content) is -keeping the two in sync. The naive way is to just update the display -every time you change your state, but this is not only error prone -(you'll forget), it also easily leads to duplicate work on big, -composite operations. Then you start passing around flags indicating -whether the display should be updated in an attempt to be efficient -again and, well, at that point you might as well give up completely.

- -

I did go down that road, but then switched to a much simpler model: -simply keep track of all the things that have been changed during an -action, and then, only at the end, use this information to update the -user-visible display.

- -

CodeMirror uses a concept of operations, which start by -calling a specific set-up function that clears the state and end by -calling another function that reads this state and does the required -updating. Most event handlers, and all the user-visible methods that -change state are wrapped like this. There's a method -called operation that accepts a function, and returns -another function that wraps the given function as an operation.

- -

It's trivial to extend this (as CodeMirror does) to detect nesting, -and, when an operation is started inside an operation, simply -increment the nesting count, and only do the updating when this count -reaches zero again.

- -

If we have a set of changed ranges and know the currently shown -range, we can (with some awkward code to deal with the fact that -changes can add and remove lines, so we're dealing with a changing -coordinate system) construct a map of the ranges that were left -intact. We can then compare this map with the part of the document -that's currently visible (based on scroll offset and editor height) to -determine whether something needs to be updated.

- -

CodeMirror uses two update algorithms—a full refresh, where it just -discards the whole part of the DOM that contains the edited text and -rebuilds it, and a patch algorithm, where it uses the information -about changed and intact ranges to update only the out-of-date parts -of the DOM. When more than 30 percent (which is the current heuristic, -might change) of the lines need to be updated, the full refresh is -chosen (since it's faster to do than painstakingly finding and -updating all the changed lines), in the other case it does the -patching (so that, if you scroll a line or select another character, -the whole screen doesn't have to be -re-rendered). [the full-refresh -algorithm was dropped, it wasn't really faster than the patching -one]

- -

All updating uses innerHTML rather than direct DOM -manipulation, since that still seems to be by far the fastest way to -build documents. There's a per-line function that combines the -highlighting, marking, and -selection info for that line into a snippet of HTML. The patch updater -uses this to reset individual lines, the refresh updater builds an -HTML chunk for the whole visible document at once, and then uses a -single innerHTML update to do the refresh.

Parsers can be Simple

- -

When I wrote CodeMirror 1, I -thought interruptable -parsers were a hugely scary and complicated thing, and I used a -bunch of heavyweight abstractions to keep this supposed complexity -under control: parsers -were iterators -that consumed input from another iterator, and used funny -closure-resetting tricks to copy and resume themselves.

- -

This made for a rather nice system, in that parsers formed strictly -separate modules, and could be composed in predictable ways. -Unfortunately, it was quite slow (stacking three or four iterators on -top of each other), and extremely intimidating to people not used to a -functional programming style.

- -

With a few small changes, however, we can keep all those -advantages, but simplify the API and make the whole thing less -indirect and inefficient. CodeMirror -2's mode API uses explicit state -objects, and makes the parser/tokenizer a function that simply takes a -state and a character stream abstraction, advances the stream one -token, and returns the way the token should be styled. This state may -be copied, optionally in a mode-defined way, in order to be able to -continue a parse at a given point. Even someone who's never touched a -lambda in his life can understand this approach. Additionally, far -fewer objects are allocated in the course of parsing now.

- -

The biggest speedup comes from the fact that the parsing no longer -has to touch the DOM though. In CodeMirror 1, on an older browser, you -could see the parser work its way through the document, -managing some twenty lines in each 50-millisecond time slice it got. It -was reading its input from the DOM, and updating the DOM as it went -along, which any experienced JavaScript programmer will immediately -spot as a recipe for slowness. In CodeMirror 2, the parser usually -finishes the whole document in a single 100-millisecond time slice—it -manages some 1500 lines during that time on Chrome. All it has to do -is munge strings, so there is no real reason for it to be slow -anymore.

What Gives?

- -

Given all this, what can you expect from CodeMirror 2?

- -

Small. the base library is -some 45k when minified -now, 17k when gzipped. It's smaller than -its own logo.
Lightweight. CodeMirror 2 initializes very -quickly, and does almost no work when it is not focused. This means -you can treat it almost like a textarea, have multiple instances on a -page without trouble.
Huge document support. Since highlighting is -really fast, and no DOM structure is being built for non-visible -content, you don't have to worry about locking up your browser when a -user enters a megabyte-sized document.
Extended API. Some things kept coming up in the -mailing list, such as marking pieces of text or lines, which were -extremely hard to do with CodeMirror 1. The new version has proper -support for these built in.
Tab support. Tabs inside editable documents were, -for some reason, a no-go. At least six different people announced they -were going to add tab support to CodeMirror 1, none survived (I mean, -none delivered a working version). CodeMirror 2 no longer removes tabs -from your document.
Sane styling. iframe nodes aren't -really known for respecting document flow. Now that an editor instance -is a plain div element, it is much easier to size it to -fit the surrounding elements. You don't even have to make it scroll if -you do not want to.

- -

On the downside, a CodeMirror 2 instance is not a native -editable component. Though it does its best to emulate such a -component as much as possible, there is functionality that browsers -just do not allow us to hook into. Doing select-all from the context -menu, for example, is not currently detected by CodeMirror.

- -

[Updates from November 13th 2011] Recently, I've made -some changes to the codebase that cause some of the text above to no -longer be current. I've left the text intact, but added markers at the -passages that are now inaccurate. The new situation is described -below.

Content Representation

- -

The original implementation of CodeMirror 2 represented the -document as a flat array of line objects. This worked well—splicing -arrays will require the part of the array after the splice to be -moved, but this is basically just a simple memmove of a -bunch of pointers, so it is cheap even for huge documents.

- -

However, I recently added line wrapping and code folding (line -collapsing, basically). Once lines start taking up a non-constant -amount of vertical space, looking up a line by vertical position -(which is needed when someone clicks the document, and to determine -the visible part of the document during scrolling) can only be done -with a linear scan through the whole array, summing up line heights as -you go. Seeing how I've been going out of my way to make big documents -fast, this is not acceptable.

- -

The new representation is based on a B-tree. The leaves of the tree -contain arrays of line objects, with a fixed minimum and maximum size, -and the non-leaf nodes simply hold arrays of child nodes. Each node -stores both the amount of lines that live below them and the vertical -space taken up by these lines. This allows the tree to be indexed both -by line number and by vertical position, and all access has -logarithmic complexity in relation to the document size.

- -

I gave line objects and tree nodes parent pointers, to the node -above them. When a line has to update its height, it can simply walk -these pointers to the top of the tree, adding or subtracting the -difference in height from each node it encounters. The parent pointers -also make it cheaper (in complexity terms, the difference is probably -tiny in normal-sized documents) to find the current line number when -given a line object. In the old approach, the whole document array had -to be searched. Now, we can just walk up the tree and count the sizes -of the nodes coming before us at each level.

- -

I chose B-trees, not regular binary trees, mostly because they -allow for very fast bulk insertions and deletions. When there is a big -change to a document, it typically involves adding, deleting, or -replacing a chunk of subsequent lines. In a regular balanced tree, all -these inserts or deletes would have to be done separately, which could -be really expensive. In a B-tree, to insert a chunk, you just walk -down the tree once to find where it should go, insert them all in one -shot, and then break up the node if needed. This breaking up might -involve breaking up nodes further up, but only requires a single pass -back up the tree. For deletion, I'm somewhat lax in keeping things -balanced—I just collapse nodes into a leaf when their child count goes -below a given number. This means that there are some weird editing -patterns that may result in a seriously unbalanced tree, but even such -an unbalanced tree will perform well, unless you spend a day making -strangely repeating edits to a really big document.

Keymaps

- -

Above, I claimed that directly catching key -events for things like cursor movement is impractical because it -requires some browser-specific kludges. I then proceeded to explain -some awful hacks that were needed to make it -possible for the selection changes to be detected through the -textarea. In fact, the second hack is about as bad as the first.

- -

On top of that, in the presence of user-configurable tab sizes and -collapsed and wrapped lines, lining up cursor movement in the textarea -with what's visible on the screen becomes a nightmare. Thus, I've -decided to move to a model where the textarea's selection is no longer -depended on.

- -

So I moved to a model where all cursor movement is handled by my -own code. This adds support for a goal column, proper interaction of -cursor movement with collapsed lines, and makes it possible for -vertical movement to move through wrapped lines properly, instead of -just treating them like non-wrapped lines.

- -

The key event handlers now translate the key event into a string, -something like Ctrl-Home or Shift-Cmd-R, and -use that string to look up an action to perform. To make keybinding -customizable, this lookup goes through -a table, using a scheme that -allows such tables to be chained together (for example, the default -Mac bindings fall through to a table named 'emacsy', which defines -basic Emacs-style bindings like Ctrl-F, and which is also -used by the custom Emacs bindings).

- -

A new -option extraKeys -allows ad-hoc keybindings to be defined in a much nicer way than what -was possible with the -old onKeyEvent -callback. You simply provide an object mapping key identifiers to -functions, instead of painstakingly looking at raw key events.

- -

Built-in commands map to strings, rather than functions, for -example "goLineUp" is the default action bound to the up -arrow key. This allows new keymaps to refer to them without -duplicating any code. New commands can be defined by assigning to -the CodeMirror.commands object, which maps such commands -to functions.

- -

The hidden textarea now only holds the current selection, with no -extra characters around it. This has a nice advantage: polling for -input becomes much, much faster. If there's a big selection, this text -does not have to be read from the textarea every time—when we poll, -just noticing that something is still selected is enough to tell us -that no new text was typed.

- -

The reason that cheap polling is important is that many browsers do -not fire useful events on IME (input method engine) input, which is -the thing where people inputting a language like Japanese or Chinese -use multiple keystrokes to create a character or sequence of -characters. Most modern browsers fire input when the -composing is finished, but many don't fire anything when the character -is updated during composition. So we poll, whenever the -editor is focused, to provide immediate updates of the display.

- -

- User manual and reference guide - version 5.19.0 -

- -

CodeMirror is a code-editor component that can be embedded in - Web pages. The core library provides only the editor - component, no accompanying buttons, auto-completion, or other IDE - functionality. It does provide a rich API on top of which such - functionality can be straightforwardly implemented. See - the addons included in the distribution, - and the list - of externally hosted addons, for reusable - implementations of extra features.

- -

CodeMirror works with language-specific modes. Modes are - JavaScript programs that help color (and optionally indent) text - written in a given language. The distribution comes with a number - of modes (see the mode/ - directory), and it isn't hard to write new - ones for other languages.

- -

Basic Usage

- -

The easiest way to use CodeMirror is to simply load the script - and style sheet found under lib/ in the distribution, - plus a mode script from one of the mode/ directories. - (See the compression helper for an - easy way to combine scripts.) For example:

- -

<script src="lib/codemirror.js"></script>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="lib/codemirror.css">
-<script src="mode/javascript/javascript.js"></script>

- -

(Alternatively, use a module loader. More - about that later.)

- -

Having done this, an editor instance can be created like - this:

- -

var myCodeMirror = CodeMirror(document.body);

- -

The editor will be appended to the document body, will start - empty, and will use the mode that we loaded. To have more control - over the new editor, a configuration object can be passed - to CodeMirror as a second - argument:

- -

var myCodeMirror = CodeMirror(document.body, {
-  value: "function myScript(){return 100;}\n",
-  mode:  "javascript"
-});

- -

This will initialize the editor with a piece of code already in - it, and explicitly tell it to use the JavaScript mode (which is - useful when multiple modes are loaded). - See below for a full discussion of the - configuration options that CodeMirror accepts.

- -

In cases where you don't want to append the editor to an - element, and need more control over the way it is inserted, the - first argument to the CodeMirror function can also - be a function that, when given a DOM element, inserts it into the - document somewhere. This could be used to, for example, replace a - textarea with a real editor:

- -

var myCodeMirror = CodeMirror(function(elt) {
-  myTextArea.parentNode.replaceChild(elt, myTextArea);
-}, {value: myTextArea.value});

- -

However, for this use case, which is a common way to use - CodeMirror, the library provides a much more powerful - shortcut:

- -

var myCodeMirror = CodeMirror.fromTextArea(myTextArea);

- -

This will, among other things, ensure that the textarea's value - is updated with the editor's contents when the form (if it is part - of a form) is submitted. See the API - reference for a full description of this method.

- -

Module loaders

- -

The files in the CodeMirror distribution contain shims for - loading them (and their dependencies) in AMD or CommonJS - environments. If the variables exports - and module exist and have type object, CommonJS-style - require will be used. If not, but there is a - function define with an amd property - present, AMD-style (RequireJS) will be used.

- -

It is possible to - use Browserify or similar - tools to statically build modules using CodeMirror. Alternatively, - use RequireJS to dynamically - load dependencies at runtime. Both of these approaches have the - advantage that they don't use the global namespace and can, thus, - do things like load multiple versions of CodeMirror alongside each - other.

- -

Here's a simple example of using RequireJS to load CodeMirror:

- -

require([
-  "cm/lib/codemirror", "cm/mode/htmlmixed/htmlmixed"
-], function(CodeMirror) {
-  CodeMirror.fromTextArea(document.getElementById("code"), {
-    lineNumbers: true,
-    mode: "htmlmixed"
-  });
-});

- -

It will automatically load the modes that the mixed HTML mode - depends on (XML, JavaScript, and CSS). Do not use - RequireJS' paths option to configure the path to - CodeMirror, since it will break loading submodules through - relative paths. Use - the packages - configuration option instead, as in:

- -

require.config({
-  packages: [{
-    name: "codemirror",
-    location: "../path/to/codemirror",
-    main: "lib/codemirror"
-  }]
-});

- -

Configuration

- -

Both the CodeMirror - function and its fromTextArea method take as second - (optional) argument an object containing configuration options. - Any option not supplied like this will be taken - from CodeMirror.defaults, an - object containing the default options. You can update this object - to change the defaults on your page.

- -

Options are not checked in any way, so setting bogus option - values is bound to lead to odd errors.

- -

These are the supported options:

- -

value: string|CodeMirror.Doc: The starting value of the editor. Can be a string, or - a document object.
mode: string|object: The mode to use. When not given, this will default to the - first mode that was loaded. It may be a string, which either - simply names the mode or is - a MIME type - associated with the mode. Alternatively, it may be an object - containing configuration options for the mode, with - a name property that names the mode (for - example {name: "javascript", json: true}). The demo - pages for each mode contain information about what configuration - parameters the mode supports. You can ask CodeMirror which modes - and MIME types have been defined by inspecting - the CodeMirror.modes - and CodeMirror.mimeModes objects. The first maps - mode names to their constructors, and the second maps MIME types - to mode specs.
lineSeparator: string|null: Explicitly set the line separator for the editor. By default - (value null), the document will be split on CRLFs - as well as lone CRs and LFs, and a single LF will be used as - line separator in all output (such - as getValue). When a - specific string is given, lines will only be split on that - string, and output will, by default, use that same - separator.
theme: string: The theme to style the editor with. You must make sure the - CSS file defining the corresponding .cm-s-[name] - styles is loaded (see - the theme directory in the - distribution). The default is "default", for which - colors are included in codemirror.css. It is - possible to use multiple theming classes at once—for - example "foo bar" will assign both - the cm-s-foo and the cm-s-bar classes - to the editor.
indentUnit: integer: How many spaces a block (whatever that means in the edited - language) should be indented. The default is 2.
smartIndent: boolean: Whether to use the context-sensitive indentation that the - mode provides (or just indent the same as the line before). - Defaults to true.
tabSize: integer: The width of a tab character. Defaults to 4.
indentWithTabs: boolean: Whether, when indenting, the first N*tabSize - spaces should be replaced by N tabs. Default is false.
electricChars: boolean: Configures whether the editor should re-indent the current - line when a character is typed that might change its proper - indentation (only works if the mode supports indentation). - Default is true.
specialChars: RegExp: A regular expression used to determine which characters - should be replaced by a - special placeholder. - Mostly useful for non-printing special characters. The default - is /[\u0000-\u001f\u007f\u00ad\u200b-\u200f\u2028\u2029\ufeff]/.
specialCharPlaceholder: function(char) → Element: A function that, given a special character identified by - the specialChars - option, produces a DOM node that is used to represent the - character. By default, a red dot (•) - is shown, with a title tooltip to indicate the character code.
rtlMoveVisually: boolean: Determines whether horizontal cursor movement through - right-to-left (Arabic, Hebrew) text is visual (pressing the left - arrow moves the cursor left) or logical (pressing the left arrow - moves to the next lower index in the string, which is visually - right in right-to-left text). The default is false - on Windows, and true on other platforms.
keyMap: string: Configures the key map to use. The default - is "default", which is the only key map defined - in codemirror.js itself. Extra key maps are found in - the key map directory. See - the section on key maps for more - information.
extraKeys: object: Can be used to specify extra key bindings for the editor, - alongside the ones defined - by keyMap. Should be - either null, or a valid key map value.
lineWrapping: boolean: Whether CodeMirror should scroll or wrap for long lines. - Defaults to false (scroll).
lineNumbers: boolean: Whether to show line numbers to the left of the editor.
firstLineNumber: integer: At which number to start counting lines. Default is 1.
lineNumberFormatter: function(line: integer) → string: A function used to format line numbers. The function is - passed the line number, and should return a string that will be - shown in the gutter.
gutters: array<string>: Can be used to add extra gutters (beyond or instead of the - line number gutter). Should be an array of CSS class names, each - of which defines a width (and optionally a - background), and which will be used to draw the background of - the gutters. May include - the CodeMirror-linenumbers class, in order to - explicitly set the position of the line number gutter (it will - default to be to the right of all other gutters). These class - names are the keys passed - to setGutterMarker.
fixedGutter: boolean: Determines whether the gutter scrolls along with the content - horizontally (false) or whether it stays fixed during horizontal - scrolling (true, the default).
scrollbarStyle: string: Chooses a scrollbar implementation. The default - is "native", showing native scrollbars. The core - library also provides the "null" style, which - completely hides the - scrollbars. Addons can - implement additional scrollbar models.
coverGutterNextToScrollbar: boolean: When fixedGutter - is on, and there is a horizontal scrollbar, by default the - gutter will be visible to the left of this scrollbar. If this - option is set to true, it will be covered by an element with - class CodeMirror-gutter-filler.
inputStyle: string: Selects the way CodeMirror handles input and focus. The core - library defines the "textarea" - and "contenteditable" input models. On mobile - browsers, the default is "contenteditable". On - desktop browsers, the default is "textarea". - Support for IME and screen readers is better in - the "contenteditable" model. The intention is to - make it the default on modern desktop browsers in the - future.
readOnly: boolean|string: This disables editing of the editor content by the user. If - the special value "nocursor" is given (instead of - simply true), focusing of the editor is also - disallowed.
showCursorWhenSelecting: boolean: Whether the cursor should be drawn when a selection is - active. Defaults to false.
lineWiseCopyCut: boolean: When enabled, which is the default, doing copy or cut when - there is no selection will copy or cut the whole lines that have - cursors on them.
undoDepth: integer: The maximum number of undo levels that the editor stores. - Note that this includes selection change events. Defaults to - 200.
historyEventDelay: integer: The period of inactivity (in milliseconds) that will cause a - new history event to be started when typing or deleting. - Defaults to 1250.
tabindex: integer: The tab - index to assign to the editor. If not given, no tab index - will be assigned.
autofocus: boolean: Can be used to make CodeMirror focus itself on - initialization. Defaults to off. - When fromTextArea is - used, and no explicit value is given for this option, it will be - set to true when either the source textarea is focused, or it - has an autofocus attribute and no other element is - focused.

- -

Below this a few more specialized, low-level options are - listed. These are only useful in very specific situations, you - might want to skip them the first time you read this manual.

- -

dragDrop: boolean: Controls whether drag-and-drop is enabled. On by default.
allowDropFileTypes: array<string>: When set (default is null) only files whose - type is in the array can be dropped into the editor. The strings - should be MIME types, and will be checked against - the type - of the File object as reported by the browser.
cursorBlinkRate: number: Half-period in milliseconds used for cursor blinking. The default blink - rate is 530ms. By setting this to zero, blinking can be disabled. A - negative value hides the cursor entirely.
cursorScrollMargin: number: How much extra space to always keep above and below the - cursor when approaching the top or bottom of the visible view in - a scrollable document. Default is 0.
cursorHeight: number: Determines the height of the cursor. Default is 1, meaning - it spans the whole height of the line. For some fonts (and by - some tastes) a smaller height (for example 0.85), - which causes the cursor to not reach all the way to the bottom - of the line, looks better
resetSelectionOnContextMenu: boolean: Controls whether, when the context menu is opened with a - click outside of the current selection, the cursor is moved to - the point of the click. Defaults to true.
workTime, workDelay: number: Highlighting is done by a pseudo background-thread that will - work for workTime milliseconds, and then use - timeout to sleep for workDelay milliseconds. The - defaults are 200 and 300, you can change these options to make - the highlighting more or less aggressive.
pollInterval: number: Indicates how quickly CodeMirror should poll its input - textarea for changes (when focused). Most input is captured by - events, but some things, like IME input on some browsers, don't - generate events that allow CodeMirror to properly detect it. - Thus, it polls. Default is 100 milliseconds.
flattenSpans: boolean: By default, CodeMirror will combine adjacent tokens into a - single span if they have the same class. This will result in a - simpler DOM tree, and thus perform better. With some kinds of - styling (such as rounded corners), this will change the way the - document looks. You can set this option to false to disable this - behavior.
addModeClass: boolean: When enabled (off by default), an extra CSS class will be - added to each token, indicating the - (inner) mode that produced it, prefixed - with "cm-m-". For example, tokens from the XML mode - will get the cm-m-xml class.
maxHighlightLength: number: When highlighting long lines, in order to stay responsive, - the editor will give up and simply style the rest of the line as - plain text when it reaches a certain position. The default is - 10 000. You can set this to Infinity to turn off - this behavior.
viewportMargin: integer: Specifies the amount of lines that are rendered above and - below the part of the document that's currently scrolled into - view. This affects the amount of updates needed when scrolling, - and the amount of work that such an update does. You should - usually leave it at its default, 10. Can be set - to Infinity to make sure the whole document is - always rendered, and thus the browser's text search works on it. - This will have bad effects on performance of big - documents.

- -

Events

- -

Various CodeMirror-related objects emit events, which allow - client code to react to various situations. Handlers for such - events can be registered with the on - and off methods on the objects - that the event fires on. To fire your own events, - use CodeMirror.signal(target, name, args...), - where target is a non-DOM-node object.

- -

An editor instance fires the following events. - The instance argument always refers to the editor - itself.

- -

"change" (instance: CodeMirror, changeObj: object): Fires every time the content of the editor is changed. - The changeObj is a {from, to, text, removed, - origin} object containing information about the changes - that occurred as second argument. from - and to are the positions (in the pre-change - coordinate system) where the change started and ended (for - example, it might be {ch:0, line:18} if the - position is at the beginning of line #19). text is - an array of strings representing the text that replaced the - changed range (split by line). removed is the text - that used to be between from and to, - which is overwritten by this change. This event is - fired before the end of - an operation, before the DOM updates - happen.
"changes" (instance: CodeMirror, changes: array<object>): Like the "change" - event, but batched per operation, - passing an array containing all the changes that happened in the - operation. This event is fired after the operation finished, and - display changes it makes will trigger a new operation.
"beforeChange" (instance: CodeMirror, changeObj: object): This event is fired before a change is applied, and its - handler may choose to modify or cancel the change. - The changeObj object - has from, to, and text - properties, as with - the "change" event. It - also has a cancel() method, which can be called to - cancel the change, and, if the change isn't - coming from an undo or redo event, an update(from, to, - text) method, which may be used to modify the change. - Undo or redo changes can't be modified, because they hold some - metainformation for restoring old marked ranges that is only - valid for that specific change. All three arguments - to update are optional, and can be left off to - leave the existing value for that field - intact. Note: you may not do anything from - a "beforeChange" handler that would cause changes - to the document or its visualization. Doing so will, since this - handler is called directly from the bowels of the CodeMirror - implementation, probably cause the editor to become - corrupted.
"cursorActivity" (instance: CodeMirror): Will be fired when the cursor or selection moves, or any - change is made to the editor content.
"keyHandled" (instance: CodeMirror, name: string, event: Event): Fired after a key is handled through a - key map. name is the name of the handled key (for - example "Ctrl-X" or "'q'"), - and event is the DOM keydown - or keypress event.
"inputRead" (instance: CodeMirror, changeObj: object): Fired whenever new input is read from the hidden textarea - (typed or pasted by the user).
"electricInput" (instance: CodeMirror, line: integer): Fired if text input matched the - mode's electric patterns, - and this caused the line's indentation to change.
"beforeSelectionChange" (instance: CodeMirror, obj: {ranges, origin, update}): This event is fired before the selection is moved. Its - handler may inspect the set of selection ranges, present as an - array of {anchor, head} objects in - the ranges property of the obj - argument, and optionally change them by calling - the update method on this object, passing an array - of ranges in the same format. The object also contains - an origin property holding the origin string passed - to the selection-changing method, if any. Handlers for this - event have the same restriction - as "beforeChange" - handlers — they should not do anything to directly update the - state of the editor.
"viewportChange" (instance: CodeMirror, from: number, to: number): Fires whenever the view port of - the editor changes (due to scrolling, editing, or any other - factor). The from and to arguments - give the new start and end of the viewport.
"swapDoc" (instance: CodeMirror, oldDoc: Doc): This is signalled when the editor's document is replaced - using the swapDoc - method.
"gutterClick" (instance: CodeMirror, line: integer, gutter: string, clickEvent: Event): Fires when the editor gutter (the line-number area) is - clicked. Will pass the editor instance as first argument, the - (zero-based) number of the line that was clicked as second - argument, the CSS class of the gutter that was clicked as third - argument, and the raw mousedown event object as - fourth argument.
"gutterContextMenu" (instance: CodeMirror, line: integer, gutter: string, contextMenu: Event: Event): Fires when the editor gutter (the line-number area) - receives a contextmenu event. Will pass the editor - instance as first argument, the (zero-based) number of the line - that was clicked as second argument, the CSS class of the - gutter that was clicked as third argument, and the raw - contextmenu mouse event object as fourth argument. - You can preventDefault the event, to signal that - CodeMirror should do no further handling.
"focus" (instance: CodeMirror, event: Event): Fires whenever the editor is focused.
"blur" (instance: CodeMirror, event: Event): Fires whenever the editor is unfocused.
"scroll" (instance: CodeMirror): Fires when the editor is scrolled.
"scrollCursorIntoView" (instance: CodeMirror, event: Event): Fires when the editor tries to scroll its cursor into view. - Can be hooked into to take care of additional scrollable - containers around the editor. When the event object has - its preventDefault method called, CodeMirror will - not itself try to scroll the window.
"update" (instance: CodeMirror): Will be fired whenever CodeMirror updates its DOM display.
"renderLine" (instance: CodeMirror, line: LineHandle, element: Element): Fired whenever a line is (re-)rendered to the DOM. Fired - right after the DOM element is built, before it is - added to the document. The handler may mess with the style of - the resulting element, or add event handlers, but - should not try to change the state of the editor.
"mousedown", - "dblclick", "touchstart", "contextmenu", - "keydown", "keypress", - "keyup", "cut", "copy", "paste", - "dragstart", "dragenter", - "dragover", "dragleave", - "drop" - (instance: CodeMirror, event: Event): Fired when CodeMirror is handling a DOM event of this type. - You can preventDefault the event, or give it a - truthy codemirrorIgnore property, to signal that - CodeMirror should do no further handling.

- -

Document objects (instances - of CodeMirror.Doc) emit the - following events:

- -

"change" (doc: CodeMirror.Doc, changeObj: object): Fired whenever a change occurs to the - document. changeObj has a similar type as the - object passed to the - editor's "change" - event.
"beforeChange" (doc: CodeMirror.Doc, change: object): See the description of the - same event on editor instances.
"cursorActivity" (doc: CodeMirror.Doc): Fired whenever the cursor or selection in this document - changes.
"beforeSelectionChange" (doc: CodeMirror.Doc, selection: {head, anchor}): Equivalent to - the event by the same - name as fired on editor instances.

- -

Line handles (as returned by, for - example, getLineHandle) - support these events:

- -

"delete" (): Will be fired when the line object is deleted. A line object - is associated with the start of the line. Mostly useful - when you need to find out when your gutter - markers on a given line are removed.
"change" (line: LineHandle, changeObj: object): Fires when the line's text content is changed in any way - (but the line is not deleted outright). The change - object is similar to the one passed - to change event on the editor - object.

- -

Marked range handles (CodeMirror.TextMarker), as returned - by markText - and setBookmark, emit the - following events:

- -

"beforeCursorEnter" (): Fired when the cursor enters the marked range. From this - event handler, the editor state may be inspected - but not modified, with the exception that the range on - which the event fires may be cleared.
"clear" (from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}): Fired when the range is cleared, either through cursor - movement in combination - with clearOnEnter - or through a call to its clear() method. Will only - be fired once per handle. Note that deleting the range through - text editing does not fire this event, because an undo action - might bring the range back into existence. from - and to give the part of the document that the range - spanned when it was cleared.
"hide" (): Fired when the last part of the marker is removed from the - document by editing operations.
"unhide" (): Fired when, after the marker was removed by editing, a undo - operation brought the marker back.

- -

Line widgets (CodeMirror.LineWidget), returned - by addLineWidget, fire - these events:

- -

"redraw" (): Fired whenever the editor re-adds the widget to the DOM. - This will happen once right after the widget is added (if it is - scrolled into view), and then again whenever it is scrolled out - of view and back in again, or when changes to the editor options - or the line the widget is on require the widget to be - redrawn.

- -

Key Maps

- -

Key maps are ways to associate keys with functionality. A key map - is an object mapping strings that identify the keys to functions - that implement their functionality.

- -

The CodeMirror distributions comes - with Emacs, Vim, - and Sublime Text-style keymaps.

- -

Keys are identified either by name or by character. - The CodeMirror.keyNames object defines names for - common keys and associates them with their key codes. Examples of - names defined here are Enter, F5, - and Q. These can be prefixed - with Shift-, Cmd-, Ctrl-, - and Alt- to specify a modifier. So for - example, Shift-Ctrl-Space would be a valid key - identifier.

- -

Common example: map the Tab key to insert spaces instead of a tab - character.

- -

-editor.setOption("extraKeys", {
-  Tab: function(cm) {
-    var spaces = Array(cm.getOption("indentUnit") + 1).join(" ");
-    cm.replaceSelection(spaces);
-  }
-});

- -

Alternatively, a character can be specified directly by - surrounding it in single quotes, for example '$' - or 'q'. Due to limitations in the way browsers fire - key events, these may not be prefixed with modifiers.

- -

Multi-stroke key bindings can be specified - by separating the key names by spaces in the property name, for - example Ctrl-X Ctrl-V. When a map contains - multi-stoke bindings or keys with modifiers that are not specified - in the default order (Shift-Cmd-Ctrl-Alt), you must - call CodeMirror.normalizeKeyMap on it before it can - be used. This function takes a keymap and modifies it to normalize - modifier order and properly recognize multi-stroke bindings. It - will return the keymap itself.

- -

The CodeMirror.keyMap object associates key maps - with names. User code and key map definitions can assign extra - properties to this object. Anywhere where a key map is expected, a - string can be given, which will be looked up in this object. It - also contains the "default" key map holding the - default bindings.

- -

The values of properties in key maps can be either functions of - a single argument (the CodeMirror instance), strings, or - false. Strings refer - to commands, which are described below. If - the property is set to false, CodeMirror leaves - handling of the key up to the browser. A key handler function may - return CodeMirror.Pass to indicate that it has - decided not to handle the key, and other handlers (or the default - behavior) should be given a turn.

- -

Keys mapped to command names that start with the - characters "go" or to functions that have a - truthy motion property (which should be used for - cursor-movement actions) will be fired even when an - extra Shift modifier is present (i.e. "Up": - "goLineUp" matches both up and shift-up). This is used to - easily implement shift-selection.

- -

Key maps can defer to each other by defining - a fallthrough property. This indicates that when a - key is not found in the map itself, one or more other maps should - be searched. It can hold either a single key map or an array of - key maps.

- -

When a key map needs to set something up when it becomes - active, or tear something down when deactivated, it can - contain attach and/or detach properties, - which should hold functions that take the editor instance and the - next or previous keymap. Note that this only works for the - top-level keymap, not for fallthrough - maps or maps added - with extraKeys - or addKeyMap.

- -

Commands

- -

Commands are parameter-less actions that can be performed on an - editor. Their main use is for key bindings. Commands are defined by - adding properties to the CodeMirror.commands object. - A number of common commands are defined by the library itself, - most of them used by the default key bindings. The value of a - command property must be a function of one argument (an editor - instance).

- -

Some of the commands below are referenced in the default - key map, but not defined by the core library. These are intended to - be defined by user code or addons.

- -

Commands can also be run with - the execCommand - method.

- -

selectAllCtrl-A (PC), Cmd-A (Mac): Select the whole content of the editor.
singleSelectionEsc: When multiple selections are present, this deselects all but - the primary selection.
killLineCtrl-K (Mac): Emacs-style line killing. Deletes the part of the line after - the cursor. If that consists only of whitespace, the newline at - the end of the line is also deleted.
deleteLineCtrl-D (PC), Cmd-D (Mac): Deletes the whole line under the cursor, including newline at the end.
delLineLeft: Delete the part of the line before the cursor.
delWrappedLineLeftCmd-Backspace (Mac): Delete the part of the line from the left side of the visual line the cursor is on to the cursor.
delWrappedLineRightCmd-Delete (Mac): Delete the part of the line from the cursor to the right side of the visual line the cursor is on.
undoCtrl-Z (PC), Cmd-Z (Mac): Undo the last change.
redoCtrl-Y (PC), Shift-Cmd-Z (Mac), Cmd-Y (Mac): Redo the last undone change.
undoSelectionCtrl-U (PC), Cmd-U (Mac): Undo the last change to the selection, or if there are no - selection-only changes at the top of the history, undo the last - change.
redoSelectionAlt-U (PC), Shift-Cmd-U (Mac): Redo the last change to the selection, or the last text change if - no selection changes remain.
goDocStartCtrl-Home (PC), Cmd-Up (Mac), Cmd-Home (Mac): Move the cursor to the start of the document.
goDocEndCtrl-End (PC), Cmd-End (Mac), Cmd-Down (Mac): Move the cursor to the end of the document.
goLineStartAlt-Left (PC), Ctrl-A (Mac): Move the cursor to the start of the line.
goLineStartSmartHome: Move to the start of the text on the line, or if we are - already there, to the actual start of the line (including - whitespace).
goLineEndAlt-Right (PC), Ctrl-E (Mac): Move the cursor to the end of the line.
goLineRightCmd-Right (Mac): Move the cursor to the right side of the visual line it is on.
goLineLeftCmd-Left (Mac): Move the cursor to the left side of the visual line it is on. If - this line is wrapped, that may not be the start of the line.
goLineLeftSmart: Move the cursor to the left side of the visual line it is - on. If that takes it to the start of the line, behave - like goLineStartSmart.
goLineUpUp, Ctrl-P (Mac): Move the cursor up one line.
goLineDownDown, Ctrl-N (Mac): Move down one line.
goPageUpPageUp, Shift-Ctrl-V (Mac): Move the cursor up one screen, and scroll up by the same distance.
goPageDownPageDown, Ctrl-V (Mac): Move the cursor down one screen, and scroll down by the same distance.
goCharLeftLeft, Ctrl-B (Mac): Move the cursor one character left, going to the previous line - when hitting the start of line.
goCharRightRight, Ctrl-F (Mac): Move the cursor one character right, going to the next line - when hitting the end of line.
goColumnLeft: Move the cursor one character left, but don't cross line boundaries.
goColumnRight: Move the cursor one character right, don't cross line boundaries.
goWordLeftAlt-B (Mac): Move the cursor to the start of the previous word.
goWordRightAlt-F (Mac): Move the cursor to the end of the next word.
goGroupLeftCtrl-Left (PC), Alt-Left (Mac): Move to the left of the group before the cursor. A group is - a stretch of word characters, a stretch of punctuation - characters, a newline, or a stretch of more than one - whitespace character.
goGroupRightCtrl-Right (PC), Alt-Right (Mac): Move to the right of the group after the cursor - (see above).
delCharBeforeShift-Backspace, Ctrl-H (Mac): Delete the character before the cursor.
delCharAfterDelete, Ctrl-D (Mac): Delete the character after the cursor.
delWordBeforeAlt-Backspace (Mac): Delete up to the start of the word before the cursor.
delWordAfterAlt-D (Mac): Delete up to the end of the word after the cursor.
delGroupBeforeCtrl-Backspace (PC), Alt-Backspace (Mac): Delete to the left of the group before the cursor.
delGroupAfterCtrl-Delete (PC), Ctrl-Alt-Backspace (Mac), Alt-Delete (Mac): Delete to the start of the group after the cursor.
indentAutoShift-Tab: Auto-indent the current line or selection.
indentMoreCtrl-] (PC), Cmd-] (Mac): Indent the current line or selection by one indent unit.
indentLessCtrl-[ (PC), Cmd-[ (Mac): Dedent the current line or selection by one indent unit.
insertTab: Insert a tab character at the cursor.
insertSoftTab: Insert the amount of spaces that match the width a tab at - the cursor position would have.
defaultTabTab: If something is selected, indent it by - one indent unit. If nothing is - selected, insert a tab character.
transposeCharsCtrl-T (Mac): Swap the characters before and after the cursor.
newlineAndIndentEnter: Insert a newline and auto-indent the new line.
toggleOverwriteInsert: Flip the overwrite flag.
saveCtrl-S (PC), Cmd-S (Mac): Not defined by the core library, only referred to in - key maps. Intended to provide an easy way for user code to define - a save command.
findCtrl-F (PC), Cmd-F (Mac)
findNextCtrl-G (PC), Cmd-G (Mac)
findPrevShift-Ctrl-G (PC), Shift-Cmd-G (Mac)
replaceShift-Ctrl-F (PC), Cmd-Alt-F (Mac)
replaceAllShift-Ctrl-R (PC), Shift-Cmd-Alt-F (Mac): Not defined by the core library, but defined in - the search addon (or custom client - addons).

- -

Customized Styling

- -

Up to a certain extent, CodeMirror's look can be changed by - modifying style sheet files. The style sheets supplied by modes - simply provide the colors for that mode, and can be adapted in a - very straightforward way. To style the editor itself, it is - possible to alter or override the styles defined - in codemirror.css.

- -

Some care must be taken there, since a lot of the rules in this - file are necessary to have CodeMirror function properly. Adjusting - colors should be safe, of course, and with some care a lot of - other things can be changed as well. The CSS classes defined in - this file serve the following roles:

- -

CodeMirror: The outer element of the editor. This should be used for the - editor width, height, borders and positioning. Can also be used - to set styles that should hold for everything inside the editor - (such as font and font size), or to set a background. Setting - this class' height style to auto will - make the editor resize to fit its - content (it is recommended to also set - the viewportMargin - option to Infinity when doing this.
CodeMirror-focused: Whenever the editor is focused, the top element gets this - class. This is used to hide the cursor and give the selection a - different color when the editor is not focused.
CodeMirror-gutters: This is the backdrop for all gutters. Use it to set the - default gutter background color, and optionally add a border on - the right of the gutters.
CodeMirror-linenumbers: Use this for giving a background or width to the line number - gutter.
CodeMirror-linenumber: Used to style the actual individual line numbers. These - won't be children of the CodeMirror-linenumbers - (plural) element, but rather will be absolutely positioned to - overlay it. Use this to set alignment and text properties for - the line numbers.
CodeMirror-lines: The visible lines. This is where you specify vertical - padding for the editor content.
CodeMirror-cursor: The cursor is a block element that is absolutely positioned. - You can make it look whichever way you want.
CodeMirror-selected: The selection is represented by span elements - with this class.
CodeMirror-matchingbracket, - CodeMirror-nonmatchingbracket: These are used to style matched (or unmatched) brackets.

- -

If your page's style sheets do funky things to - all div or pre elements (you probably - shouldn't do that), you'll have to define rules to cancel these - effects out again for elements under the CodeMirror - class.

- -

Themes are also simply CSS files, which define colors for - various syntactic elements. See the files in - the theme directory.

- -

Programming API

- -

A lot of CodeMirror features are only available through its - API. Thus, you need to write code (or - use addons) if you want to expose them to - your users.

- -

Whenever points in the document are represented, the API uses - objects with line and ch properties. - Both are zero-based. CodeMirror makes sure to 'clip' any positions - passed by client code so that they fit inside the document, so you - shouldn't worry too much about sanitizing your coordinates. If you - give ch a value of null, or don't - specify it, it will be replaced with the length of the specified - line.

- -

Methods prefixed with doc. can, unless otherwise - specified, be called both on CodeMirror (editor) - instances and CodeMirror.Doc instances. Methods - prefixed with cm. are only available - on CodeMirror instances.

- -

Constructor

- -

Constructing an editor instance is done with - the CodeMirror(place: Element|fn(Element), - ?option: object) constructor. If the place - argument is a DOM element, the editor will be appended to it. If - it is a function, it will be called, and is expected to place the - editor into the document. options may be an element - mapping option names to values. The options - that it doesn't explicitly specify (or all options, if it is not - passed) will be taken - from CodeMirror.defaults.

- -

Note that the options object passed to the constructor will be - mutated when the instance's options - are changed, so you shouldn't share such - objects between instances.

- -

See CodeMirror.fromTextArea - for another way to construct an editor instance.

- -

Content manipulation methods

- -

doc.getValue(?separator: string) → string: Get the current editor content. You can pass it an optional - argument to specify the string to be used to separate lines - (defaults to "\n").
doc.setValue(content: string): Set the editor content.
doc.getRange(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?separator: string) → string: Get the text between the given points in the editor, which - should be {line, ch} objects. An optional third - argument can be given to indicate the line separator string to - use (defaults to "\n").
doc.replaceRange(replacement: string, from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?origin: string): Replace the part of the document between from - and to with the given string. from - and to must be {line, ch} - objects. to can be left off to simply insert the - string at position from. When origin - is given, it will be passed on - to "change" events, and - its first letter will be used to determine whether this change - can be merged with previous history events, in the way described - for selection origins.
doc.getLine(n: integer) → string: Get the content of line n.
doc.lineCount() → integer: Get the number of lines in the editor.
doc.firstLine() → integer: Get the first line of the editor. This will - usually be zero but for linked sub-views, - or documents instantiated with a non-zero - first line, it might return other values.
doc.lastLine() → integer: Get the last line of the editor. This will - usually be doc.lineCount() - 1, - but for linked sub-views, - it might return other values.
doc.getLineHandle(num: integer) → LineHandle: Fetches the line handle for the given line number.
doc.getLineNumber(handle: LineHandle) → integer: Given a line handle, returns the current position of that - line (or null when it is no longer in the - document).
doc.eachLine(f: (line: LineHandle))
doc.eachLine(start: integer, end: integer, f: (line: LineHandle)): Iterate over the whole document, or if start - and end line numbers are given, the range - from start up to (not including) end, - and call f for each line, passing the line handle. - This is a faster way to visit a range of line handlers than - calling getLineHandle - for each of them. Note that line handles have - a text property containing the line's content (as a - string).
doc.markClean(): Set the editor content as 'clean', a flag that it will - retain until it is edited, and which will be set again when such - an edit is undone again. Useful to track whether the content - needs to be saved. This function is deprecated in favor - of changeGeneration, - which allows multiple subsystems to track different notions of - cleanness without interfering.
doc.changeGeneration(?closeEvent: boolean) → integer: Returns a number that can later be passed - to isClean to test whether - any edits were made (and not undone) in the meantime. - If closeEvent is true, the current history event - will be ‘closed’, meaning it can't be combined with further - changes (rapid typing or deleting events are typically - combined).
doc.isClean(?generation: integer) → boolean: Returns whether the document is currently clean — not - modified since initialization or the last call - to markClean if no - argument is passed, or since the matching call - to changeGeneration - if a generation value is given.

- -

Cursor and selection methods

- -

doc.getSelection(?lineSep: string) → string

Get the currently selected code. Optionally pass a line - separator to put between the lines in the output. When multiple - selections are present, they are concatenated with instances - of lineSep in between.

doc.getSelections(?lineSep: string) → array<string>

Returns an array containing a string for each selection, - representing the content of the selections.

doc.replaceSelection(replacement: string, ?select: string)

Replace the selection(s) with the given string. By default, - the new selection ends up after the inserted text. The - optional select argument can be used to change - this—passing "around" will cause the new text to be - selected, passing "start" will collapse the - selection to the start of the inserted text.

doc.replaceSelections(replacements: array<string>, ?select: string)

The length of the given array should be the same as the - number of active selections. Replaces the content of the - selections with the strings in the array. - The select argument works the same as - in replaceSelection.

doc.getCursor(?start: string) → {line, ch}

Retrieve one end of the primary - selection. start is an optional string indicating - which end of the selection to return. It may - be "from", "to", "head" - (the side of the selection that moves when you press - shift+arrow), or "anchor" (the fixed side of the - selection). Omitting the argument is the same as - passing "head". A {line, ch} object - will be returned.

doc.listSelections() → array<{anchor, head}>

Retrieves a list of all current selections. These will - always be sorted, and never overlap (overlapping selections are - merged). Each object in the array contains anchor - and head properties referring to

{line,
-      ch}

objects.

doc.somethingSelected() → boolean

Return true if any text is selected.

doc.setCursor(pos: {line, ch}|number, ?ch: number, ?options: object)

Set the cursor position. You can either pass a - single {line, ch} object, or the line and the - character as two separate parameters. Will replace all - selections with a single, empty selection at the given position. - The supported options are the same as for setSelection.

doc.setSelection(anchor: {line, ch}, ?head: {line, ch}, ?options: object)

Set a single selection range. anchor - and head should be {line, ch} - objects. head defaults to anchor when - not given. These options are supported: -

scroll: boolean: Determines whether the selection head should be scrolled - into view. Defaults to true.
origin: string: Determines whether the selection history event may be - merged with the previous one. When an origin starts with the - character +, and the last recorded selection had - the same origin and was similar (close - in time, both - collapsed or both non-collapsed), the new one will replace the - old one. When it starts with *, it will always - replace the previous event (if that had the same origin). - Built-in motion uses the "+move" origin. User input uses the "+input" origin.
bias: number: Determine the direction into which the selection endpoints - should be adjusted when they fall inside - an atomic range. Can be either -1 - (backward) or 1 (forward). When not given, the bias will be - based on the relative position of the old selection—the editor - will try to move further away from that, to prevent getting - stuck.

doc.setSelections(ranges: array<{anchor, head}>, ?primary: integer, ?options: object)

Sets a new set of selections. There must be at least one - selection in the given array. When primary is a - number, it determines which selection is the primary one. When - it is not given, the primary index is taken from the previous - selection, or set to the last range if the previous selection - had less ranges than the new one. Supports the same options - as setSelection.

doc.addSelection(anchor: {line, ch}, ?head: {line, ch})

Adds a new selection to the existing set of selections, and - makes it the primary selection.

doc.extendSelection(from: {line, ch}, ?to: {line, ch}, ?options: object)

Similar - to setSelection, but - will, if shift is held or - the extending flag is set, move the - head of the selection while leaving the anchor at its current - place. to is optional, and can be passed to ensure - a region (for example a word or paragraph) will end up selected - (in addition to whatever lies between that region and the - current anchor). When multiple selections are present, all but - the primary selection will be dropped by this method. - Supports the same options as setSelection.

doc.extendSelections(heads: array<{line, ch}>, ?options: object)

An equivalent - of extendSelection - that acts on all selections at once.

doc.extendSelectionsBy(f: function(range: {anchor, head}) → {line, ch}), ?options: object)

Applies the given function to all existing selections, and - calls extendSelections - on the result.

doc.setExtending(value: boolean)

Sets or clears the 'extending' flag, which acts similar to - the shift key, in that it will cause cursor movement and calls - to extendSelection - to leave the selection anchor in place.

doc.getExtending() → boolean

Get the value of the 'extending' flag.

cm.hasFocus() → boolean

Tells you whether the editor currently has focus.

cm.findPosH(start: {line, ch}, amount: integer, unit: string, visually: boolean) → {line, ch, ?hitSide: boolean}

Used to find the target position for horizontal cursor - motion. start is a {line, ch} - object, amount an integer (may be negative), - and unit one of the - string "char", "column", - or "word". Will return a position that is produced - by moving amount times the distance specified - by unit. When visually is true, motion - in right-to-left text will be visual rather than logical. When - the motion was clipped by hitting the end or start of the - document, the returned value will have a hitSide - property set to true.

cm.findPosV(start: {line, ch}, amount: integer, unit: string) → {line, ch, ?hitSide: boolean}

Similar to findPosH, - but used for vertical motion. unit may - be "line" or "page". The other - arguments and the returned value have the same interpretation as - they have in findPosH.

cm.findWordAt(pos: {line, ch}) → {anchor: {line, ch}, head: {line, ch}}

Returns the start and end of the 'word' (the stretch of - letters, whitespace, or punctuation) at the given position.

- -

Configuration methods

- -

cm.setOption(option: string, value: any)

Change the configuration of the editor. option - should the name of an option, - and value should be a valid value for that - option.

cm.getOption(option: string) → any

Retrieves the current value of the given option for this - editor instance.

cm.addKeyMap(map: object, bottom: boolean)

Attach an additional key map to the - editor. This is mostly useful for addons that need to register - some key handlers without trampling on - the extraKeys - option. Maps added in this way have a higher precedence than - the extraKeys - and keyMap options, - and between them, the maps added earlier have a lower precedence - than those added later, unless the bottom argument - was passed, in which case they end up below other key maps added - with this method.

cm.removeKeyMap(map: object)

Disable a keymap added - with addKeyMap. Either - pass in the key map object itself, or a string, which will be - compared against the name property of the active - key maps.

cm.addOverlay(mode: string|object, ?options: object)

Enable a highlighting overlay. This is a stateless mini-mode - that can be used to add extra highlighting. For example, - the search addon uses it to - highlight the term that's currently being - searched. mode can be a mode - spec or a mode object (an object with - a token method). - The options parameter is optional. If given, it - should be an object, optionally containing the following options: -

opaque: bool: Defaults to off, but can be given to allow the overlay - styling, when not null, to override the styling of - the base mode entirely, instead of the two being applied - together.
priority: number: Determines the ordering in which the overlays are - applied. Those with high priority are applied after those - with lower priority, and able to override the opaqueness of - the ones that come before. Defaults to 0.

cm.removeOverlay(mode: string|object)

Pass this the exact value passed for the mode - parameter to addOverlay, - or a string that corresponds to the name property of - that value, to remove an overlay again.

cm.on(type: string, func: (...args))

Register an event handler for the given event type (a - string) on the editor instance. There is also - a CodeMirror.on(object, type, func) version - that allows registering of events on any object.

cm.off(type: string, func: (...args))

Remove an event handler on the editor instance. An - equivalent

CodeMirror.off(object, type,
-      func)

also exists.

- -

Document management methods

- -

Each editor is associated with an instance - of CodeMirror.Doc, its document. A document - represents the editor content, plus a selection, an undo history, - and a mode. A document can only be - associated with a single editor at a time. You can create new - documents by calling the CodeMirror.Doc(text, mode, - firstLineNumber) constructor. The last two arguments are - optional and can be used to set a mode for the document and make - it start at a line number other than 0, respectively.

- -

cm.getDoc() → Doc

Retrieve the currently active document from an editor.

doc.getEditor() → CodeMirror

Retrieve the editor associated with a document. May - return null.

cm.swapDoc(doc: CodeMirror.Doc) → Doc

Attach a new document to the editor. Returns the old - document, which is now no longer associated with an editor.

doc.copy(copyHistory: boolean) → Doc

Create an identical copy of the given doc. - When copyHistory is true, the history will also be - copied. Can not be called directly on an editor.

doc.linkedDoc(options: object) → Doc

Create a new document that's linked to the target document. - Linked documents will stay in sync (changes to one are also - applied to the other) until unlinked. - These are the options that are supported: -

sharedHist: boolean: When turned on, the linked copy will share an undo - history with the original. Thus, something done in one of - the two can be undone in the other, and vice versa.
from: integer
to: integer: Can be given to make the new document a subview of the - original. Subviews only show a given range of lines. Note - that line coordinates inside the subview will be consistent - with those of the parent, so that for example a subview - starting at line 10 will refer to its first line as line 10, - not 0.
mode: string|object: By default, the new document inherits the mode of the - parent. This option can be set to - a mode spec to give it a - different mode.

doc.unlinkDoc(doc: CodeMirror.Doc)

Break the link between two documents. After calling this, - changes will no longer propagate between the documents, and, if - they had a shared history, the history will become - separate.

doc.iterLinkedDocs(function: (doc: CodeMirror.Doc, sharedHist: boolean))

Will call the given function for all documents linked to the - target document. It will be passed two arguments, the linked document - and a boolean indicating whether that document shares history - with the target.

- -

History-related methods

- -

doc.undo(): Undo one edit (if any undo events are stored).
doc.redo(): Redo one undone edit.
doc.undoSelection(): Undo one edit or selection change.
doc.redoSelection(): Redo one undone edit or selection change.
doc.historySize() → {undo: integer, redo: integer}: Returns an object with {undo, redo} properties, - both of which hold integers, indicating the amount of stored - undo and redo operations.
doc.clearHistory(): Clears the editor's undo history.
doc.getHistory() → object: Get a (JSON-serializable) representation of the undo history.
doc.setHistory(history: object): Replace the editor's undo history with the one provided, - which must be a value as returned - by getHistory. Note that - this will have entirely undefined results if the editor content - isn't also the same as it was when getHistory was - called.

- -

Text-marking methods

- -

doc.markText(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object) → TextMarker

Can be used to mark a range of text with a specific CSS - class name. from and to should - be {line, ch} objects. The options - parameter is optional. When given, it should be an object that - may contain the following configuration options: -

className: string: Assigns a CSS class to the marked stretch of text.
inclusiveLeft: boolean: Determines whether - text inserted on the left of the marker will end up inside - or outside of it.
inclusiveRight: boolean: Like inclusiveLeft, - but for the right side.
atomic: boolean: Atomic ranges act as a single unit when cursor movement is - concerned—i.e. it is impossible to place the cursor inside of - them. In atomic ranges, inclusiveLeft - and inclusiveRight have a different meaning—they - will prevent the cursor from being placed respectively - directly before and directly after the range.
collapsed: boolean: Collapsed ranges do not show up in the display. Setting a - range to be collapsed will automatically make it atomic.
clearOnEnter: boolean: When enabled, will cause the mark to clear itself whenever - the cursor enters its range. This is mostly useful for - text-replacement widgets that need to 'snap open' when the - user tries to edit them. The - "clear" event - fired on the range handle can be used to be notified when this - happens.
clearWhenEmpty: boolean: Determines whether the mark is automatically cleared when - it becomes empty. Default is true.
replacedWith: Element: Use a given node to display this range. Implies both - collapsed and atomic. The given DOM node must be an - inline element (as opposed to a block element).
handleMouseEvents: boolean: When replacedWith is given, this determines - whether the editor will capture mouse and drag events - occurring in this widget. Default is false—the events will be - left alone for the default browser handler, or specific - handlers on the widget, to capture.
readOnly: boolean: A read-only span can, as long as it is not cleared, not be - modified except by - calling setValue to reset - the whole document. Note: adding a read-only span - currently clears the undo history of the editor, because - existing undo events being partially nullified by read-only - spans would corrupt the history (in the current - implementation).
addToHistory: boolean: When set to true (default is false), adding this marker - will create an event in the undo history that can be - individually undone (clearing the marker).
startStyle: string: Can be used to specify - an extra CSS class to be applied to the leftmost span that - is part of the marker.
endStyle: string: Equivalent - to startStyle, but for the rightmost span.
css: string: A string of CSS to be applied to the covered text. For example "color: #fe3".
title: - string: When given, will give the nodes created - for this span a HTML title attribute with the - given value.
shared: boolean: When the - target document is linked to other - documents, you can set shared to true to make the - marker appear in all documents. By default, a marker appears - only in its target document.

- The method will return an object that represents the marker - (with constructor CodeMirror.TextMarker), which - exposes three methods: - clear(), to remove the mark, - find(), which returns - a {from, to} object (both holding document - positions), indicating the current position of the marked range, - or undefined if the marker is no longer in the - document, and finally changed(), - which you can call if you've done something that might change - the size of the marker (for example changing the content of - a replacedWith - node), and want to cheaply update the display.

doc.setBookmark(pos: {line, ch}, ?options: object) → TextMarker

Inserts a bookmark, a handle that follows the text around it - as it is being edited, at the given position. A bookmark has two - methods find() and clear(). The first - returns the current position of the bookmark, if it is still in - the document, and the second explicitly removes the bookmark. - The options argument is optional. If given, the following - properties are recognized: -

widget: Element: Can be used to display a DOM - node at the current location of the bookmark (analogous to - the replacedWith - option to markText).
insertLeft: boolean: By default, text typed - when the cursor is on top of the bookmark will end up to the - right of the bookmark. Set this option to true to make it go - to the left instead.
shared: boolean: See - the corresponding option - to markText.
handleMouseEvents: boolean: As with markText, - this determines whether mouse events on the widget inserted - for this bookmark are handled by CodeMirror. The default is - false.

doc.findMarks(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}) → array<TextMarker>

Returns an array of all the bookmarks and marked ranges - found between the given positions (non-inclusive).

doc.findMarksAt(pos: {line, ch}) → array<TextMarker>

Returns an array of all the bookmarks and marked ranges - present at the given position.

doc.getAllMarks() → array<TextMarker>

Returns an array containing all marked ranges in the document.

- -

Widget, gutter, and decoration methods

- -

cm.setGutterMarker(line: integer|LineHandle, gutterID: string, value: Element) → LineHandle

Sets the gutter marker for the given gutter (identified by - its CSS class, see - the gutters option) - to the given value. Value can be either null, to - clear the marker, or a DOM element, to set it. The DOM element - will be shown in the specified gutter next to the specified - line.

cm.clearGutter(gutterID: string)

Remove all gutter markers in - the gutter with the given ID.

doc.addLineClass(line: integer|LineHandle, where: string, class: string) → LineHandle

Set a CSS class name for the given line. line - can be a number or a line handle. where determines - to which element this class should be applied, can can be one - of "text" (the text element, which lies in front of - the selection), "background" (a background element - that will be behind the selection), "gutter" (the - line's gutter space), or "wrap" (the wrapper node - that wraps all of the line's elements, including gutter - elements). class should be the name of the class to - apply.

doc.removeLineClass(line: integer|LineHandle, where: string, class: string) → LineHandle

Remove a CSS class from a line. line can be a - line handle or number. where should be one - of "text", "background", - or "wrap" - (see addLineClass). class - can be left off to remove all classes for the specified node, or - be a string to remove only a specific class.

cm.lineInfo(line: integer|LineHandle) → object

Returns the line number, text content, and marker status of - the given line, which can be either a number or a line handle. - The returned object has the structure

{line, handle, text,
-      gutterMarkers, textClass, bgClass, wrapClass, widgets}

, - where gutterMarkers is an object mapping gutter IDs - to marker elements, and widgets is an array - of line widgets attached to this - line, and the various class properties refer to classes added - with addLineClass.

cm.addWidget(pos: {line, ch}, node: Element, scrollIntoView: boolean)

Puts node, which should be an absolutely - positioned DOM node, into the editor, positioned right below the - given {line, ch} position. - When scrollIntoView is true, the editor will ensure - that the entire node is visible (if possible). To remove the - widget again, simply use DOM methods (move it somewhere else, or - call removeChild on its parent).

doc.addLineWidget(line: integer|LineHandle, node: Element, ?options: object) → LineWidget

Adds a line widget, an element shown below a line, spanning - the whole of the editor's width, and moving the lines below it - downwards. line should be either an integer or a - line handle, and node should be a DOM node, which - will be displayed below the given line. options, - when given, should be an object that configures the behavior of - the widget. The following options are supported (all default to - false): -

coverGutter: boolean: Whether the widget should cover the gutter.
noHScroll: boolean: Whether the widget should stay fixed in the face of - horizontal scrolling.
above: boolean: Causes the widget to be placed above instead of below - the text of the line.
handleMouseEvents: boolean: Determines whether the editor will capture mouse and - drag events occurring in this widget. Default is false—the - events will be left alone for the default browser handler, - or specific handlers on the widget, to capture.
insertAt: integer: By default, the widget is added below other widgets for - the line. This option can be used to place it at a different - position (zero for the top, N to put it after the Nth other - widget). Note that this only has effect once, when the - widget is created. -

- Note that the widget node will become a descendant of nodes with - CodeMirror-specific CSS classes, and those classes might in some - cases affect it. This method returns an object that represents - the widget placement. It'll have a line property - pointing at the line handle that it is associated with, and the following methods: -

clear(): Removes the widget.
changed(): Call - this if you made some change to the widget's DOM node that - might affect its height. It'll force CodeMirror to update - the height of the line that contains the widget.

- -

Sizing, scrolling and positioning methods

- -

cm.setSize(width: number|string, height: number|string): Programmatically set the size of the editor (overriding the - applicable CSS - rules). width and height - can be either numbers (interpreted as pixels) or CSS units - ("100%", for example). You can - pass null for either of them to indicate that that - dimension should not be changed.
cm.scrollTo(x: number, y: number): Scroll the editor to a given (pixel) position. Both - arguments may be left as null - or undefined to have no effect.
cm.getScrollInfo() → {left, top, width, height, clientWidth, clientHeight}: Get an {left, top, width, height, clientWidth, - clientHeight} object that represents the current scroll - position, the size of the scrollable area, and the size of the - visible area (minus scrollbars).
cm.scrollIntoView(what: {line, ch}|{left, top, right, bottom}|{from, to}|null, ?margin: number): Scrolls the given position into view. what may - be null to scroll the cursor into view, - a {line, ch} position to scroll a character into - view, a {left, top, right, bottom} pixel range (in - editor-local coordinates), or a range {from, to} - containing either two character positions or two pixel squares. - The margin parameter is optional. When given, it - indicates the amount of vertical pixels around the given area - that should be made visible as well.
cm.cursorCoords(where: boolean|{line, ch}, mode: string) → {left, top, bottom}: Returns an {left, top, bottom} object - containing the coordinates of the cursor position. - If mode is "local", they will be - relative to the top-left corner of the editable document. If it - is "page" or not given, they are relative to the - top-left corner of the page. If mode - is "window", the coordinates are relative to the - top-left corner of the currently visible (scrolled) - window. where can be a boolean indicating whether - you want the start (true) or the end - (false) of the selection, or, if a {line, - ch} object is given, it specifies the precise position at - which you want to measure.
cm.charCoords(pos: {line, ch}, ?mode: string) → {left, right, top, bottom}: Returns the position and dimensions of an arbitrary - character. pos should be a {line, ch} - object. This differs from cursorCoords in that - it'll give the size of the whole character, rather than just the - position that the cursor would have when it would sit at that - position.
cm.coordsChar(object: {left, top}, ?mode: string) → {line, ch}: Given an {left, top} object, returns - the {line, ch} position that corresponds to it. The - optional mode parameter determines relative to what - the coordinates are interpreted. It may - be "window", "page" (the default), - or "local".
cm.lineAtHeight(height: number, ?mode: string) → number: Computes the line at the given pixel - height. mode can be one of the same strings - that coordsChar - accepts.
cm.heightAtLine(line: integer|LineHandle, ?mode: string) → number: Computes the height of the top of a line, in the coordinate - system specified by mode - (see coordsChar), which - defaults to "page". When a line below the bottom of - the document is specified, the returned value is the bottom of - the last line in the document.
cm.defaultTextHeight() → number: Returns the line height of the default font for the editor.
cm.defaultCharWidth() → number: Returns the pixel width of an 'x' in the default font for - the editor. (Note that for non-monospace fonts, this is mostly - useless, and even for monospace fonts, non-ascii characters - might have a different width).
cm.getViewport() → {from: number, to: number}: Returns a {from, to} object indicating the - start (inclusive) and end (exclusive) of the currently rendered - part of the document. In big documents, when most content is - scrolled out of view, CodeMirror will only render the visible - part, and a margin around it. See also - the viewportChange - event.
cm.refresh(): If your code does something to change the size of the editor - element (window resizes are already listened for), or unhides - it, you should probably follow up by calling this method to - ensure CodeMirror is still looking as intended. See also - the autorefresh addon.

- -

Mode, state, and token-related methods

- -

When writing language-aware functionality, it can often be - useful to hook into the knowledge that the CodeMirror language - mode has. See the section on modes for a - more detailed description of how these work.

- -

doc.getMode() → object

Gets the (outer) mode object for the editor. Note that this - is distinct from getOption("mode"), which gives you - the mode specification, rather than the resolved, instantiated - mode object.

cm.getModeAt(pos: {line, ch}) → object

Gets the inner mode at a given position. This will return - the same as getMode for - simple modes, but will return an inner mode for nesting modes - (such as htmlmixed).

cm.getTokenAt(pos: {line, ch}, ?precise: boolean) → object

Retrieves information about the token the current mode found - before the given position (a {line, ch} object). The - returned object has the following properties: -

start: The character (on the given line) at which the token starts.
end: The character at which the token ends.
string: The token's string.
type: The token type the mode assigned - to the token, such as "keyword" - or "comment" (may also be null).
state: The mode's state at the end of this token.

- If precise is true, the token will be guaranteed to be accurate based on recent edits. If false or - not specified, the token will use cached state information, which will be faster but might not be accurate if - edits were recently made and highlighting has not yet completed. -

cm.getLineTokens(line: integer, ?precise: boolean) → array<{start, end, string, type, state}>

This is similar - to getTokenAt, but - collects all tokens for a given line into an array. It is much - cheaper than repeatedly calling getTokenAt, which - re-parses the part of the line before the token for every call.

cm.getTokenTypeAt(pos: {line, ch}) → string

This is a (much) cheaper version - of getTokenAt useful for - when you just need the type of the token at a given position, - and no other information. Will return null for - unstyled tokens, and a string, potentially containing multiple - space-separated style names, otherwise.

cm.getHelpers(pos: {line, ch}, type: string) → array<helper>

Fetch the set of applicable helper values for the given - position. Helpers provide a way to look up functionality - appropriate for a mode. The type argument provides - the helper namespace (see - registerHelper), in - which the values will be looked up. When the mode itself has a - property that corresponds to the type, that - directly determines the keys that are used to look up the helper - values (it may be either a single string, or an array of - strings). Failing that, the mode's helperType - property and finally the mode's name are used.

For example, the JavaScript mode has a - property fold containing "brace". When - the brace-fold addon is loaded, that defines a - helper named brace in the fold - namespace. This is then used by - the foldcode addon to - figure out that it can use that folding function to fold - JavaScript code.

When any 'global' - helpers are defined for the given namespace, their predicates - are called on the current mode and editor, and all those that - declare they are applicable will also be added to the array that - is returned.

cm.getHelper(pos: {line, ch}, type: string) → helper

Returns the first applicable helper value. - See getHelpers.

cm.getStateAfter(?line: integer, ?precise: boolean) → object

Returns the mode's parser state, if any, at the end of the - given line number. If no line number is given, the state at the - end of the document is returned. This can be useful for storing - parsing errors in the state, or getting other kinds of - contextual information for a line. precise is defined - as in getTokenAt().

- -

Miscellaneous methods

- -

cm.operation(func: () → any) → any

CodeMirror internally buffers changes and only updates its - DOM structure after it has finished performing some operation. - If you need to perform a lot of operations on a CodeMirror - instance, you can call this method with a function argument. It - will call the function, buffering up all changes, and only doing - the expensive update after the function returns. This can be a - lot faster. The return value from this method will be the return - value of your function.

cm.indentLine(line: integer, ?dir: string|integer)

Adjust the indentation of the given line. The second - argument (which defaults to "smart") may be one of: -

"prev": Base indentation on the indentation of the previous line.
"smart": Use the mode's smart indentation if available, behave - like "prev" otherwise.
"add": Increase the indentation of the line by - one indent unit.
"subtract": Reduce the indentation of the line.
<integer>: Add (positive number) or reduce (negative number) the - indentation by the given amount of spaces.

cm.toggleOverwrite(?value: boolean)

Switches between overwrite and normal insert mode (when not - given an argument), or sets the overwrite mode to a specific - state (when given an argument).

cm.isReadOnly() → boolean

Tells you whether the editor's content can be edited by the - user.

doc.lineSeparator()

Returns the preferred line separator string for this - document, as per the option - by the same name. When that option is null, the - string "\n" is returned.

cm.execCommand(name: string)

Runs the command with the given name on the editor.

doc.posFromIndex(index: integer) → {line, ch}

Calculates and returns a {line, ch} object for a - zero-based index who's value is relative to the start of the - editor's text. If the index is out of range of the text then - the returned object is clipped to start or end of the text - respectively.

doc.indexFromPos(object: {line, ch}) → integer

The reverse of posFromIndex.

cm.focus()

Give the editor focus.

cm.getInputField() → Element

Returns the input field for the editor. Will be a textarea - or an editable div, depending on the value of - the inputStyle - option.

cm.getWrapperElement() → Element

Returns the DOM node that represents the editor, and - controls its size. Remove this from your tree to delete an - editor instance.

cm.getScrollerElement() → Element

Returns the DOM node that is responsible for the scrolling - of the editor.

cm.getGutterElement() → Element

Fetches the DOM node that contains the editor gutters.

- -

Static properties

The CodeMirror object itself provides - several useful properties.

- -

CodeMirror.version: string

It contains a string that indicates the version of the - library. This is a triple of - integers "major.minor.patch", - where patch is zero for releases, and something - else (usually one) for dev snapshots.

CodeMirror.fromTextArea(textArea: TextAreaElement, ?config: object)

This method provides another way to initialize an editor. It - takes a textarea DOM node as first argument and an optional - configuration object as second. It will replace the textarea - with a CodeMirror instance, and wire up the form of that - textarea (if any) to make sure the editor contents are put into - the textarea when the form is submitted. The text in the - textarea will provide the content for the editor. A CodeMirror - instance created this way has three additional methods: -

cm.save(): Copy the content of the editor into the textarea.
cm.toTextArea(): Remove the editor, and restore the original textarea (with - the editor's current content). If you dynamically create and - destroy editors made with `fromTextArea`, without destroying - the form they are part of, you should make sure to call - `toTextArea` to remove the editor, or its `"submit"` handler - on the form will cause a memory leak.
cm.getTextArea() → TextAreaElement: Returns the textarea that the instance was based on.

CodeMirror.defaults: object

An object containing default values for - all options. You can assign to its - properties to modify defaults (though this won't affect editors - that have already been created).

CodeMirror.defineExtension(name: string, value: any)

If you want to define extra methods in terms of the - CodeMirror API, it is possible to - use defineExtension. This will cause the given - value (usually a method) to be added to all CodeMirror instances - created from then on.

CodeMirror.defineDocExtension(name: string, value: any)

Like defineExtension, - but the method will be added to the interface - for Doc objects instead.

CodeMirror.defineOption(name: string, - default: any, updateFunc: function)

Similarly, defineOption can be used to define new options for - CodeMirror. The updateFunc will be called with the - editor instance and the new value when an editor is initialized, - and whenever the option is modified - through setOption.

CodeMirror.defineInitHook(func: function)

If your extension just needs to run some - code whenever a CodeMirror instance is initialized, - use CodeMirror.defineInitHook. Give it a function as - its only argument, and from then on, that function will be called - (with the instance as argument) whenever a new CodeMirror instance - is initialized.

CodeMirror.registerHelper(type: string, name: string, value: helper)

Registers a helper value with the given name in - the given namespace (type). This is used to define - functionality that may be looked up by mode. Will create (if it - doesn't already exist) a property on the CodeMirror - object for the given type, pointing to an object - that maps names to values. I.e. after - doing

CodeMirror.registerHelper("hint", "foo",
-      myFoo)

, the value CodeMirror.hint.foo will - point to myFoo.

CodeMirror.registerGlobalHelper(type: string, name: string, predicate: fn(mode, CodeMirror), value: helper)

Acts - like registerHelper, - but also registers this helper as 'global', meaning that it will - be included by getHelpers - whenever the given predicate returns true when - called with the local mode and editor.

CodeMirror.Pos(line: integer, ?ch: integer)

A constructor for the {line, ch} objects that - are used to represent positions in editor documents.

CodeMirror.changeEnd(change: object) → {line, ch}

Utility function that computes an end position from a change - (an object with from, to, - and text properties, as passed to - various event handlers). The - returned position will be the end of the changed - range, after the change is applied.

- -

Addons

- -

The addon directory in the distribution contains a - number of reusable components that implement extra editor - functionality (on top of extension functions - like defineOption, defineExtension, - and registerHelper). In - brief, they are:

- -

dialog/dialog.js

Provides a very simple way to query users for text input. - Adds the openDialog(template, callback, options) → - closeFunction method to CodeMirror instances, - which can be called with an HTML fragment or a detached DOM - node that provides the prompt (should include an input - or button tag), and a callback function that is called - when the user presses enter. It returns a function closeFunction - which, if called, will close the dialog immediately. - openDialog takes the following options: -

closeOnEnter: bool: If true, the dialog will be closed when the user presses - enter in the input. Defaults to true.
closeOnBlur: bool: Determines whether the dialog is closed when it loses focus. Defaults to true.
onKeyDown: fn(event: KeyboardEvent, value: string, close: fn()) → bool: An event handler that will be called whenever keydown fires in the - dialog's input. If your callback returns true, - the dialog will not do any further processing of the event.
onKeyUp: fn(event: KeyboardEvent, value: string, close: fn()) → bool: Same as onKeyDown but for the - keyup event.
onInput: fn(event: InputEvent, value: string, close: fn()) → bool: Same as onKeyDown but for the - input event.
onClose: fn(instance):: A callback that will be called after the dialog has been closed and - removed from the DOM. No return value.

- -

Also adds an openNotification(template, options) → - closeFunction function that simply shows an HTML - fragment as a notification at the top of the editor. It takes a - single option: duration, the amount of time after - which the notification will be automatically closed. If - duration is zero, the dialog will not be closed automatically.

- -

Depends on addon/dialog/dialog.css.

search/searchcursor.js

Adds the

getSearchCursor(query, start, caseFold) →
-      cursor

method to CodeMirror instances, which can be used - to implement search/replace functionality. query - can be a regular expression or a string (only strings will match - across lines—if they contain newlines). start - provides the starting position of the search. It can be - a {line, ch} object, or can be left off to default - to the start of the document. caseFold is only - relevant when matching a string. It will cause the search to be - case-insensitive. A search cursor has the following methods: -

findNext() → boolean
findPrevious() → boolean: Search forward or backward from the current position. - The return value indicates whether a match was found. If - matching a regular expression, the return value will be the - array returned by the match method, in case you - want to extract matched groups.
from() → {line, ch}
to() → {line, ch}: These are only valid when the last call - to findNext or findPrevious did - not return false. They will return {line, ch} - objects pointing at the start and end of the match.
replace(text: string, ?origin: string): Replaces the currently found match with the given text - and adjusts the cursor position to reflect the - replacement.

search/search.js

Implements the search commands. CodeMirror has keys bound to - these by default, but will not do anything with them unless an - implementation is provided. Depends - on searchcursor.js, and will make use - of openDialog when - available to make prompting for search queries less ugly.

search/jump-to-line.js

Implements a jumpToLine command and binding Alt-G to it. - Accepts linenumber, +/-linenumber, line:char, - scroll% and :linenumber formats. - This will make use of openDialog - when available to make prompting for line number neater.

search/matchesonscrollbar.js

Adds a showMatchesOnScrollbar method to editor - instances, which should be given a query (string or regular - expression), optionally a case-fold flag (only applicable for - strings), and optionally a class name (defaults - to CodeMirror-search-match) as arguments. When - called, matches of the given query will be displayed on the - editor's vertical scrollbar. The method returns an object with - a clear method that can be called to remove the - matches. Depends on - the annotatescrollbar - addon, and - the matchesonscrollbar.css - file provides a default (transparent yellowish) definition of - the CSS class applied to the matches. Note that the matches are - only perfectly aligned if your scrollbar does not have buttons - at the top and bottom. You can use - the simplescrollbar - addon to make sure of this. If this addon is loaded, - the search addon will - automatically use it.

edit/matchbrackets.js

Defines an option matchBrackets which, when set - to true, causes matching brackets to be highlighted whenever the - cursor is next to them. It also adds a - method matchBrackets that forces this to happen - once, and a method findMatchingBracket that can be - used to run the bracket-finding algorithm that this uses - internally.

edit/closebrackets.js

Defines an option autoCloseBrackets that will - auto-close brackets and quotes when typed. By default, it'll - auto-close ()[]{}''"", but you can pass it a string - similar to that (containing pairs of matching characters), or an - object with pairs and - optionally explode properties to customize - it. explode should be a similar string that gives - the pairs of characters that, when enter is pressed between - them, should have the second character also moved to its own - line. Demo here.

edit/matchtags.js

Defines an option matchTags that, when enabled, - will cause the tags around the cursor to be highlighted (using - the CodeMirror-matchingtag class). Also - defines - a command toMatchingTag, - which you can bind a key to in order to jump to the tag matching - the one under the cursor. Depends on - the addon/fold/xml-fold.js - addon. Demo here.

edit/trailingspace.js

Adds an option showTrailingSpace which, when - enabled, adds the CSS class cm-trailingspace to - stretches of whitespace at the end of lines. - The demo has a nice - squiggly underline style for this class.

edit/closetag.js

Defines an autoCloseTags option that will - auto-close XML tags when '>' or '/' - is typed, and - a closeTag command that - closes the nearest open tag. Depends on - the fold/xml-fold.js addon. See - the demo.

edit/continuelist.js

Markdown specific. Defines - a "newlineAndIndentContinueMarkdownList" command - that can be bound to enter to automatically - insert the leading characters for continuing a list. See - the Markdown mode - demo.

comment/comment.js

Addon for commenting and uncommenting code. Adds four - methods to CodeMirror instances: -

toggleComment(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object): Tries to uncomment the current selection, and if that - fails, line-comments it.
lineComment(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object): Set the lines in the given range to be line comments. Will - fall back to blockComment when no line comment - style is defined for the mode.
blockComment(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object): Wrap the code in the given range in a block comment. Will - fall back to lineComment when no block comment - style is defined for the mode.
uncomment(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object) → boolean: Try to uncomment the given range. - Returns true if a comment range was found and - removed, false otherwise.

- The options object accepted by these methods may - have the following properties: -

blockCommentStart, blockCommentEnd, blockCommentLead, lineComment: string: Override the comment string - properties of the mode with custom comment strings.
padding: string: A string that will be inserted after opening and leading - markers, and before closing comment markers. Defaults to a - single space.
commentBlankLines: boolean: Whether, when adding line comments, to also comment lines - that contain only whitespace.
indent: boolean: When adding line comments and this is turned on, it will - align the comment block to the current indentation of the - first line of the block.
fullLines: boolean: When block commenting, this controls whether the whole - lines are indented, or only the precise range that is given. - Defaults to true.

- The addon also defines - a toggleComment command, - which is a shorthand command for calling - toggleComment with no options.

fold/foldcode.js

Helps with code folding. Adds a foldCode method - to editor instances, which will try to do a code fold starting - at the given line, or unfold the fold that is already present. - The method takes as first argument the position that should be - folded (may be a line number or - a Pos), and as second optional - argument either a range-finder function, or an options object, - supporting the following properties: -

rangeFinder: fn(CodeMirror, Pos): The function that is used to find - foldable ranges. If this is not directly passed, it will - default to CodeMirror.fold.auto, which - uses getHelpers with - a "fold" type to find folding functions - appropriate for the local mode. There are files in - the addon/fold/ - directory providing CodeMirror.fold.brace, which - finds blocks in brace languages (JavaScript, C, Java, - etc), CodeMirror.fold.indent, for languages where - indentation determines block structure (Python, Haskell), - and CodeMirror.fold.xml, for XML-style languages, - and CodeMirror.fold.comment, for folding comment - blocks.
widget: string|Element: The widget to show for folded ranges. Can be either a - string, in which case it'll become a span with - class CodeMirror-foldmarker, or a DOM node.
scanUp: boolean: When true (default is false), the addon will try to find - foldable ranges on the lines above the current one if there - isn't an eligible one on the given line.
minFoldSize: integer: The minimum amount of lines that a fold should span to be - accepted. Defaults to 0, which also allows single-line - folds.

- See the demo for an - example.

fold/foldgutter.js

Provides an option foldGutter, which can be - used to create a gutter with markers indicating the blocks that - can be folded. Create a gutter using - the gutters option, - giving it the class CodeMirror-foldgutter or - something else if you configure the addon to use a different - class, and this addon will show markers next to folded and - foldable blocks, and handle clicks in this gutter. Note that - CSS styles should be applied to make the gutter, and the fold - markers within it, visible. A default set of CSS styles are - available in: - - addon/fold/foldgutter.css - . - The option - can be either set to true, or an object containing - the following optional option fields: -

gutter: string: The CSS class of the gutter. Defaults - to "CodeMirror-foldgutter". You will have to - style this yourself to give it a width (and possibly a - background). See the default gutter style rules above.
indicatorOpen: string | Element: A CSS class or DOM element to be used as the marker for - open, foldable blocks. Defaults - to "CodeMirror-foldgutter-open".
indicatorFolded: string | Element: A CSS class or DOM element to be used as the marker for - folded blocks. Defaults to "CodeMirror-foldgutter-folded".
rangeFinder: fn(CodeMirror, Pos): The range-finder function to use when determining whether - something can be folded. When not - given, CodeMirror.fold.auto - will be used as default.

- The foldOptions editor option can be set to an - object to provide an editor-wide default configuration. - Demo here.

runmode/runmode.js

Can be used to run a CodeMirror mode over text without - actually opening an editor instance. - See the demo for an example. - There are alternate versions of the file available for - running stand-alone - (without including all of CodeMirror) and - for running under - node.js (see bin/source-highlight for an example of using the latter).

runmode/colorize.js

Provides a convenient way to syntax-highlight code snippets - in a webpage. Depends on - the runmode addon (or - its standalone variant). Provides - a CodeMirror.colorize function that can be called - with an array (or other array-ish collection) of DOM nodes that - represent the code snippets. By default, it'll get - all pre tags. Will read the data-lang - attribute of these nodes to figure out their language, and - syntax-color their content using the relevant CodeMirror mode - (you'll have to load the scripts for the relevant modes - yourself). A second argument may be provided to give a default - mode, used when no language attribute is found for a node. Used - in this manual to highlight example code.

mode/overlay.js

Mode combinator that can be used to extend a mode with an - 'overlay' — a secondary mode is run over the stream, along with - the base mode, and can color specific pieces of text without - interfering with the base mode. - Defines CodeMirror.overlayMode, which is used to - create such a mode. See this - demo for a detailed example.

mode/multiplex.js

Mode combinator that can be used to easily 'multiplex' - between several modes. - Defines CodeMirror.multiplexingMode which, when - given as first argument a mode object, and as other arguments - any number of {open, close, mode [, delimStyle, innerStyle, parseDelimiters]} - objects, will return a mode object that starts parsing using the - mode passed as first argument, but will switch to another mode - as soon as it encounters a string that occurs in one of - the open fields of the passed objects. When in a - sub-mode, it will go back to the top mode again when - the close string is encountered. - Pass "\n" for open or close - if you want to switch on a blank line. -

When delimStyle is specified, it will be the token - style returned for the delimiter tokens (as well as - [delimStyle]-open on the opening token and - [delimStyle]-close on the closing token).
When innerStyle is specified, it will be the token - style added for each inner mode token.
When parseDelimiters is true, the content of - the delimiters will also be passed to the inner mode. - (And delimStyle is ignored.)

The outer - mode will not see the content between the delimiters. - See this demo for an - example.

hint/show-hint.js

Provides a framework for showing autocompletion hints. - Defines editor.showHint, which takes an optional - options object, and pops up a widget that allows the user to - select a completion. Finding hints is done with a hinting - functions (the hint option), which is a function - that take an editor instance and options object, and return - a {list, from, to} object, where list - is an array of strings or objects (the completions), - and from and to give the start and end - of the token that is being completed as {line, ch} - objects. An optional selectedHint property (an - integer) can be added to the completion object to control the - initially selected hint.

If no hinting function is given, the addon will - use CodeMirror.hint.auto, which - calls getHelpers with - the "hint" type to find applicable hinting - functions, and tries them one by one. If that fails, it looks - for a "hintWords" helper to fetch a list of - completable words for the mode, and - uses CodeMirror.hint.fromList to complete from - those.

When completions aren't simple strings, they should be - objects with the following properties: -

text: string: The completion text. This is the only required - property.
displayText: string: The text that should be displayed in the menu.
className: string: A CSS class name to apply to the completion's line in the - menu.
render: fn(Element, self, data): A method used to create the DOM structure for showing the - completion by appending it to its first argument.
hint: fn(CodeMirror, self, data): A method used to actually apply the completion, instead of - the default behavior.
from: {line, ch}: Optional from position that will be used by pick() instead - of the global one passed with the full list of completions.
to: {line, ch}: Optional to position that will be used by pick() instead - of the global one passed with the full list of completions.

The plugin understands the following options (the options object - will also be passed along to the hinting function, which may - understand additional options): -

hint: function: A hinting function, as specified above. It is possible to - set the async property on a hinting function to - true, in which case it will be called with - arguments (cm, callback, ?options), and the - completion interface will only be popped up when the hinting - function calls the callback, passing it the object holding the - completions. - The hinting function can also return a promise, and the completion - interface will only be popped when the promise resolves. - By default, hinting only works when there is no - selection. You can give a hinting function - a supportsSelection property with a truthy value - to indicate that it supports selections.
completeSingle: boolean: Determines whether, when only a single completion is - available, it is completed without showing the dialog. - Defaults to true.
alignWithWord: boolean: Whether the pop-up should be horizontally aligned with the - start of the word (true, default), or with the cursor (false).
closeOnUnfocus: boolean: When enabled (which is the default), the pop-up will close - when the editor is unfocused.
customKeys: keymap: Allows you to provide a custom key map of keys to be active - when the pop-up is active. The handlers will be called with an - extra argument, a handle to the completion menu, which - has moveFocus(n), setFocus(n), pick(), - and close() methods (see the source for details), - that can be used to change the focused element, pick the - current element or close the menu. Additionally menuSize() - can give you access to the size of the current dropdown menu, - length give you the number of available completions, and - data give you full access to the completion returned by the - hinting function.
extraKeys: keymap: Like customKeys above, but the bindings will - be added to the set of default bindings, instead of replacing - them.

- The following events will be fired on the completions object - during completion: -

"shown" (): Fired when the pop-up is shown.
"select" (completion, Element): Fired when a completion is selected. Passed the completion - value (string or object) and the DOM node that represents it - in the menu.
"pick" (completion): Fired when a completion is picked. Passed the completion value - (string or object).
"close" (): Fired when the completion is finished.

- This addon depends on styles - from addon/hint/show-hint.css. Check - out the demo for an - example.

hint/javascript-hint.js

Defines a simple hinting function for JavaScript - (CodeMirror.hint.javascript) and CoffeeScript - (CodeMirror.hint.coffeescript) code. This will - simply use the JavaScript environment that the editor runs in as - a source of information about objects and their properties.

hint/xml-hint.js

Defines CodeMirror.hint.xml, which produces - hints for XML tagnames, attribute names, and attribute values, - guided by a schemaInfo option (a property of the - second argument passed to the hinting function, or the third - argument passed to CodeMirror.showHint).
The - schema info should be an object mapping tag names to information - about these tags, with optionally a "!top" property - containing a list of the names of valid top-level tags. The - values of the properties should be objects with optional - properties children (an array of valid child - element names, omit to simply allow all tags to appear) - and attrs (an object mapping attribute names - to null for free-form attributes, and an array of - valid values for restricted - attributes). Demo - here.

hint/html-hint.js

Provides schema info to - the xml-hint addon for HTML - documents. Defines a schema - object CodeMirror.htmlSchema that you can pass to - as a schemaInfo option, and - a CodeMirror.hint.html hinting function that - automatically calls CodeMirror.hint.xml with this - schema data. See - the demo.

hint/css-hint.js

A hinting function for CSS, SCSS, or LESS code. - Defines CodeMirror.hint.css.

hint/anyword-hint.js

A very simple hinting function - (CodeMirror.hint.anyword) that simply looks for - words in the nearby code and completes to those. Takes two - optional options, word, a regular expression that - matches words (sequences of one or more character), - and range, which defines how many lines the addon - should scan when completing (defaults to 500).

hint/sql-hint.js

A simple SQL hinter. Defines CodeMirror.hint.sql. - Takes two optional options, tables, a object with - table names as keys and array of respective column names as values, - and defaultTable, a string corresponding to a - table name in tables for autocompletion.

search/match-highlighter.js

Adds a highlightSelectionMatches option that - can be enabled to highlight all instances of a currently - selected word. Can be set either to true or to an object - containing the following options: minChars, for the - minimum amount of selected characters that triggers a highlight - (default 2), style, for the style to be used to - highlight the matches (default "matchhighlight", - which will correspond to CSS - class cm-matchhighlight), trim, which - controls whether whitespace is trimmed from the selection, - and showToken which can be set to true - or to a regexp matching the characters that make up a word. When - enabled, it causes the current word to be highlighted when - nothing is selected (defaults to off). - Demo here.

lint/lint.js

Defines an interface component for showing linting warnings, - with pluggable warning sources - (see html-lint.js, - json-lint.js, - javascript-lint.js, - coffeescript-lint.js, - and css-lint.js - in the same directory). Defines a lint option that - can be set to an annotation source (for - example CodeMirror.lint.javascript), to an options - object (in which case the getAnnotations field is - used as annotation source), or simply to true. When - no annotation source is - specified, getHelper with - type "lint" is used to find an annotation function. - An annotation source function should, when given a document - string, an options object, and an editor instance, return an - array of {message, severity, from, to} objects - representing problems. When the function has - an async property with a truthy value, it will be - called with an additional second argument, which is a callback - to pass the array to. By default, the linter will run - (debounced) whenever the document is changed. You can pass - a lintOnChange: false option to disable that. - Depends on addon/lint/lint.css. A demo can be - found here.

selection/mark-selection.js

Causes the selected text to be marked with the CSS class - CodeMirror-selectedtext when the styleSelectedText option - is enabled. Useful to change the colour of the selection (in addition to the background), - like in this demo.

selection/active-line.js

Defines a styleActiveLine option that, when enabled, - gives the wrapper of the active line the class CodeMirror-activeline, - adds a background with the class CodeMirror-activeline-background, - and adds the class CodeMirror-activeline-gutter to the - line's gutter space is enabled. See the - demo.

selection/selection-pointer.js

Defines a selectionPointer option which you can - use to control the mouse cursor appearance when hovering over - the selection. It can be set to a string, - like "pointer", or to true, in which case - the "default" (arrow) cursor will be used. You can - see a demo here.

mode/loadmode.js

Defines a

CodeMirror.requireMode(modename,
-      callback)

function that will try to load a given mode and - call the callback when it succeeded. You'll have to - set CodeMirror.modeURL to a string that mode paths - can be constructed from, for - example "mode/%N/%N.js"—the %N's will - be replaced with the mode name. Also - defines CodeMirror.autoLoadMode(instance, mode), - which will ensure the given mode is loaded and cause the given - editor instance to refresh its mode when the loading - succeeded. See the demo.

mode/meta.js

Provides meta-information about all the modes in the - distribution in a single file. - Defines CodeMirror.modeInfo, an array of objects - with {name, mime, mode} properties, - where name is the human-readable - name, mime the MIME type, and mode the - name of the mode file that defines this MIME. There are optional - properties mimes, which holds an array of MIME - types for modes with multiple MIMEs associated, - and ext, which holds an array of file extensions - associated with this mode. Four convenience - functions, CodeMirror.findModeByMIME, - CodeMirror.findModeByExtension, - CodeMirror.findModeByFileName - and CodeMirror.findModeByName are provided, which - return such an object given a MIME, extension, file name or mode name - string. Note that, for historical reasons, this file resides in the - top-level mode directory, not - under addon. Demo.

comment/continuecomment.js

Adds a continueComments option, which sets whether the - editor will make the next line continue a comment when you press Enter - inside a comment block. Can be set to a boolean to enable/disable this - functionality. Set to a string, it will continue comments using a custom - shortcut. Set to an object, it will use the key property for - a custom shortcut and the boolean continueLineComment - property to determine whether single-line comments should be continued - (defaulting to true).

display/placeholder.js

Adds a placeholder option that can be used to - make content appear in the editor when it is empty and not - focused. It can hold either a string or a DOM node. Also gives - the editor a CodeMirror-empty CSS class whenever it - doesn't contain any text. - See the demo.

display/fullscreen.js

Defines an option fullScreen that, when set - to true, will make the editor full-screen (as in, - taking up the whole browser window). Depends - on fullscreen.css. Demo - here.

display/autorefresh.js

This addon can be useful when initializing an editor in a - hidden DOM node, in cases where it is difficult to - call refresh when the editor - becomes visible. It defines an option autoRefresh - which you can set to true to ensure that, if the editor wasn't - visible on initialization, it will be refreshed the first time - it becomes visible. This is done by polling every 250 - milliseconds (you can pass a value like

{delay:
-      500}

as the option value to configure this). Note that - this addon will only refresh the editor once when it - first becomes visible, and won't take care of further restyling - and resizing.

scroll/simplescrollbars.js

Defines two additional scrollbar - models, "simple" and "overlay" - (see demo) that can - be selected with - the scrollbarStyle - option. Depends - on simplescrollbars.css, - which can be further overridden to style your own - scrollbars.

scroll/annotatescrollbar.js

Provides functionality for showing markers on the scrollbar - to call out certain parts of the document. Adds a - method annotateScrollbar to editor instances that - can be called, with a CSS class name as argument, to create a - set of annotations. The method returns an object - whose update method can be called with an array - of {from: Pos, to: Pos} objects marking the ranges - to be highlighted. To detach the annotations, call the - object's clear method.

display/rulers.js

Adds a rulers option, which can be used to show - one or more vertical rulers in the editor. The option, if - defined, should be given an array of

{column [, className,
-      color, lineStyle, width]}

objects or numbers (which - indicate a column). The ruler will be displayed at the column - indicated by the number or the column property. - The className property can be used to assign a - custom style to a ruler. Demo - here.

display/panel.js

Defines an addPanel method for CodeMirror - instances, which places a DOM node above or below an editor, and - shrinks the editor to make room for the node. The method takes - as first argument as DOM node, and as second an optional options - object. The Panel object returned by this method - has a clear method that is used to remove the - panel, and a changed method that can be used to - notify the addon when the size of the panel's DOM node has - changed.
- The method accepts the following options: -

position : string

Controls the position of the newly added panel. The - following values are recognized: -

top (default): Adds the panel at the very top.
after-top: Adds the panel at the bottom of the top panels.
bottom: Adds the panel at the very bottom.
before-bottom: Adds the panel at the top of the bottom panels.

before : Panel

The new panel will be added before the given panel.

after : Panel

The new panel will be added after the given panel.

replace : Panel

The new panel will replace the given panel.

- When using the after, before or replace options, - if the panel doesn't exists or has been removed, - the value of the position option will be used as a fallback. -
- A demo of the addon is available here. -

wrap/hardwrap.js

Addon to perform hard line wrapping/breaking for paragraphs - of text. Adds these methods to editor instances: -

wrapParagraph(?pos: {line, ch}, ?options: object): Wraps the paragraph at the given position. - If pos is not given, it defaults to the cursor - position.
wrapRange(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object): Wraps the given range as one big paragraph.
wrapParagraphsInRange(from: {line, ch}, to: {line, ch}, ?options: object): Wraps the paragraphs in (and overlapping with) the - given range individually.

- The following options are recognized: -

paragraphStart, paragraphEnd: RegExp: Blank lines are always considered paragraph boundaries. - These options can be used to specify a pattern that causes - lines to be considered the start or end of a paragraph.
column: number: The column to wrap at. Defaults to 80.
wrapOn: RegExp: A regular expression that matches only those - two-character strings that allow wrapping. By default, the - addon wraps on whitespace and after dash characters.
killTrailingSpace: boolean: Whether trailing space caused by wrapping should be - preserved, or deleted. Defaults to true.

- A demo of the addon is available here. -

merge/merge.js

Implements an interface for merging changes, using either a - 2-way or a 3-way view. The CodeMirror.MergeView - constructor takes arguments similar to - the CodeMirror - constructor, first a node to append the interface to, and then - an options object. Options are passed through to the editors - inside the view. These extra options are recognized: -

origLeft and origRight: string: If given these provide original versions of the - document, which will be shown to the left and right of the - editor in non-editable CodeMirror instances. The merge - interface will highlight changes between the editable - document and the original(s). To create a 2-way (as opposed - to 3-way) merge view, provide only one of them.
revertButtons: boolean: Determines whether buttons that allow the user to revert - changes are shown. Defaults to true.
connect: string: Sets the style used to connect changed chunks of code. - By default, connectors are drawn. When this is set - to "align", the smaller chunk is padded to - align with the bigger chunk instead.
collapseIdentical: boolean|number: When true (default is false), stretches of unchanged - text will be collapsed. When a number is given, this - indicates the amount of lines to leave visible around such - stretches (which defaults to 2).
allowEditingOriginals: boolean: Determines whether the original editor allows editing. - Defaults to false.
showDifferences: boolean: When true (the default), changed pieces of text are - highlighted.

- The addon also defines commands "goNextDiff" - and "goPrevDiff" to quickly jump to the next - changed chunk. Demo - here.

tern/tern.js

Provides integration with - the Tern JavaScript analysis - engine, for completion, definition finding, and minor - refactoring help. See the demo - for a very simple integration. For more involved scenarios, see - the comments at the top of - the addon and the - implementation of the - (multi-file) demonstration - on the Tern website.

- -

Writing CodeMirror Modes

- -

Modes typically consist of a single JavaScript file. This file - defines, in the simplest case, a lexer (tokenizer) for your - language—a function that takes a character stream as input, - advances it past a token, and returns a style for that token. More - advanced modes can also handle indentation for the language.

- -

This section describes the low-level mode interface. Many modes - are written directly against this, since it offers a lot of - control, but for a quick mode definition, you might want to use - the simple mode addon.

- -

The mode script should - call CodeMirror.defineMode to - register itself with CodeMirror. This function takes two - arguments. The first should be the name of the mode, for which you - should use a lowercase string, preferably one that is also the - name of the files that define the mode (i.e. "xml" is - defined in xml.js). The second argument should be a - function that, given a CodeMirror configuration object (the thing - passed to the CodeMirror function) and an optional - mode configuration object (as in - the mode option), returns - a mode object.

- -

Typically, you should use this second argument - to defineMode as your module scope function (modes - should not leak anything into the global scope!), i.e. write your - whole mode inside this function.

- -

The main responsibility of a mode script is parsing - the content of the editor. Depending on the language and the - amount of functionality desired, this can be done in really easy - or extremely complicated ways. Some parsers can be stateless, - meaning that they look at one element (token) of the code - at a time, with no memory of what came before. Most, however, will - need to remember something. This is done by using a state - object, which is an object that is always passed when - reading a token, and which can be mutated by the tokenizer.

- -

Modes that use a state must define - a startState method on their mode - object. This is a function of no arguments that produces a state - object to be used at the start of a document.

- -

The most important part of a mode object is - its token(stream, state) method. All - modes must define this method. It should read one token from the - stream it is given as an argument, optionally update its state, - and return a style string, or null for tokens that do - not have to be styled. For your styles, you are encouraged to use - the 'standard' names defined in the themes (without - the cm- prefix). If that fails, it is also possible - to come up with your own and write your own CSS theme file.

- -

A typical token string would - be "variable" or "comment". Multiple - styles can be returned (separated by spaces), for - example "string error" for a thing that looks like a - string but is invalid somehow (say, missing its closing quote). - When a style is prefixed by "line-" - or "line-background-", the style will be applied to - the whole line, analogous to what - the addLineClass method - does—styling the "text" in the simple case, and - the "background" element - when "line-background-" is prefixed.

- -

The stream object that's passed - to token encapsulates a line of code (tokens may - never span lines) and our current position in that line. It has - the following API:

- -

eol() → boolean: Returns true only if the stream is at the end of the - line.
sol() → boolean: Returns true only if the stream is at the start of the - line.
peek() → string: Returns the next character in the stream without advancing - it. Will return a null at the end of the - line.
next() → string: Returns the next character in the stream and advances it. - Also returns null when no more characters are - available.
eat(match: string|regexp|function(char: string) → boolean) → string: match can be a character, a regular expression, - or a function that takes a character and returns a boolean. If - the next character in the stream 'matches' the given argument, - it is consumed and returned. Otherwise, undefined - is returned.
eatWhile(match: string|regexp|function(char: string) → boolean) → boolean: Repeatedly calls eat with the given argument, - until it fails. Returns true if any characters were eaten.
eatSpace() → boolean: Shortcut for eatWhile when matching - white-space.
skipToEnd(): Moves the position to the end of the line.
skipTo(ch: string) → boolean: Skips to the next occurrence of the given character, if - found on the current line (doesn't advance the stream if the - character does not occur on the line). Returns true if the - character was found.
match(pattern: string, ?consume: boolean, ?caseFold: boolean) → boolean
match(pattern: regexp, ?consume: boolean) → array<string>: Act like a - multi-character eat—if consume is true - or not given—or a look-ahead that doesn't update the stream - position—if it is false. pattern can be either a - string or a regular expression starting with ^. - When it is a string, caseFold can be set to true to - make the match case-insensitive. When successfully matching a - regular expression, the returned value will be the array - returned by match, in case you need to extract - matched groups.
backUp(n: integer): Backs up the stream n characters. Backing it up - further than the start of the current token will cause things to - break, so be careful.
column() → integer: Returns the column (taking into account tabs) at which the - current token starts.
indentation() → integer: Tells you how far the current line has been indented, in - spaces. Corrects for tab characters.
current() → string: Get the string between the start of the current token and - the current stream position.

- -

By default, blank lines are simply skipped when - tokenizing a document. For languages that have significant blank - lines, you can define - a blankLine(state) method on your - mode that will get called whenever a blank line is passed over, so - that it can update the parser state.

- -

Because state object are mutated, and CodeMirror - needs to keep valid versions of a state around so that it can - restart a parse at any line, copies must be made of state objects. - The default algorithm used is that a new state object is created, - which gets all the properties of the old object. Any properties - which hold arrays get a copy of these arrays (since arrays tend to - be used as mutable stacks). When this is not correct, for example - because a mode mutates non-array properties of its state object, a - mode object should define - a copyState method, which is given a - state and should return a safe copy of that state.

- -

If you want your mode to provide smart indentation - (through the indentLine - method and the indentAuto - and newlineAndIndent commands, to which keys can be - bound), you must define - an indent(state, textAfter) method - on your mode object.

- -

The indentation method should inspect the given state object, - and optionally the textAfter string, which contains - the text on the line that is being indented, and return an - integer, the amount of spaces to indent. It should usually take - the indentUnit - option into account. An indentation method may - return CodeMirror.Pass to indicate that it - could not come up with a precise indentation.

- -

To work well with - the commenting addon, a mode may - define lineComment (string that - starts a line - comment), blockCommentStart, blockCommentEnd - (strings that start and end block comments), - and blockCommentLead (a string to put at the start of - continued lines in a block comment). All of these are - optional.

- -

Finally, a mode may define either - an electricChars or an electricInput - property, which are used to automatically reindent the line when - certain patterns are typed and - the electricChars - option is enabled. electricChars may be a string, and - will trigger a reindent whenever one of the characters in that - string are typed. Often, it is more appropriate to - use electricInput, which should hold a regular - expression, and will trigger indentation when the part of the - line before the cursor matches the expression. It should - usually end with a $ character, so that it only - matches when the indentation-changing pattern was just typed, not when something was - typed after the pattern.

- -

So, to summarize, a mode must provide - a token method, and it may - provide startState, copyState, - and indent methods. For an example of a trivial mode, - see the diff mode, for a more - involved example, see the C-like - mode.

- -

Sometimes, it is useful for modes to nest—to have one - mode delegate work to another mode. An example of this kind of - mode is the mixed-mode HTML - mode. To implement such nesting, it is usually necessary to - create mode objects and copy states yourself. To create a mode - object, there are CodeMirror.getMode(options, - parserConfig), where the first argument is a configuration - object as passed to the mode constructor function, and the second - argument is a mode specification as in - the mode option. To copy a - state object, call CodeMirror.copyState(mode, state), - where mode is the mode that created the given - state.

- -

In a nested mode, it is recommended to add an - extra method, innerMode which, given - a state object, returns a {state, mode} object with - the inner mode and its state for the current position. These are - used by utility scripts such as the tag - closer to get context information. Use - the CodeMirror.innerMode helper function to, starting - from a mode and a state, recursively walk down to the innermost - mode and state.

- -

To make indentation work properly in a nested parser, it is - advisable to give the startState method of modes that - are intended to be nested an optional argument that provides the - base indentation for the block of code. The JavaScript and CSS - parser do this, for example, to allow JavaScript and CSS code - inside the mixed-mode HTML mode to be properly indented.

- -

It is possible, and encouraged, to associate - your mode, or a certain configuration of your mode, with - a MIME type. For - example, the JavaScript mode associates itself - with text/javascript, and its JSON variant - with application/json. To do this, - call CodeMirror.defineMIME(mime, - modeSpec), where modeSpec can be a string or - object specifying a mode, as in - the mode option.

- -

If a mode specification wants to add some properties to the - resulting mode object, typically for use - with getHelpers, it may - contain a modeProps property, which holds an object. - This object's properties will be copied to the actual mode - object.

- -

Sometimes, it is useful to add or override mode - object properties from external code. - The CodeMirror.extendMode function - can be used to add properties to mode objects produced for a - specific mode. Its first argument is the name of the mode, its - second an object that specifies the properties that should be - added. This is mostly useful to add utilities that can later be - looked up through getMode.

- -

VIM Mode API

- -

CodeMirror has a robust VIM mode that attempts to faithfully - emulate VIM's most useful features. It can be enabled by - including keymap/vim.js - and setting the keyMap option to - "vim".

- -

Configuration

- -

VIM mode accepts configuration options for customizing - behavior at run time. These methods can be called at any time - and will affect all existing CodeMirror instances unless - specified otherwise. The methods are exposed on the - CodeMirror.Vim object.

- -

setOption(name: string, value: any, ?cm: CodeMirror, ?cfg: object): Sets the value of a VIM option. name should - be the name of an option. If cfg.scope is not set - and cm is provided, then sets the global and - instance values of the option. Otherwise, sets either the - global or instance value of the option depending on whether - cfg.scope is global or - local.
getOption(name: string, ?cm: CodeMirror: ?cfg: object): Gets the current value of a VIM option. If - cfg.scope is not set and cm is - provided, then gets the instance value of the option, falling - back to the global value if not set. If cfg.scope is provided, then gets the global or - local value without checking the other.
map(lhs: string, rhs: string, ?context: string): Maps a key sequence to another key sequence. Implements - VIM's :map command. To map ; to : in VIM would be - :map ; :. That would translate to - CodeMirror.Vim.map(';', ':');. - The context can be normal, - visual, or insert, which correspond - to :nmap, :vmap, and - :imap - respectively.
mapCommand(keys: string, type: string, name: string, ?args: object, ?extra: object): Maps a key sequence to a motion, - operator, or action type command. - The args object is passed through to the command when it is - invoked by the provided key sequence. - extras.context can be normal, - visual, or insert, to map the key - sequence only in the corresponding mode. - extras.isEdit is applicable only to actions, - determining whether it is recorded for replay for the - . single-repeat command. -

- -

Extending VIM

- -

CodeMirror's VIM mode implements a large subset of VIM's core - editing functionality. But since there's always more to be - desired, there is a set of APIs for extending VIM's - functionality. As with the configuration API, the methods are - exposed on CodeMirror.Vim and may - be called at any time.

- -

defineOption(name: string, default: any, type: string, ?aliases: array<string>, ?callback: function (?value: any, ?cm: CodeMirror) → ?any): Defines a VIM style option and makes it available to the - :set command. Type can be boolean or - string, used for validation and by - :set to determine which syntax to accept. If a - callback is passed in, VIM does not store the value of the - option itself, but instead uses the callback as a setter/getter. If the - first argument to the callback is undefined, then the - callback should return the value of the option. Otherwise, it should set - instead. Since VIM options have global and instance values, whether a - CodeMirror instance is passed in denotes whether the global - or local value should be used. Consequently, it's possible for the - callback to be called twice for a single setOption or - getOption call. Note that right now, VIM does not support - defining buffer-local options that do not have global values. If an - option should not have a global value, either always ignore the - cm parameter in the callback, or always pass in a - cfg.scope to setOption and - getOption.
defineMotion(name: string, fn: function(cm: CodeMirror, head: {line, ch}, ?motionArgs: object}) → {line, ch}): Defines a motion command for VIM. The motion should return - the desired result position of the cursor. head - is the current position of the cursor. It can differ from - cm.getCursor('head') if VIM is in visual mode. - motionArgs is the object passed into - mapCommand().
defineOperator(name: string, fn: function(cm: CodeMirror, ?operatorArgs: object, ranges: array<{anchor, head}>) → ?{line, ch}): Defines an operator command, similar to - defineMotion. ranges is the range - of text the operator should operate on. If the cursor should - be set to a certain position after the operation finishes, it - can return a cursor object.
defineAction(name: string, fn: function(cm: CodeMirror, ?actionArgs: object)): Defines an action command, similar to - defineMotion. Action commands - can have arbitrary behavior, making them more flexible than - motions and operators, at the loss of orthogonality.
defineEx(name: string, ?prefix: string, fn: function(cm: CodeMirror, ?params: object)): Defines an Ex command, and maps it to :name. - If a prefix is provided, it, and any prefixed substring of the - name beginning with the prefix can - be used to invoke the command. If the prefix is - falsy, then name is used as the prefix. - params.argString contains the part of the prompted - string after the command name. params.args is - params.argString split by whitespace. If the - command was prefixed with a - line range, - params.line and params.lineEnd will - be set. -

- -

CodeMirror real-world uses

- -

Create a pull - request if you'd like your project to be added to this list.

- -

Adobe Brackets (code editor)
ALM Tools (TypeScript powered IDE)
Amber (JavaScript-based Smalltalk system)
Apache GUI
APEye (tool for testing & documenting APIs)
Appengine Codiad
Better Text Viewer (plain text reader app for Chrome)
Bitbucket (code hosting)
Blogger's template editor
BlueGriffon (HTML editor)
Boson Editor (code editor)
Cargo Collective (creative publishing platform)
Chrome DevTools
ClickHelp (technical writing tool)
CodeWorld (Haskell playground)
Complete.ly playground
Codeanywhere (multi-platform cloud editor)
Code per Node (Drupal module)
Codebug (PHP Xdebug front-end)
CodeMirror Eclipse (embed CM in Eclipse)
CodeMirror movie (scripted editing demos)
CodeMirror2-GWT (Google Web Toolkit wrapper)
Code Monster & Code Maven (learning environment)
Codepen (gallery of animations)
Coderpad (interviewing tool)
Code School (online tech learning environment)
Code Snippets (WordPress snippet management plugin)
Code together (collaborative editing)
Codev (collaborative IDE)
CodeZample (code snippet sharing)
Codio (Web IDE)
Collaborative CodeMirror demo (CodeMirror + operational transforms)
Community Code Camp (code snippet sharing)
compilejava.net (online Java sandbox)
CKWNC (UML editor)
CrossUI (cross-platform UI builder)
Cruncher (notepad with calculation features)
Crudzilla (self-hosted web IDE)
CSSDeck (CSS showcase)
Deck.js integration (slides with editors)
DbNinja (MySQL access interface)
Echoplexus (chat and collaborative coding)
eCSSpert (CSS demos and experiments)
Elm language examples
Eloquent JavaScript (book)
Emmet (fast XML editing)
Espruino Web IDE (Chrome App for writing code on Espruino devices)
Fastfig (online computation/math tool)
Farabi (modern Perl IDE)
FathomJS integration (slides with editors, again)
Phantomus (blogging platform)
Fiddle Salad (web development environment)
Filemanager
Firefox Developer Tools
Firepad (collaborative text editor)
Gerrit's diff view and inline editor
Git Crx (Chrome App for browsing local git repos)
Go language tour
GitHub's Android app
Google Apps Script
Graphit (function graphing)
HackMD (Realtime collaborative markdown notes on all platforms)
Handcraft (HTML prototyping)
Hawkee
Haxe (Haxe Playground)
HaxPad (editor for Win RT)
Histone template engine playground
Homegenie (home automation server)
ICEcoder (web IDE)
IPython (interactive computing shell)
iTrading (Algorithmic Trading)
i-MOS (modeling and simulation platform)
Janvas (vector graphics editor)
Joomla plugin
jQuery fundamentals (interactive tutorial)
jsbin.com (JS playground)
JSER preprocessor
jscpd (code duplication detector)
JSFiddle (another JS playground)
JSHint (JS linter)
Jumpseller (online store builder)
kl1p (paste service)
Kodit
Kodtest (HTML/JS/CSS playground)
Kotlin (web-based mini-IDE for Kotlin)
Laborate (collaborative coding)
Light Table (experimental IDE)
Liveweave (HTML/CSS/JS scratchpad)
Marklight editor (lightweight markup editor)
Mergely (interactive diffing)
MIHTool (iOS web-app debugging tool)
Mongo MapReduce WebBrowser
Montage Studio (web app creator suite)
MVC Playground
My2ndGeneration (social coding)
Navigate CMS
nodeMirror (IDE project)
NoTex (rST authoring)
Oak (online outliner)
OpenCampus
ORG (z80 assembly IDE)
Orion-CodeMirror integration (running CodeMirror modes in Orion)
Paper.js (graphics scripting)
Pharaoh (browser & desktop editor for the classroom)
PrinBit (collaborative coding tool)
Prose.io (github content editor)
PubliForge (online publishing system)
Puzzlescript (puzzle game engine)
ql.io (http API query helper)
QiYun web app platform
Qt+Webkit integration (building a desktop CodeMirror app)
Quivive File Manager
Rascal (tiny computer)
RealTime.io (Internet-of-Things infrastructure)
Refork (animation demo gallery and sharing)
SageMathCloud (interactive mathematical software environment)
ServePHP (PHP code testing in Chrome dev tools)
Shadertoy (shader sharing)
sketchPatch Livecodelab
Skulpt (in-browser Python environment)
Snap Tomato (HTML editing/testing page)
Snippets.pro (code snippet sharing)
SolidShops (hosted e-commerce platform)
SourceCoder 3 (online calculator IDE and editor)
SQLFiddle (SQL playground)
SubTe (AI bot programming environment)
Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs, Interactive Version
SyBox (PHP playground)
TagSpaces (personal data manager)
Textbox.io (WYSIWYG rich text editor)
The File Tree (collab editor)
TileMill (map design tool)
Tiki (wiki CMS groupware)
Toolsverse Data Explorer (database management)
Tributary (augmented editing)
Tumblr code highlighting shim
TurboPY (web publishing framework)
UmpleOnline (model-oriented programming tool)
Upsource (code browser and review tool)
Waliki (wiki engine)
Wamer (web application builder)
webappfind (windows file bindings for webapps)
WebGL academy (learning WebGL)
WebGL playground
WebKit Web inspector
WeScheme (learning tool)
Wide (golang web IDE)
WordPress plugin
writeLaTeX (Collaborative LaTeX Editor)
XOSide (online editor)
XQuery tester
xsd2codemirror (convert XSD to CM XML completion info)

- -

Release notes and version history

- -

Version 5.x

- -

20-09-2016: Version 5.19.0:

- -

erlang mode: Fix mode crash when trying to read an empty context.
comment addon: Fix broken behavior when toggling comments inside a comment.
xml-fold addon: Fix a null-dereference bug.
Page up and page down now do something even in single-line documents.
Fix an issue where the cursor position could be off in really long (~8000 character) tokens.
javascript mode: Better indentation when semicolons are missing. Better support for TypeScript classes, optional parameters, and the type keyword.
The blur and focus events now pass the DOM event to their handlers.

- -

23-08-2016: Version 5.18.2:

- -

vue mode: Fix outdated references to renamed Pug mode dependency.

- -

22-08-2016: Version 5.18.0:

- -

Make sure gutter backgrounds stick to the rest of the gutter during horizontal scrolling.
The contenteditable inputStyle now properly supports pasting on pre-Edge IE versions.
javascript mode: Fix some small parsing bugs and improve TypeScript support.
matchbrackets addon: Fix bug where active highlighting was left in editor when the addon was disabled.
match-highlighter addon: Only start highlighting things when the editor gains focus.
javascript-hint addon: Also complete non-enumerable properties.
The addOverlay method now supports a priority option to control the order in which overlays are applied.
MIME types that end in +json now default to the JSON mode when the MIME itself is not defined.
The mode formerly known as Jade was renamed to Pug.
The Python mode now defaults to Python 3 (rather than 2) syntax.

- -

19-07-2016: Version 5.17.0:

- -

Fix problem with wrapped trailing whitespace displaying incorrectly.
Prevent IME dialog from overlapping typed content in Chrome.
Improve measuring of characters near a line wrap.
javascript mode: Improve support for async, allow trailing commas in import lists.
vim bindings: Fix backspace in replace mode.
sublime bindings: Fix some key bindings on OS X to match Sublime Text.
markdown mode: Add more classes to image links in highlight-formatting mode.

- -

20-06-2016: Version 5.16.0:

- -

Fix glitches when dragging content caused by the drop indicator receiving mouse events.
Make Control-drag work on Firefox.
Make clicking or selection-dragging at the end of a wrapped line select the right position.
show-hint addon: Prevent widget scrollbar from hiding part of the hint text.
rulers addon: Prevent rulers from forcing a horizontal editor scrollbar.
search addon: Automatically bind search-related keys in persistent dialog.
sublime keymap: Add a multi-cursor aware smart backspace binding.

- -

20-05-2016: Version 5.15.2:

- -

Fix a critical document corruption bug that occurs when a document is gradually grown.

- -

20-05-2016: Version 5.15.0:

- -

Fix bug that caused the selection to reset when focusing the editor in contentEditable input mode.
Fix issue where not all ASCII control characters were being replaced by placeholders.
Remove the assumption that all modes have a startState method from several wrapping modes.
Fix issue where the editor would complain about overlapping collapsed ranges when there weren't any.
Optimize document tree building when loading or pasting huge chunks of content.
Explicitly bind Ctrl-O on OS X to make that binding (“open line”) act as expected.
Pasting linewise-copied content when there is no selection now inserts the lines above the current line.
markdown mode: Fix several issues in matching link targets.
clike mode: Improve indentation of C++ template declarations.
javascript mode: Support async/await and improve support for TypeScript type syntax.

- -

20-04-2016: Version 5.14.0:

- -

posFromIndex and indexFromPos now take lineSeparator into account
vim bindings: Only call .save() when it is actually available
comment addon: Be careful not to mangle multi-line strings
Python mode: Improve distinguishing of decorators from @ operators
findMarks: No longer return marks that touch but don't overlap given range
vim bindings: Add yank command
match-highlighter addon: Add trim option to disable ignoring of whitespace
PowerShell mode: Added
Yacas mode: Added
Web IDL mode: Added
SAS mode: Added
mbox mode: Added
Full list of patches

- -

21-03-2016: Version 5.13.2:

- -

Solves a problem where the gutter would sometimes not extend all the way to the end of the document.

- -

21-03-2016: Version 5.13:

- -

New DOM event forwarded: "dragleave".
protobuf mode: Newly added.
Fix problem where findMarks sometimes failed to find multi-line marks.
Fix crash that showed up when atomic ranges and bidi text were combined.
show-hint addon: Completion widgets no longer close when the line indented or dedented.
merge addon: Fix bug when merging chunks at the end of the file.
placeholder addon: No longer gets confused by swapDoc.
simplescrollbars addon: Fix invalid state when deleting at end of document.
clike mode: No longer gets confused when a comment starts after an operator.
markdown mode: Now supports CommonMark-style flexible list indentation.
dylan mode: Several improvements and fixes.
Full list of patches

- -

19-02-2016: Version 5.12:

- -

Vim bindings: Ctrl-Q is now an alias for Ctrl-V.
Vim bindings: The Vim API now exposes an unmap method to unmap bindings.
active-line addon: This addon can now style the active line's gutter.
FCL mode: Newly added.
SQL mode: Now has a Postgresql dialect.
Fix issue where trying to scroll to a horizontal position outside of the document's width could cause the gutter to be positioned incorrectly.
Use absolute, rather than fixed positioning in the context-menu intercept hack, to work around a problem when the editor is inside a transformed parent container.
Solve a problem where the horizontal scrollbar could hide text in Firefox.
Fix a bug that caused phantom scroll space under the text in some situations.
Sublime Text bindings: Bind delete-line to Shift-Ctrl-K on OS X.
Markdown mode: Fix issue where the mode would keep state related to fenced code blocks in an unsafe way, leading to occasional corrupted parses.
Markdown mode: Ignore backslashes in code fragments.
Markdown mode: Use whichever mode is registered as text/html to parse HTML.
Clike mode: Improve indentation of Scala => functions.
Python mode: Improve indentation of bracketed code.
HTMLMixed mode: Support multi-line opening tags for sub-languages (<script>, <style>, etc).
Spreadsheet mode: Fix bug where the mode did not advance the stream when finding a backslash.
XML mode: The mode now takes a matchClosing option to configure whether mismatched closing tags should be highlighted as errors.

- -

20-01-2016: Version 5.11:

- -

New modes: JSX, literate Haskell
The editor now forwards more DOM events: cut, copy, paste, and touchstart. It will also forward mousedown for drag events
Fixes a bug where bookmarks next to collapsed spans were not rendered
The Swift mode now supports auto-indentation
Frontmatters in the YAML frontmatter mode are now optional as intended
Full list of patches

- -

21-12-2015: Version 5.10:

- -

Modify the way atomic ranges are skipped by selection to try and make it less surprising.
The Swift mode was rewritten.
New addon: jump-to-line.
New method: isReadOnly.
The show-hint addon now defaults to picking completions on single click.
The object passed to "beforeSelectionChange" events now has an origin property.
New mode: Crystal.
Full list of patches

- -

23-11-2015: Version 5.9:

- -

Improve the way overlay (OS X-style) scrollbars are handled
Make annotatescrollbar and scrollpastend addons work properly together
Make show-hint addon select options on single click by default, move selection to hovered item
Properly fold comments that include block-comment-start markers
Many small language mode fixes
Full list of patches

- -

20-10-2015: Version 5.8:

- -

Fixes an infinite loop in - the hardwrap - addon
New modes: NSIS, Ceylon
The Kotlin mode is now a clike dialect, rather than a stand-alone mode
New option: allowDropFileTypes. Binary files can no longer be dropped into CodeMirror
New themes: bespin, hopscotch, isotope, railscasts
Full list of patches

- -

20-09-2015: Version 5.7:

- -

New modes: Vue, Oz, MscGen (and dialects), Closure Stylesheets
Implement CommonMark-style flexible list indent and cross-line code spans in Markdown mode
Add a replace-all button to the search addon, and make the persistent search dialog transparent when it obscures the match
Handle acync/await and ocal and binary numbers in JavaScript mode
Fix various issues with the Haxe mode
Make the closebrackets addon select only the wrapped text when wrapping selection in brackets
Tokenize properties as properties in the CoffeeScript mode
The placeholder addon now accepts a DOM node as well as a string placeholder
Full list of patches

- -

20-08-2015: Version 5.6:

- -

Fix bug where you could paste into a readOnly editor
Show a cursor at the drop location when dragging over the editor
The Rust mode was rewritten to handle modern Rust
The editor and theme CSS was cleaned up. Some selectors are now less specific than before
New theme: abcdef
Lines longer than maxHighlightLength are now less likely to mess up indentation
New addons: autorefresh for refreshing an editor the first time it becomes visible, and html-lint for using HTMLHint
The search addon now recognizes \r and \n in pattern and replacement input
Full list of patches

- -

20-07-2015: Version 5.5:

- -

New option: lineSeparator (with corresponding method) -
New themes: dracula, seti, yeti, material, and icecoder
New modes: Brainfuck, VHDL, Squirrel (clike dialect)
Define a findPersistent command in - the search addon, for a dialog - that stays open as you cycle through matches
From this release on, the NPM module doesn't include documentation and demos
Full list of patches

- -

25-06-2015: Version 5.4:

- -

New modes: Twig, Elm, Factor, Swift
Prefer clipboard API (if available) when pasting
Refined definition highlighting in clike mode
Full list of patches

- -

20-05-2015: Version 5.3:

- -

Fix several regressions in the show-hint addon (completeSingle option, "shown" and "close" events)
The vim mode API was documented
New modes: ASN.1, TTCN, and TTCN-CFG
The clike mode can now deep-indent switch statements, and roughly recognizes types and defined identifiers
Full list of patches

- -

20-04-2015: Version 5.2:

- -

Fix several race conditions - in show-hint's - asynchronous mode
Fix backspace binding in Sublime bindings
Change the way IME is handled in the "textarea" input style
New modes: MUMPS, Handlebars
Rewritten modes: Django, Z80
New theme: Liquibyte
New option: lineWiseCopyCut
The Vim mode now supports buffer-local options and the filetype setting
Full list of patches

- -

23-03-2015: Version 5.1:

- -

New modes: ASCII armor (PGP data), Troff, and CMake.
Remove SmartyMixed mode, rewrite Smarty mode to supersede it.
New commands in the merge - addon: goNextDiff and goPrevDiff.
The closebrackets addon can now be configured per mode.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-02-2015: Version 5.0:

- -

Experimental mobile support (tested on iOS, Android Chrome, stock Android browser)
New option inputStyle to switch between hidden textarea and contenteditable input.
The getInputField - method is no longer guaranteed to return a textarea.
Full list of patches.

- -

Version 4.x

- -

20-02-2015: Version 4.13:

- -

Fix the way the closetag demo handles the slash character.
New modes: Forth, Stylus.
Make the CSS mode understand some modern CSS extensions.
Have the Scala mode handle symbols and triple-quoted strings.
Full list of patches.

- -

22-01-2015: Version 4.12:

- -

The closetag - addon now defines a "closeTag" command.
Adds a findModeByFileName to the mode metadata - addon.
Simple mode rules can - now contain a sol property to only match at the start - of a line.
New - addon: selection-pointer - to style the mouse cursor over the selection.
Improvements to the Sass mode's indentation.
The Vim keymap's search functionality now - supports scrollbar - annotation.
Full list of patches.

- -

9-01-2015: Version 4.11:

- -

Unfortunately, 4.10 did not take care of the - Firefox scrolling issue entirely. This release adds two more patches - to address that.

- -

29-12-2014: Version 4.10:

- -

Emergency single-patch update to 4.9. Fixes - Firefox-specific problem where the cursor could end up behind the - horizontal scrollbar.

- -

23-12-2014: Version 4.9:

- -

Overhauled scroll bar handling. - Add pluggable scrollbar - implementations.
Tweaked behavior for - the completion addons to - not take text after cursor into account.
Two new optional features in - the merge addon: aligning - editors, and folding unchanged text.
New - modes: Dart, EBNF, spreadsheet, - and Soy.
New addon to show persistent panels below/above an editor.
New themes: zenburn - and tomorrow night - bright.
Allow ctrl-click to clear existing cursors.
Full list of patches.

- -

22-11-2014: Version 4.8:

- -

Built-in support for multi-stroke key bindings.
New method: getLineTokens.
New modes: dockerfile, IDL, Objective C (crude).
Support styling of gutter backgrounds, allow "gutter" styles in addLineClass.
Many improvements to the Vim mode, rewritten visual mode.
Improvements to modes: gfm (strikethrough), SPARQL (version 1.1 support), and sTeX (no more runaway math mode). -
Full list of patches.

- -

20-10-2014: Version 4.7:

- -

Incompatible: - The lint addon now passes the - editor's value as first argument to asynchronous lint functions, - for consistency. The editor is still passed, as fourth - argument.
Improved handling of unicode identifiers in modes for - languages that support them.
More mode - improvements: CoffeeScript - (indentation), Verilog - (indentation), Scala - (indentation, triple-quoted strings), - and PHP (interpolated - variables in heredoc strings).
New modes: Textile and Tornado templates.
Experimental new way to define modes.
Improvements to the Vim - bindings: Arbitrary insert mode key mappings are now possible, - and text objects are supported in visual mode.
The mode meta-information file - now includes information about file extensions, - and helper - functions findModeByMIME - and findModeByExtension.
New logo!
Full list of patches.

- -

19-09-2014: Version 4.6:

- -

New mode: Modelica
New method: findWordAt
Make it easier to use text background styling
Full list of patches.

- -

21-08-2014: Version 4.5:

- -

Fix several serious bugs with horizontal scrolling
New mode: Slim
New command: goLineLeftSmart
More fixes and extensions for the Vim visual block mode
Full list of patches.

- -

21-07-2014: Version 4.4:

- -

Note: Some events might now fire in slightly - different order ("change" is still guaranteed to fire - before "cursorActivity")
Nested operations in multiple editors are now synced (complete - at same time, reducing DOM reflows)
Visual block mode for vim (<C-v>) is nearly complete
New mode: Kotlin
Better multi-selection paste for text copied from multiple CodeMirror selections
Full list of patches.

- -

23-06-2014: Version 4.3:

- -

Several vim bindings - improvements: search and exCommand history, global flag - for :substitute, :global command. -
Allow hiding the cursor by - setting cursorBlinkRate - to a negative value.
Make gutter markers themeable, use this in foldgutter.
Full list of patches.

- -

19-05-2014: Version 4.2:

- -

Fix problem where some modes were broken by the fact that empty tokens were forbidden.
Several fixes to context menu handling.
On undo, scroll change, not cursor, into view.
Rewritten Jade mode.
Various improvements to Shell (support for more syntax) and Python (better indentation) modes.
New mode: Cypher.
New theme: Neo.
Support direct styling options (color, line style, width) in the rulers addon.
Recognize per-editor configuration for the show-hint and foldcode addons.
More intelligent scanning for existing close tags in closetag addon.
In the Vim bindings: Fix bracket matching, support case conversion in visual mode, visual paste, append action.
Full list of patches.

- -

22-04-2014: Version 4.1:

- -

Slightly incompatible: - The "cursorActivity" - event now fires after all other events for the operation (and only - for handlers that were actually registered at the time the - activity happened).
New command: insertSoftTab.
New mode: Django.
Improved modes: Verilog (rewritten), Jinja2, Haxe, PHP (string interpolation highlighted), JavaScript (indentation of trailing else, template strings), LiveScript (multi-line strings).
Many small issues from the 3.x→4.x transition were found and fixed.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-03-2014: Version 4.0:

- -

This is a new major version of CodeMirror. There - are a few incompatible changes in the API. Upgrade - with care, and read the upgrading - guide.

- -

Multiple selections (ctrl-click, alt-drag, API).
Sublime Text bindings.
Module loader shims wrapped around all modules.
Selection undo/redo.
Improved character measuring (faster, handles wrapped lines more robustly).
Full list of patches.

- -

Version 3.x

- -

22-04-2014: Version 3.24:

- -

Merges the improvements from 4.1 that could - easily be applied to the 3.x code. Also improves the way the editor - size is updated when line widgets change.

- -

20-03-2014: Version 3.23:

- -

In the XML mode, - add brackets style to angle brackets, fix - case-sensitivity of tags for HTML.
New mode: Dylan.
Many improvements to the Vim bindings.

- -

21-02-2014: Version 3.22:

- -

Adds the findMarks method.
New addons: rulers, markdown-fold, yaml-lint.
New theme: mdn-like.
New mode: Solr.
Full list of patches.

- -

16-01-2014: Version 3.21:

- -

Auto-indenting a block will no longer add trailing whitespace to blank lines.
Marking text has a new option clearWhenEmpty to control auto-removal.
Several bugfixes in the handling of bidirectional text.
The XML and CSS modes were largely rewritten. LESS support was added to the CSS mode.
The OCaml mode was moved to an mllike mode, F# support added.
Make it possible to fetch multiple applicable helper values with getHelpers, and to register helpers matched on predicates with registerGlobalHelper.
New theme pastel-on-dark.
Better ECMAScript 6 support in JavaScript mode.
Full list of patches.

- -

21-11-2013: Version 3.20:

- -

New modes: Julia and PEG.js.
Support ECMAScript 6 in the JavaScript mode.
Improved indentation for the CoffeeScript mode.
Make non-printable-character representation configurable.
Add ‘notification’ functionality to dialog addon.
Full list of patches.

- -

21-10-2013: Version 3.19:

- -

New modes: Eiffel, Gherkin, MSSQL dialect.
New addons: hardwrap, sql-hint.
New theme: MBO.
Add support for line-level styling from mode tokenizers.
Full list of patches.

- -

23-09-2013: Version 3.18:

- -

Emergency release to fix a problem in 3.17 - where .setOption("lineNumbers", false) would raise an - error.

- -

23-09-2013: Version 3.17:

- -

New modes: Fortran, Octave (Matlab), TOML, and DTD.
New addons: css-lint, css-hint.
Improve resilience to CSS 'frameworks' that globally mess up box-sizing.
Full list of patches.

- -

21-08-2013: Version 3.16:

- -

The whole codebase is now under a single license file.
The project page was overhauled and redesigned.
New themes: Paraiso (light), The Matrix.
Improved interaction between themes and active-line/matchbrackets addons.
New folding function CodeMirror.fold.comment.
Added fullscreen addon.
Full list of patches.

- -

29-07-2013: Version 3.15:

- -

New modes: Jade, Nginx.
New addons: Tern, matchtags, and foldgutter.
Introduced helper concept (context).
New method: getModeAt.
New themes: base16 dark/light, 3024 dark/light, tomorrow-night.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-06-2013: Version 3.14:

- -

New - addons: trailing - space highlight, XML - completion (rewritten), - and diff merging.
markText - and addLineWidget - now take a handleMouseEvents option.
New methods: lineAtHeight, - getTokenTypeAt.
More precise cleanness-tracking - using changeGeneration - and isClean.
Many extensions to Emacs mode - (prefixes, more navigation units, and more).
New - events "keyHandled" - and "inputRead".
Various improvements to Ruby, - Smarty, SQL, - and Vim modes.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-05-2013: Version 3.13:

- -

New modes: COBOL and HAML.
New options: cursorScrollMargin and coverGutterNextToScrollbar.
New addon: commenting.
More features added to the Vim keymap.
Full list of patches.

- -

19-04-2013: Version 3.12:

- -

New mode: GNU assembler.
New - options: maxHighlightLength - and historyEventDelay.
Added addToHistory - option for markText.
Various fixes to JavaScript tokenization and indentation corner cases.
Further improvements to the vim mode.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-03-2013: Version 3.11:

- -

Removed code: collapserange, - formatting, and simple-hint - addons. plsql and mysql modes - (use sql mode).
Moved code: the range-finding functions for folding now have their own files.
Changed interface: - the continuecomment - addon now exposes an option, rather than a command.
New - modes: SCSS, Tcl, LiveScript, - and mIRC.
New addons: placeholder, HTML completion.
New - methods: hasFocus, defaultCharWidth.
New events: beforeCursorEnter, renderLine.
Many improvements to the show-hint completion - dialog addon.
Tweak behavior of by-word cursor motion.
Further improvements to the vim mode.
Full list of patches.

- -

21-02-2013: Version 3.1:

- -

Incompatible: key handlers may - now return, rather - than throw CodeMirror.Pass to signal they - didn't handle the key.
Make documents a first-class - construct, support split views and subviews.
Add a new module - for showing completion hints. - Deprecate simple-hint.js.
Extend htmlmixed mode - to allow custom handling of script types.
Support an insertLeft option - to setBookmark.
Add an eachLine - method to iterate over a document.
New addon modules: selection - marking, linting, - and automatic bracket - closing.
Add "beforeChange" - and "beforeSelectionChange" - events.
Add "hide" - and "unhide" - events to marked ranges.
Fix coordsChar's - interpretation of its argument to match the documentation.
New modes: Turtle - and Q.
Further improvements to the vim mode.
Full list of patches.

- - -

25-01-2013: Version 3.02:

- -

Single-bugfix release. Fixes a problem that - prevents CodeMirror instances from being garbage-collected after - they become unused.

- -

21-01-2013: Version 3.01:

- -

Move all add-ons into an organized directory structure - under /addon. You might have to adjust your - paths.
New - modes: D, Sass, APL, SQL - (configurable), and Asterisk.
Several bugfixes in right-to-left text support.
Add rtlMoveVisually option.
Improvements to vim keymap.
Add built-in (lightweight) overlay mode support.
Support showIfHidden option for line widgets.
Add simple Python hinter.
Bring back the fixedGutter option.
Full list of patches.

- -

10-12-2012: Version 3.0:

- -

New major version. Only - partially backwards-compatible. See - the upgrading guide for more - information. Changes since release candidate 2:

- -

Rewritten VIM mode.
Fix a few minor scrolling and sizing issues.
Work around Safari segfault when dragging.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-11-2012: Version 3.0, release candidate 2:

- -

New mode: HTTP.
Improved handling of selection anchor position.
Improve IE performance on longer lines.
Reduce gutter glitches during horiz. scrolling.
Add addKeyMap and removeKeyMap methods.
Rewrite formatting and closetag add-ons.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-11-2012: Version 3.0, release candidate 1:

- -

New theme: Solarized.
Introduce addLineClass - and removeLineClass, - drop setLineClass.
Add a lot of - new options for marked text - (read-only, atomic, collapsed, widget replacement).
Remove the old code folding interface in favour of these new ranges.
Add isClean/markClean methods.
Remove compoundChange method, use better undo-event-combining heuristic.
Improve scrolling performance smoothness.
Full list of patches.

- -

22-10-2012: Version 3.0, beta 2:

- -

Fix page-based coordinate computation.
Fix firing of gutterClick event.
Add cursorHeight option.
Fix bi-directional text regression.
Add viewportMargin option.
Directly handle mousewheel events (again, hopefully better).
Make vertical cursor movement more robust (through widgets, big line gaps).
Add flattenSpans option.
Many optimizations. Poor responsiveness should be fixed.
Initialization in hidden state works again.
Full list of patches.

- -

19-09-2012: Version 3.0, beta 1:

- -

Bi-directional text support.
More powerful gutter model.
Support for arbitrary text/widget height.
In-line widgets.
Generalized event handling.

- -

Version 2.x

- -

21-01-2013: Version 2.38:

- -

Integrate some bugfixes, enhancements to the vim keymap, and new - modes - (D, Sass, APL) - from the v3 branch.

- -

20-12-2012: Version 2.37:

- -

New mode: SQL (will replace plsql and mysql modes).
Further work on the new VIM mode.
Fix Cmd/Ctrl keys on recent Operas on OS X.
Full list of patches.

- -

20-11-2012: Version 2.36:

- -

New mode: Z80 assembly.
New theme: Twilight.
Add command-line compression helper.
Make scrollIntoView public.
Add defaultTextHeight method.
Various extensions to the vim keymap.
Make PHP mode build on mixed HTML mode.
Add comment-continuing add-on.
Full list of patches.

- -

22-10-2012: Version 2.35:

- -

New (sub) mode: TypeScript.
Don't overwrite (insert key) when pasting.
Fix several bugs in markText/undo interaction.
Better indentation of JavaScript code without semicolons.
Add defineInitHook function.
Full list of patches.

- -

19-09-2012: Version 2.34:

- -

New mode: Common Lisp.
Fix right-click select-all on most browsers.
Change the way highlighting happens:
Saves memory and CPU cycles.
compareStates is no longer needed.
onHighlightComplete no longer works.
Integrate mode (Markdown, XQuery, CSS, sTex) tests in central testsuite.
Add a CodeMirror.version property.
More robust handling of nested modes in formatting and closetag plug-ins.
Un/redo now preserves marked text and bookmarks.
Full list of patches.

- -

23-08-2012: Version 2.33:

- -

New mode: Sieve.
New getViewPort and onViewportChange API.
Configurable cursor blink rate.
Make binding a key to false disabling handling (again).
Show non-printing characters as red dots.
More tweaks to the scrolling model.
Expanded testsuite. Basic linter added.
Remove most uses of innerHTML. Remove CodeMirror.htmlEscape.
Full list of patches.

- -

23-07-2012: Version 2.32:

- -

Emergency fix for a bug where an editor with - line wrapping on IE will break when there is no - scrollbar.

- -

20-07-2012: Version 2.31:

- -

New modes: OCaml, Haxe, and VB.NET.
Several fixes to the new scrolling model.
Add a setSize method for programmatic resizing.
Add getHistory and setHistory methods.
Allow custom line separator string in getValue and getRange.
Support double- and triple-click drag, double-clicking whitespace.
And more... (all patches)

- -

22-06-2012: Version 2.3:

- -

New scrollbar implementation. Should flicker less. Changes DOM structure of the editor.
New theme: vibrant-ink.
Many extensions to the VIM keymap (including text objects).
Add mode-multiplexing utility script.
Fix bug where right-click paste works in read-only mode.
Add a getScrollInfo method.
Lots of other fixes.

- -

23-05-2012: Version 2.25:

- -

New mode: Erlang.
Remove xmlpure mode (use xml.js).
Fix line-wrapping in Opera.
Fix X Windows middle-click paste in Chrome.
Fix bug that broke pasting of huge documents.
Fix backspace and tab key repeat in Opera.

- -

23-04-2012: Version 2.24:

- -

Drop support for Internet Explorer 6.
New - modes: Shell, Tiki - wiki, Pig Latin.
New themes: Ambiance, Blackboard.
More control over drag/drop - with dragDrop - and onDragEvent - options.
Make HTML mode a bit less pedantic.
Add compoundChange API method.
Several fixes in undo history and line hiding.
Remove (broken) support for catchall in key maps, - add nofallthrough boolean field instead.

- -

26-03-2012: Version 2.23:

- -

Change default binding for tab [more] -
- Starting in 2.23, these bindings are default: -
- Tab: Insert tab character
- Shift-tab: Reset line indentation to default
- Ctrl/Cmd-[: Reduce line indentation (old tab behaviour)
- Ctrl/Cmd-]: Increase line indentation (old shift-tab behaviour)
-
-
New modes: XQuery and VBScript.
Two new themes: lesser-dark and xq-dark.
Differentiate between background and text styles in setLineClass.
Fix drag-and-drop in IE9+.
Extend charCoords - and cursorCoords with a mode argument.
Add autofocus option.
Add findMarksAt method.

- -

27-02-2012: Version 2.22:

- -

Allow key handlers to pass up events, allow binding characters.
Add autoClearEmptyLines option.
Properly use tab stops when rendering tabs.
Make PHP mode more robust.
Support indentation blocks in code folder.
Add a script for highlighting instances of the selection.
New .properties mode.
Fix many bugs.

- -

27-01-2012: Version 2.21:

- -

Added LESS, MySQL, - Go, and Verilog modes.
Add smartIndent - option.
Support a cursor in readOnly-mode.
Support assigning multiple styles to a token.
Use a new approach to drawing the selection.
Add scrollTo method.
Allow undo/redo events to span non-adjacent lines.
Lots and lots of bugfixes.

- -

20-12-2011: Version 2.2:

- -

Slightly incompatible API changes. Read this.
New approach - to binding keys, - support for custom - bindings.
Support for overwrite (insert).
Custom-width - and stylable tabs.
Moved more code into add-on scripts.
Support for sane vertical cursor movement in wrapped lines.
More reliable handling of - editing marked text.
Add minimal emacs - and vim bindings.
Rename coordsFromIndex - to posFromIndex, - add indexFromPos - method.

- -

21-11-2011: Version 2.18:

Fixes TextMarker.clear, which is broken in 2.17.

- -

21-11-2011: Version 2.17:

Add support for line - wrapping and code - folding.
Add Github-style Markdown mode.
Add Monokai - and Rubyblue themes.
Add setBookmark method.
Move some of the demo code into reusable components - under lib/util.
Make screen-coord-finding code faster and more reliable.
Fix drag-and-drop in Firefox.
Improve support for IME.
Speed up content rendering.
Fix browser's built-in search in Webkit.
Make double- and triple-click work in IE.
Various fixes to modes.

- -

27-10-2011: Version 2.16:

Add Perl, Rust, TiddlyWiki, and Groovy modes.
Dragging text inside the editor now moves, rather than copies.
Add a coordsFromIndex method.
API change: setValue now no longer clears history. Use clearHistory for that.
API change: markText now - returns an object with clear and find - methods. Marked text is now more robust when edited.
Fix editing code with tabs in Internet Explorer.

- -

26-09-2011: Version 2.15:

Fix bug that snuck into 2.14: Clicking the - character that currently has the cursor didn't re-focus the - editor.

- -

26-09-2011: Version 2.14:

Add Clojure, Pascal, NTriples, Jinja2, and Markdown modes.
Add Cobalt and Eclipse themes.
Add a fixedGutter option.
Fix bug with setValue breaking cursor movement.
Make gutter updates much more efficient.
Allow dragging of text out of the editor (on modern browsers).

- - -

23-08-2011: Version 2.13:

Add Ruby, R, CoffeeScript, and Velocity modes.
Add getGutterElement to API.
Several fixes to scrolling and positioning.
Add smartHome option.
Add an experimental pure XML mode.

- -

25-07-2011: Version 2.12:

Add a SPARQL mode.
Fix bug with cursor jumping around in an unfocused editor in IE.
Allow key and mouse events to bubble out of the editor. Ignore widget clicks.
Solve cursor flakiness after undo/redo.
Fix block-reindent ignoring the last few lines.
Fix parsing of multi-line attrs in XML mode.
Use innerHTML for HTML-escaping.
Some fixes to indentation in C-like mode.
Shrink horiz scrollbars when long lines removed.
Fix width feedback loop bug that caused the width of an inner DIV to shrink.

- -

04-07-2011: Version 2.11:

Add a Scheme mode.
Add a replace method to search cursors, for cursor-preserving replacements.
Make the C-like mode mode more customizable.
Update XML mode to spot mismatched tags.
Add getStateAfter API and compareState mode API methods for finer-grained mode magic.
Add a getScrollerElement API method to manipulate the scrolling DIV.
Fix drag-and-drop for Firefox.
Add a C# configuration for the C-like mode.
Add full-screen editing and mode-changing demos.

- -

07-06-2011: Version 2.1:

Add - a theme system - (demo). Note that this is not - backwards-compatible—you'll have to update your styles and - modes!

- -

07-06-2011: Version 2.02:

Add a Lua mode.
Fix reverse-searching for a regexp.
Empty lines can no longer break highlighting.
Rework scrolling model (the outer wrapper no longer does the scrolling).
Solve horizontal jittering on long lines.
Add runmode.js.
Immediately re-highlight text when typing.
Fix problem with 'sticking' horizontal scrollbar.

- -

26-05-2011: Version 2.01:

Add a Smalltalk mode.
Add a reStructuredText mode.
Add a Python mode.
Add a PL/SQL mode.
coordsChar now works
Fix a problem where onCursorActivity interfered with onChange.
Fix a number of scrolling and mouse-click-position glitches.
Pass information about the changed lines to onChange.
Support cmd-up/down on OS X.
Add triple-click line selection.
Don't handle shift when changing the selection through the API.
Support "nocursor" mode for readOnly option.
Add an onHighlightComplete option.
Fix the context menu for Firefox.

- -

28-03-2011: Version 2.0:

CodeMirror 2 is a complete rewrite that's - faster, smaller, simpler to use, and less dependent on browser - quirks. See this - and this - for more information.

- -

22-02-2011: Version 2.0 beta 2:

Somewhat more mature API, lots of bugs shaken out.

- -

17-02-2011: Version 0.94:

tabMode: "spaces" was modified slightly (now indents when something is selected).
Fixes a bug that would cause the selection code to break on some IE versions.
Disabling spell-check on WebKit browsers now works.

- -

08-02-2011: Version 2.0 beta 1:

CodeMirror 2 is a complete rewrite of - CodeMirror, no longer depending on an editable frame.

- -

19-01-2011: Version 0.93:

Added a Regular Expression parser.
Fixes to the PHP parser.
Support for regular expression in search/replace.
Add save method to instances created with fromTextArea.
Add support for MS T-SQL in the SQL parser.
Support use of CSS classes for highlighting brackets.
Fix yet another hang with line-numbering in hidden editors.

- -

Version 0.x

- -

28-03-2011: Version 1.0:

Fix error when debug history overflows.
Refine handling of C# verbatim strings.
Fix some issues with JavaScript indentation.

- -

17-12-2010: Version 0.92:

Make CodeMirror work in XHTML documents.
Fix bug in handling of backslashes in Python strings.
The styleNumbers option is now officially - supported and documented.
onLineNumberClick option added.
More consistent names onLoad and - onCursorActivity callbacks. Old names still work, but - are deprecated.
Add a Freemarker mode.

- -

11-11-2010: Version 0.91:

Adds support for Java.
Small additions to the PHP and SQL parsers.
Work around various Webkit issues.
Fix toTextArea to update the code in the textarea.
Add a noScriptCaching option (hack to ease development).
Make sub-modes of HTML mixed mode configurable.

- -

02-10-2010: Version 0.9:

Add support for searching backwards.
There are now parsers for Scheme, XQuery, and OmetaJS.
Makes height: "dynamic" more robust.
Fixes bug where paste did not work on OS X.
Add a enterMode and electricChars options to make indentation even more customizable.
Add firstLineNumber option.
Fix bad handling of @media rules by the CSS parser.
Take a new, more robust approach to working around the invisible-last-line bug in WebKit.

- -

22-07-2010: Version 0.8:

Add a cursorCoords method to find the screen - coordinates of the cursor.
A number of fixes and support for more syntax in the PHP parser.
Fix indentation problem with JSON-mode JS parser in Webkit.
Add a minification UI.
Support a height: dynamic mode, where the editor's - height will adjust to the size of its content.
Better support for IME input mode.
Fix JavaScript parser getting confused when seeing a no-argument - function call.
Have CSS parser see the difference between selectors and other - identifiers.
Fix scrolling bug when pasting in a horizontally-scrolled - editor.
Support toTextArea method in instances created with - fromTextArea.
Work around new Opera cursor bug that causes the cursor to jump - when pressing backspace at the end of a line.

- -

27-04-2010: Version - 0.67:

More consistent page-up/page-down behaviour - across browsers. Fix some issues with hidden editors looping forever - when line-numbers were enabled. Make PHP parser parse - "\\" correctly. Have jumpToLine work on - line handles, and add cursorLine function to fetch the - line handle where the cursor currently is. Add new - setStylesheet function to switch style-sheets in a - running editor.

- -

01-03-2010: Version - 0.66:

Adds removeLine method to API. - Introduces the PLSQL parser. - Marks XML errors by adding (rather than replacing) a CSS class, so - that they can be disabled by modifying their style. Fixes several - selection bugs, and a number of small glitches.

- -

12-11-2009: Version - 0.65:

Add support for having both line-wrapping and - line-numbers turned on, make paren-highlighting style customisable - (markParen and unmarkParen config - options), work around a selection bug that Opera - reintroduced in version 10.

- -

23-10-2009: Version - 0.64:

Solves some issues introduced by the - paste-handling changes from the previous release. Adds - setSpellcheck, setTextWrapping, - setIndentUnit, setUndoDepth, - setTabMode, and setLineNumbers to - customise a running editor. Introduces an SQL parser. Fixes a few small - problems in the Python - parser. And, as usual, add workarounds for various newly discovered - browser incompatibilities.

- -

31-08-2009: Version 0.63:

Overhaul of paste-handling (less fragile), fixes for several - serious IE8 issues (cursor jumping, end-of-document bugs) and a number - of small problems.

- -

30-05-2009: Version 0.62:

Introduces Python - and Lua parsers. Add - setParser (on-the-fly mode changing) and - clearHistory methods. Make parsing passes time-based - instead of lines-based (see the passTime option).

- -

Reporting bugs effectively

- -

So you found a problem in CodeMirror. By all means, report it! Bug -reports from users are the main drive behind improvements to -CodeMirror. But first, please read over these points:

- -

CodeMirror is maintained by volunteers. They don't owe you - anything, so be polite. Reports with an indignant or belligerent - tone tend to be moved to the bottom of the pile.
Include information about the browser in which the - problem occurred. Even if you tested several browsers, and - the problem occurred in all of them, mention this fact in the bug - report. Also include browser version numbers and the operating - system that you're on.
Mention which release of CodeMirror you're using. Preferably, - try also with the current development snapshot, to ensure the - problem has not already been fixed.
Mention very precisely what went wrong. "X is broken" is not a - good bug report. What did you expect to happen? What happened - instead? Describe the exact steps a maintainer has to take to make - the problem occur. We can not fix something that we can not - observe.
If the problem can not be reproduced in any of the demos - included in the CodeMirror distribution, please provide an HTML - document that demonstrates the problem. The best way to do this is - to go to jsbin.com, enter - it there, press save, and include the resulting link in your bug - report.

- -

Upgrading to v2.2

- -

There are a few things in the 2.2 release that require some care -when upgrading.

- -

No more default.css

- -

The default theme is now included -in codemirror.css, so -you do not have to included it separately anymore. (It was tiny, so -even if you're not using it, the extra data overhead is negligible.) - -

Different key customization

- -

CodeMirror has moved to a system -where keymaps are used to -bind behavior to keys. This means custom -bindings are now possible.

- -

Three options that influenced key -behavior, tabMode, enterMode, -and smartHome, are no longer supported. Instead, you can -provide custom bindings to influence the way these keys act. This is -done through the -new extraKeys -option, which can hold an object mapping key names to functionality. A -simple example would be:

- -

  extraKeys: {
-    "Ctrl-S": function(instance) { saveText(instance.getValue()); },
-    "Ctrl-/": "undo"
-  }

- -

Keys can be mapped either to functions, which will be given the -editor instance as argument, or to strings, which are mapped through -functions through the CodeMirror.commands table, which -contains all the built-in editing commands, and can be inspected and -extended by external code.

- -

By default, the Home key is bound to -the "goLineStartSmart" command, which moves the cursor to -the first non-whitespace character on the line. You can set do this to -make it always go to the very start instead:

- -

  extraKeys: {"Home": "goLineStart"}

- -

Similarly, Enter is bound -to "newlineAndIndent" by default. You can bind it to -something else to get different behavior. To disable special handling -completely and only get a newline character inserted, you can bind it -to false:

- -

  extraKeys: {"Enter": false}

- -

The same works for Tab. If you don't want CodeMirror -to handle it, bind it to false. The default behaviour is -to indent the current line more ("indentMore" command), -and indent it less when shift is held ("indentLess"). -There are also "indentAuto" (smart indent) -and "insertTab" commands provided for alternate -behaviors. Or you can write your own handler function to do something -different altogether.

- -

Tabs

- -

Handling of tabs changed completely. The display width of tabs can -now be set with the tabSize option, and tabs can -be styled by setting CSS rules -for the cm-tab class.

- -

The default width for tabs is now 4, as opposed to the 8 that is -hard-wired into browsers. If you are relying on 8-space tabs, make -sure you explicitly set tabSize: 8 in your options.

- -

Upgrading to version 3

- -

Version 3 does not depart too much from 2.x API, and sites that use -CodeMirror in a very simple way might be able to upgrade without -trouble. But it does introduce a number of incompatibilities. Please -at least skim this text before upgrading.

- -

Note that version 3 drops full support for Internet -Explorer 7. The editor will mostly work on that browser, but -it'll be significantly glitchy.

- -

DOM structure

- -

This one is the most likely to cause problems. The internal -structure of the editor has changed quite a lot, mostly to implement a -new scrolling model.

- -

Editor height is now set on the outer wrapper element (CSS -class CodeMirror), not on the scroller element -(CodeMirror-scroll).

- -

Other nodes were moved, dropped, and added. If you have any code -that makes assumptions about the internal DOM structure of the editor, -you'll have to re-test it and probably update it to work with v3.

- -

See the styling section of the -manual for more information.

Gutter model

- -

In CodeMirror 2.x, there was a single gutter, and line markers -created with setMarker would have to somehow coexist with -the line numbers (if present). Version 3 allows you to specify an -array of gutters, by class -name, -use setGutterMarker -to add or remove markers in individual gutters, and clear whole -gutters -with clearGutter. -Gutter markers are now specified as DOM nodes, rather than HTML -snippets.

- -

The gutters no longer horizontally scrolls along with the content. -The fixedGutter option was removed (since it is now the -only behavior).

- -

-<style>
-  /* Define a gutter style */
-  .note-gutter { width: 3em; background: cyan; }
-</style>
-<script>
-  // Create an instance with two gutters -- line numbers and notes
-  var cm = new CodeMirror(document.body, {
-    gutters: ["note-gutter", "CodeMirror-linenumbers"],
-    lineNumbers: true
-  });
-  // Add a note to line 0
-  cm.setGutterMarker(0, "note-gutter", document.createTextNode("hi"));
-</script>
-

Event handling

- -

Most of the onXYZ options have been removed. The same -effect is now obtained by calling -the on method with a string -identifying the event type. Multiple handlers can now be registered -(and individually unregistered) for an event, and objects such as line -handlers now also expose events. See the -full list here.

- -

(The onKeyEvent and onDragEvent options, -which act more as hooks than as event handlers, are still there in -their old form.)

- -

-cm.on("change", function(cm, change) {
-  console.log("something changed! (" + change.origin + ")");
-});
-

markText method arguments

- -

The markText method -(which has gained some interesting new features, such as creating -atomic and read-only spans, or replacing spans with widgets) no longer -takes the CSS class name as a separate argument, but makes it an -optional field in the options object instead.

- -

-// Style first ten lines, and forbid the cursor from entering them
-cm.markText({line: 0, ch: 0}, {line: 10, ch: 0}, {
-  className: "magic-text",
-  inclusiveLeft: true,
-  atomic: true
-});
-

Line folding

- -

The interface for hiding lines has been -removed. markText can -now be used to do the same in a more flexible and powerful way.

- -

The folding script has been -updated to use the new interface, and should now be more robust.

- -

-// Fold a range, replacing it with the text "??"
-var range = cm.markText({line: 4, ch: 2}, {line: 8, ch: 1}, {
-  replacedWith: document.createTextNode("??"),
-  // Auto-unfold when cursor moves into the range
-  clearOnEnter: true
-});
-// Get notified when auto-unfolding
-CodeMirror.on(range, "clear", function() {
-  console.log("boom");
-});
-

Line CSS classes

- -

The setLineClass method has been replaced -by addLineClass -and removeLineClass, -which allow more modular control over the classes attached to a line.

- -

-var marked = cm.addLineClass(10, "background", "highlighted-line");
-setTimeout(function() {
-  cm.removeLineClass(marked, "background", "highlighted-line");
-});
-

Position properties

- -

All methods that take or return objects that represent screen -positions now use {left, top, bottom, right} properties -(not always all of them) instead of the {x, y, yBot} used -by some methods in v2.x.

- -

Affected methods -are cursorCoords, charCoords, coordsChar, -and getScrollInfo.

Bracket matching no longer in core

- -

The matchBrackets -option is no longer defined in the core editor. -Load addon/edit/matchbrackets.js to enable it.

Mode management

- -

The CodeMirror.listModes -and CodeMirror.listMIMEs functions, used for listing -defined modes, are gone. You are now encouraged to simply -inspect CodeMirror.modes (mapping mode names to mode -constructors) and CodeMirror.mimeModes (mapping MIME -strings to mode specs).

New features

- -

Some more reasons to upgrade to version 3.

- -

Bi-directional text support. CodeMirror will now mostly do the - right thing when editing Arabic or Hebrew text.
Arbitrary line heights. Using fonts with different heights - inside the editor (whether off by one pixel or fifty) is now - supported and handled gracefully.
In-line widgets. See the demo - and the docs.
Defining custom options - with CodeMirror.defineOption.

- -

Upgrading to version 4

- -

CodeMirror 4's interface is very close version 3, but it -does fix a few awkward details in a backwards-incompatible ways. At -least skim the text below before upgrading.

- -

Multiple selections

- -

The main new feature in version 4 is multiple selections. The -single-selection variants of methods are still there, but now -typically act only on the primary selection (usually the last -one added).

- -

The exception to this -is getSelection, -which will now return the content of all selections -(separated by newlines, or whatever lineSep parameter you passed -it).

- -

The beforeSelectionChange event

- -

This event still exists, but the object it is passed has -a completely new -interface, because such changes now concern multiple -selections.

- -

replaceSelection's collapsing behavior

- -

By -default, replaceSelection -would leave the newly inserted text selected. This is only rarely what -you want, and also (slightly) more expensive in the new model, so the -default was changed to "end", meaning the old behavior -must be explicitly specified by passing a second argument -of "around".

- -

change event data

- -

Rather than forcing client code to follow next -pointers from one change object to the next, the library will now -simply fire -multiple "change" -events. Existing code will probably continue to work unmodified.

- -

showIfHidden option to line widgets

- -

This option, which conceptually caused line widgets to be visible -even if their line was hidden, was never really well-defined, and was -buggy from the start. It would be a rather expensive feature, both in -code complexity and run-time performance, to implement properly. It -has been dropped entirely in 4.0.

- -

Module loaders

- -

All modules in the CodeMirror distribution are now wrapped in a -shim function to make them compatible with both AMD -(requirejs) and CommonJS (as used -by node -and browserify) module loaders. -When neither of these is present, they fall back to simply using the -global CodeMirror variable.

- -

If you have a module loader present in your environment, CodeMirror -will attempt to use it, and you might need to change the way you load -CodeMirror modules.

- -

Mutating shared data structures

- -

Data structures produced by the library should not be mutated -unless explicitly allowed, in general. This is slightly more strict in -4.0 than it was in earlier versions, which copied the position objects -returned by getCursor -for nebulous, historic reasons. In 4.0, mutating these -objects will corrupt your editor's selection.

- -

Deprecated interfaces dropped

- -

A few properties and methods that have been deprecated for a while -are now gone. Most notably, the onKeyEvent -and onDragEvent options (use the -corresponding events instead).

- -

Two silly methods, which were mostly there to stay close to the 0.x -API, setLine and removeLine are now gone. -Use the more -flexible replaceRange -method instead.

- -

The long names for folding and completing functions -(CodeMirror.braceRangeFinder, CodeMirror.javascriptHint, -etc) are also gone -(use CodeMirror.fold.brace, CodeMirror.hint.javascript).

- -

The className property in the return value -of getTokenAt, which -has been superseded by the type property, is also no -longer present.

- -

CodeMirror is a versatile text editor - implemented in JavaScript for the browser. It is specialized for - editing code, and comes with a number of language modes and addons - that implement more advanced editing functionality.

- -

A rich programming API and a - CSS theming system are - available for customizing CodeMirror to fit your application, and - extending it with new functionality.

- -

This is CodeMirror

- - - -

- DOWNLOAD -

- FUND -

- Get the current version: 5.19.0.
- You can see the code or
- read the release notes.
- There is a minification helper. -

- Software needs maintenance,
- maintainers need to subsist.
- Current funding status = Current maintainer happiness

- You can help per month or - once. - -

- -

Features

Support for over 100 languages out of the box -
A powerful, composable language mode system -
Autocompletion (XML) -
Code folding -
Configurable keybindings -
Vim, Emacs, and Sublime Text bindings -
Search and replace interface -
Bracket and tag matching -
Support for split views -
Linter integration -
Mixing font sizes and styles -
Various themes -
Able to resize to fit content -
Inline and block widgets -
Programmable gutters -
Making ranges of text styled, read-only, or atomic -
Bi-directional text support -
Many other methods and addons... -

- -

Community

- -

CodeMirror is an open-source project shared under - an MIT license. It is the editor used in the - dev tools for - both Firefox - and Chrome, Light - Table, Adobe - Brackets, Bitbucket, - and many other projects.

- -

Development and bug tracking happens - on github - (alternate git - repository). - Please read these - pointers before submitting a bug. Use pull requests to submit - patches. All contributions must be released under the same MIT - license that CodeMirror uses.

- -

Discussion around the project is done on - a discussion forum. - There is also - the codemirror-announce - list, which is only used for major announcements (such as new - versions). If needed, you can - contact the maintainer - directly. We aim to be an inclusive, welcoming community. To make - that explicit, we have - a code of - conduct that applies to communication around the project.

- -

A list of CodeMirror-related software that is not part of the - main distribution is maintained - on our - wiki. Feel free to add your project.

- -

Browser support

The desktop versions of the following browsers, - in standards mode (HTML5 <!doctype html> - recommended) are supported:

- - - - - - -

Firefox	version 4 and up
Chrome	any version
Safari	version 5.2 and up
Internet Explorer	version 8 and up
Opera	version 9 and up

Support for modern mobile browsers is experimental. Recent - versions of the iOS browser and Chrome on Android should work - pretty well.

- -

APL mode

- - - - -

Simple mode that tries to handle APL as well as it can.

It attempts to label functions/operators based upon - monadic/dyadic usage (but this is far from fully fleshed out). - This means there are meaningful classnames so hover states can - have popups etc.

- -

MIME types defined: text/apl (APL code)

ASCII Armor (PGP) mode

- - - - -

MIME types -defined: application/pgp, application/pgp-keys, application/pgp-signature

- -

ASN.1 example

- -

- - -
-

Language: Abstract Syntax Notation One - (ASN.1) -

MIME types defined: text/x-ttcn-asn

- -
-

The development of this mode has been sponsored by Ericsson - .

Coded by Asmelash Tsegay Gebretsadkan

Asterisk dialplan mode

-; extensions.conf - the Asterisk dial plan
-;
-
-[general]
-;
-; If static is set to no, or omitted, then the pbx_config will rewrite
-; this file when extensions are modified.  Remember that all comments
-; made in the file will be lost when that happens.
-static=yes
-
-#include "/etc/asterisk/additional_general.conf
-
-[iaxprovider]
-switch => IAX2/user:[key]@myserver/mycontext
-
-[dynamic]
-#exec /usr/bin/dynamic-peers.pl
-
-[trunkint]
-;
-; International long distance through trunk
-;
-exten => _9011.,1,Macro(dundi-e164,${EXTEN:4})
-exten => _9011.,n,Dial(${GLOBAL(TRUNK)}/${FILTER(0-9,${EXTEN:${GLOBAL(TRUNKMSD)}})})
-
-[local]
-;
-; Master context for local, toll-free, and iaxtel calls only
-;
-ignorepat => 9
-include => default
-
-[demo]
-include => stdexten
-;
-; We start with what to do when a call first comes in.
-;
-exten => s,1,Wait(1)			; Wait a second, just for fun
-same  => n,Answer			; Answer the line
-same  => n,Set(TIMEOUT(digit)=5)	; Set Digit Timeout to 5 seconds
-same  => n,Set(TIMEOUT(response)=10)	; Set Response Timeout to 10 seconds
-same  => n(restart),BackGround(demo-congrats)	; Play a congratulatory message
-same  => n(instruct),BackGround(demo-instruct)	; Play some instructions
-same  => n,WaitExten			; Wait for an extension to be dialed.
-
-exten => 2,1,BackGround(demo-moreinfo)	; Give some more information.
-exten => 2,n,Goto(s,instruct)
-
-exten => 3,1,Set(LANGUAGE()=fr)		; Set language to french
-exten => 3,n,Goto(s,restart)		; Start with the congratulations
-
-exten => 1000,1,Goto(default,s,1)
-;
-; We also create an example user, 1234, who is on the console and has
-; voicemail, etc.
-;
-exten => 1234,1,Playback(transfer,skip)		; "Please hold while..."
-					; (but skip if channel is not up)
-exten => 1234,n,Gosub(${EXTEN},stdexten(${GLOBAL(CONSOLE)}))
-exten => 1234,n,Goto(default,s,1)		; exited Voicemail
-
-exten => 1235,1,Voicemail(1234,u)		; Right to voicemail
-
-exten => 1236,1,Dial(Console/dsp)		; Ring forever
-exten => 1236,n,Voicemail(1234,b)		; Unless busy
-
-;
-; # for when they're done with the demo
-;
-exten => #,1,Playback(demo-thanks)	; "Thanks for trying the demo"
-exten => #,n,Hangup			; Hang them up.
-
-;
-; A timeout and "invalid extension rule"
-;
-exten => t,1,Goto(#,1)			; If they take too long, give up
-exten => i,1,Playback(invalid)		; "That's not valid, try again"
-
-;
-; Create an extension, 500, for dialing the
-; Asterisk demo.
-;
-exten => 500,1,Playback(demo-abouttotry); Let them know what's going on
-exten => 500,n,Dial(IAX2/guest@pbx.digium.com/s@default)	; Call the Asterisk demo
-exten => 500,n,Playback(demo-nogo)	; Couldn't connect to the demo site
-exten => 500,n,Goto(s,6)		; Return to the start over message.
-
-;
-; Create an extension, 600, for evaluating echo latency.
-;
-exten => 600,1,Playback(demo-echotest)	; Let them know what's going on
-exten => 600,n,Echo			; Do the echo test
-exten => 600,n,Playback(demo-echodone)	; Let them know it's over
-exten => 600,n,Goto(s,6)		; Start over
-
-;
-;	You can use the Macro Page to intercom a individual user
-exten => 76245,1,Macro(page,SIP/Grandstream1)
-; or if your peernames are the same as extensions
-exten => _7XXX,1,Macro(page,SIP/${EXTEN})
-;
-;
-; System Wide Page at extension 7999
-;
-exten => 7999,1,Set(TIMEOUT(absolute)=60)
-exten => 7999,2,Page(Local/Grandstream1@page&Local/Xlite1@page&Local/1234@page/n,d)
-
-; Give voicemail at extension 8500
-;
-exten => 8500,1,VoicemailMain
-exten => 8500,n,Goto(s,6)
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-asterisk.

- -

Brainfuck mode

-[ This program prints "Hello World!" and a newline to the screen, its
-  length is 106 active command characters [it is not the shortest.]
-
-  This loop is a "comment loop", it's a simple way of adding a comment
-  to a BF program such that you don't have to worry about any command
-  characters. Any ".", ",", "+", "-", "<" and ">" characters are simply
-  ignored, the "[" and "]" characters just have to be balanced.
-]
-+++++ +++               Set Cell #0 to 8
-[
-    >++++               Add 4 to Cell #1; this will always set Cell #1 to 4
-    [                   as the cell will be cleared by the loop
-        >++             Add 2 to Cell #2
-        >+++            Add 3 to Cell #3
-        >+++            Add 3 to Cell #4
-        >+              Add 1 to Cell #5
-        <<<<-           Decrement the loop counter in Cell #1
-    ]                   Loop till Cell #1 is zero; number of iterations is 4
-    >+                  Add 1 to Cell #2
-    >+                  Add 1 to Cell #3
-    >-                  Subtract 1 from Cell #4
-    >>+                 Add 1 to Cell #6
-    [<]                 Move back to the first zero cell you find; this will
-                        be Cell #1 which was cleared by the previous loop
-    <-                  Decrement the loop Counter in Cell #0
-]                       Loop till Cell #0 is zero; number of iterations is 8
-
-The result of this is:
-Cell No :   0   1   2   3   4   5   6
-Contents:   0   0  72 104  88  32   8
-Pointer :   ^
-
->>.                     Cell #2 has value 72 which is 'H'
->---.                   Subtract 3 from Cell #3 to get 101 which is 'e'
-+++++++..+++.           Likewise for 'llo' from Cell #3
->>.                     Cell #5 is 32 for the space
-<-.                     Subtract 1 from Cell #4 for 87 to give a 'W'
-<.                      Cell #3 was set to 'o' from the end of 'Hello'
-+++.------.--------.    Cell #3 for 'rl' and 'd'
->>+.                    Add 1 to Cell #5 gives us an exclamation point
->++.                    And finally a newline from Cell #6
-

- - - -

A mode for Brainfuck

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-brainfuck

C-like mode

- -

-/* C demo code */
-
-#include <zmq.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <semaphore.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <malloc.h>
-
-typedef struct {
-  void* arg_socket;
-  zmq_msg_t* arg_msg;
-  char* arg_string;
-  unsigned long arg_len;
-  int arg_int, arg_command;
-
-  int signal_fd;
-  int pad;
-  void* context;
-  sem_t sem;
-} acl_zmq_context;
-
-#define p(X) (context->arg_##X)
-
-void* zmq_thread(void* context_pointer) {
-  acl_zmq_context* context = (acl_zmq_context*)context_pointer;
-  char ok = 'K', err = 'X';
-  int res;
-
-  while (1) {
-    while ((res = sem_wait(&context->sem)) == EINTR);
-    if (res) {write(context->signal_fd, &err, 1); goto cleanup;}
-    switch(p(command)) {
-    case 0: goto cleanup;
-    case 1: p(socket) = zmq_socket(context->context, p(int)); break;
-    case 2: p(int) = zmq_close(p(socket)); break;
-    case 3: p(int) = zmq_bind(p(socket), p(string)); break;
-    case 4: p(int) = zmq_connect(p(socket), p(string)); break;
-    case 5: p(int) = zmq_getsockopt(p(socket), p(int), (void*)p(string), &p(len)); break;
-    case 6: p(int) = zmq_setsockopt(p(socket), p(int), (void*)p(string), p(len)); break;
-    case 7: p(int) = zmq_send(p(socket), p(msg), p(int)); break;
-    case 8: p(int) = zmq_recv(p(socket), p(msg), p(int)); break;
-    case 9: p(int) = zmq_poll(p(socket), p(int), p(len)); break;
-    }
-    p(command) = errno;
-    write(context->signal_fd, &ok, 1);
-  }
- cleanup:
-  close(context->signal_fd);
-  free(context_pointer);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-void* zmq_thread_init(void* zmq_context, int signal_fd) {
-  acl_zmq_context* context = malloc(sizeof(acl_zmq_context));
-  pthread_t thread;
-
-  context->context = zmq_context;
-  context->signal_fd = signal_fd;
-  sem_init(&context->sem, 1, 0);
-  pthread_create(&thread, 0, &zmq_thread, context);
-  pthread_detach(thread);
-  return context;
-}
-

- -

C++ example

- -

Objective-C example

- -

Java example

- -

Scala example

- -

Kotlin mode

- -

-package org.wasabi.http
-
-import java.util.concurrent.Executors
-import java.net.InetSocketAddress
-import org.wasabi.app.AppConfiguration
-import io.netty.bootstrap.ServerBootstrap
-import io.netty.channel.nio.NioEventLoopGroup
-import io.netty.channel.socket.nio.NioServerSocketChannel
-import org.wasabi.app.AppServer
-
-public class HttpServer(private val appServer: AppServer) {
-
-    val bootstrap: ServerBootstrap
-    val primaryGroup: NioEventLoopGroup
-    val workerGroup:  NioEventLoopGroup
-
-    init {
-        // Define worker groups
-        primaryGroup = NioEventLoopGroup()
-        workerGroup = NioEventLoopGroup()
-
-        // Initialize bootstrap of server
-        bootstrap = ServerBootstrap()
-
-        bootstrap.group(primaryGroup, workerGroup)
-        bootstrap.channel(javaClass<NioServerSocketChannel>())
-        bootstrap.childHandler(NettyPipelineInitializer(appServer))
-    }
-
-    public fun start(wait: Boolean = true) {
-        val channel = bootstrap.bind(appServer.configuration.port)?.sync()?.channel()
-
-        if (wait) {
-            channel?.closeFuture()?.sync()
-        }
-    }
-
-    public fun stop() {
-        // Shutdown all event loops
-        primaryGroup.shutdownGracefully()
-        workerGroup.shutdownGracefully()
-
-        // Wait till all threads are terminated
-        primaryGroup.terminationFuture().sync()
-        workerGroup.terminationFuture().sync()
-    }
-}
-

- -

Ceylon mode

- -

-"Produces the [[stream|Iterable]] that results from repeated
- application of the given [[function|next]] to the given
- [[first]] element of the stream, until the function first
- returns [[finished]]. If the given function never returns 
- `finished`, the resulting stream is infinite.
-
- For example:
-
-     loop(0)(2.plus).takeWhile(10.largerThan)
-
- produces the stream `{ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 }`."
-tagged("Streams")
-shared {Element+} loop<Element>(
-        "The first element of the resulting stream."
-        Element first)(
-        "The function that produces the next element of the
-         stream, given the current element. The function may
-         return [[finished]] to indicate the end of the 
-         stream."
-        Element|Finished next(Element element))
-    => let (start = first)
-    object satisfies {Element+} {
-        first => start;
-        empty => false;
-        function nextElement(Element element)
-                => next(element);
-        iterator()
-                => object satisfies Iterator<Element> {
-            variable Element|Finished current = start;
-            shared actual Element|Finished next() {
-                if (!is Finished result = current) {
-                    current = nextElement(result);
-                    return result;
-                }
-                else {
-                    return finished;
-                }
-            }
-        };
-    };
-

- - - -

Simple mode that tries to handle C-like languages as well as it - can. Takes two configuration parameters: keywords, an - object whose property names are the keywords in the language, - and useCPP, which determines whether C preprocessor - directives are recognized.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-csrc - (C), text/x-c++src (C++), text/x-java - (Java), text/x-csharp (C#), - text/x-objectivec (Objective-C), - text/x-scala (Scala), text/x-vertex - x-shader/x-fragment (shader programs), - text/x-squirrel (Squirrel) and - text/x-ceylon (Ceylon)

Scala mode

-
-  /*                     __                                               *\
-  **     ________ ___   / /  ___     Scala API                            **
-  **    / __/ __// _ | / /  / _ |    (c) 2003-2011, LAMP/EPFL             **
-  **  __\ \/ /__/ __ |/ /__/ __ |    http://scala-lang.org/               **
-  ** /____/\___/_/ |_/____/_/ | |                                         **
-  **                          |/                                          **
-  \*                                                                      */
-
-  package scala.collection
-
-  import generic._
-  import mutable.{ Builder, ListBuffer }
-  import annotation.{tailrec, migration, bridge}
-  import annotation.unchecked.{ uncheckedVariance => uV }
-  import parallel.ParIterable
-
-  /** A template trait for traversable collections of type `Traversable[A]`.
-   *  
-   *  $traversableInfo
-   *  @define mutability
-   *  @define traversableInfo
-   *  This is a base trait of all kinds of $mutability Scala collections. It
-   *  implements the behavior common to all collections, in terms of a method
-   *  `foreach` with signature:
-   * {{{
-   *     def foreach[U](f: Elem => U): Unit
-   * }}}
-   *  Collection classes mixing in this trait provide a concrete 
-   *  `foreach` method which traverses all the
-   *  elements contained in the collection, applying a given function to each.
-   *  They also need to provide a method `newBuilder`
-   *  which creates a builder for collections of the same kind.
-   *  
-   *  A traversable class might or might not have two properties: strictness
-   *  and orderedness. Neither is represented as a type.
-   *  
-   *  The instances of a strict collection class have all their elements
-   *  computed before they can be used as values. By contrast, instances of
-   *  a non-strict collection class may defer computation of some of their
-   *  elements until after the instance is available as a value.
-   *  A typical example of a non-strict collection class is a
-   *  <a href="../immutable/Stream.html" target="ContentFrame">
-   *  `scala.collection.immutable.Stream`</a>.
-   *  A more general class of examples are `TraversableViews`.
-   *  
-   *  If a collection is an instance of an ordered collection class, traversing
-   *  its elements with `foreach` will always visit elements in the
-   *  same order, even for different runs of the program. If the class is not
-   *  ordered, `foreach` can visit elements in different orders for
-   *  different runs (but it will keep the same order in the same run).'
-   * 
-   *  A typical example of a collection class which is not ordered is a
-   *  `HashMap` of objects. The traversal order for hash maps will
-   *  depend on the hash codes of its elements, and these hash codes might
-   *  differ from one run to the next. By contrast, a `LinkedHashMap`
-   *  is ordered because it's `foreach` method visits elements in the
-   *  order they were inserted into the `HashMap`.
-   *
-   *  @author Martin Odersky
-   *  @version 2.8
-   *  @since   2.8
-   *  @tparam A    the element type of the collection
-   *  @tparam Repr the type of the actual collection containing the elements.
-   *
-   *  @define Coll Traversable
-   *  @define coll traversable collection
-   */
-  trait TraversableLike[+A, +Repr] extends HasNewBuilder[A, Repr] 
-                                      with FilterMonadic[A, Repr]
-                                      with TraversableOnce[A]
-                                      with GenTraversableLike[A, Repr]
-                                      with Parallelizable[A, ParIterable[A]]
-  {
-    self =>
-
-    import Traversable.breaks._
-
-    /** The type implementing this traversable */
-    protected type Self = Repr
-
-    /** The collection of type $coll underlying this `TraversableLike` object.
-     *  By default this is implemented as the `TraversableLike` object itself,
-     *  but this can be overridden.
-     */
-    def repr: Repr = this.asInstanceOf[Repr]
-
-    /** The underlying collection seen as an instance of `$Coll`.
-     *  By default this is implemented as the current collection object itself,
-     *  but this can be overridden.
-     */
-    protected[this] def thisCollection: Traversable[A] = this.asInstanceOf[Traversable[A]]
-
-    /** A conversion from collections of type `Repr` to `$Coll` objects.
-     *  By default this is implemented as just a cast, but this can be overridden.
-     */
-    protected[this] def toCollection(repr: Repr): Traversable[A] = repr.asInstanceOf[Traversable[A]]
-
-    /** Creates a new builder for this collection type.
-     */
-    protected[this] def newBuilder: Builder[A, Repr]
-
-    protected[this] def parCombiner = ParIterable.newCombiner[A]
-
-    /** Applies a function `f` to all elements of this $coll.
-     *  
-     *    Note: this method underlies the implementation of most other bulk operations.
-     *    It's important to implement this method in an efficient way.
-     *  
-     *
-     *  @param  f   the function that is applied for its side-effect to every element.
-     *              The result of function `f` is discarded.
-     *              
-     *  @tparam  U  the type parameter describing the result of function `f`. 
-     *              This result will always be ignored. Typically `U` is `Unit`,
-     *              but this is not necessary.
-     *
-     *  @usecase def foreach(f: A => Unit): Unit
-     */
-    def foreach[U](f: A => U): Unit
-
-    /** Tests whether this $coll is empty.
-     *
-     *  @return    `true` if the $coll contain no elements, `false` otherwise.
-     */
-    def isEmpty: Boolean = {
-      var result = true
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this) {
-          result = false
-          break
-        }
-      }
-      result
-    }
-
-    /** Tests whether this $coll is known to have a finite size.
-     *  All strict collections are known to have finite size. For a non-strict collection
-     *  such as `Stream`, the predicate returns `true` if all elements have been computed.
-     *  It returns `false` if the stream is not yet evaluated to the end.
-     *
-     *  Note: many collection methods will not work on collections of infinite sizes. 
-     *
-     *  @return  `true` if this collection is known to have finite size, `false` otherwise.
-     */
-    def hasDefiniteSize = true
-
-    def ++[B >: A, That](that: GenTraversableOnce[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      if (that.isInstanceOf[IndexedSeqLike[_, _]]) b.sizeHint(this, that.seq.size)
-      b ++= thisCollection
-      b ++= that.seq
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    @bridge
-    def ++[B >: A, That](that: TraversableOnce[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That =
-      ++(that: GenTraversableOnce[B])(bf)
-
-    /** Concatenates this $coll with the elements of a traversable collection.
-     *  It differs from ++ in that the right operand determines the type of the
-     *  resulting collection rather than the left one.
-     * 
-     *  @param that   the traversable to append.
-     *  @tparam B     the element type of the returned collection. 
-     *  @tparam That  $thatinfo
-     *  @param bf     $bfinfo
-     *  @return       a new collection of type `That` which contains all elements
-     *                of this $coll followed by all elements of `that`.
-     * 
-     *  @usecase def ++:[B](that: TraversableOnce[B]): $Coll[B]
-     *  
-     *  @return       a new $coll which contains all elements of this $coll
-     *                followed by all elements of `that`.
-     */
-    def ++:[B >: A, That](that: TraversableOnce[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      if (that.isInstanceOf[IndexedSeqLike[_, _]]) b.sizeHint(this, that.size)
-      b ++= that
-      b ++= thisCollection
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    /** This overload exists because: for the implementation of ++: we should reuse
-     *  that of ++ because many collections override it with more efficient versions.
-     *  Since TraversableOnce has no '++' method, we have to implement that directly,
-     *  but Traversable and down can use the overload.
-     */
-    def ++:[B >: A, That](that: Traversable[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That =
-      (that ++ seq)(breakOut)
-
-    def map[B, That](f: A => B)(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      b.sizeHint(this) 
-      for (x <- this) b += f(x)
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    def flatMap[B, That](f: A => GenTraversableOnce[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      for (x <- this) b ++= f(x).seq
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    /** Selects all elements of this $coll which satisfy a predicate.
-     *
-     *  @param p     the predicate used to test elements.
-     *  @return      a new $coll consisting of all elements of this $coll that satisfy the given
-     *               predicate `p`. The order of the elements is preserved.
-     */
-    def filter(p: A => Boolean): Repr = {
-      val b = newBuilder
-      for (x <- this) 
-        if (p(x)) b += x
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    /** Selects all elements of this $coll which do not satisfy a predicate.
-     *
-     *  @param p     the predicate used to test elements.
-     *  @return      a new $coll consisting of all elements of this $coll that do not satisfy the given
-     *               predicate `p`. The order of the elements is preserved.
-     */
-    def filterNot(p: A => Boolean): Repr = filter(!p(_))
-
-    def collect[B, That](pf: PartialFunction[A, B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      for (x <- this) if (pf.isDefinedAt(x)) b += pf(x)
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    /** Builds a new collection by applying an option-valued function to all
-     *  elements of this $coll on which the function is defined.
-     *
-     *  @param f      the option-valued function which filters and maps the $coll.
-     *  @tparam B     the element type of the returned collection.
-     *  @tparam That  $thatinfo
-     *  @param bf     $bfinfo
-     *  @return       a new collection of type `That` resulting from applying the option-valued function
-     *                `f` to each element and collecting all defined results.
-     *                The order of the elements is preserved.
-     *
-     *  @usecase def filterMap[B](f: A => Option[B]): $Coll[B]
-     *  
-     *  @param pf     the partial function which filters and maps the $coll.
-     *  @return       a new $coll resulting from applying the given option-valued function
-     *                `f` to each element and collecting all defined results.
-     *                The order of the elements is preserved.
-    def filterMap[B, That](f: A => Option[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      for (x <- this) 
-        f(x) match {
-          case Some(y) => b += y
-          case _ =>
-        }
-      b.result
-    }
-     */
-
-    /** Partitions this $coll in two ${coll}s according to a predicate.
-     *
-     *  @param p the predicate on which to partition.
-     *  @return  a pair of ${coll}s: the first $coll consists of all elements that 
-     *           satisfy the predicate `p` and the second $coll consists of all elements
-     *           that don't. The relative order of the elements in the resulting ${coll}s
-     *           is the same as in the original $coll.
-     */
-    def partition(p: A => Boolean): (Repr, Repr) = {
-      val l, r = newBuilder
-      for (x <- this) (if (p(x)) l else r) += x
-      (l.result, r.result)
-    }
-
-    def groupBy[K](f: A => K): immutable.Map[K, Repr] = {
-      val m = mutable.Map.empty[K, Builder[A, Repr]]
-      for (elem <- this) {
-        val key = f(elem)
-        val bldr = m.getOrElseUpdate(key, newBuilder)
-        bldr += elem
-      }
-      val b = immutable.Map.newBuilder[K, Repr]
-      for ((k, v) <- m)
-        b += ((k, v.result))
-
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    /** Tests whether a predicate holds for all elements of this $coll.
-     *
-     *  $mayNotTerminateInf
-     *
-     *  @param   p     the predicate used to test elements.
-     *  @return        `true` if the given predicate `p` holds for all elements
-     *                 of this $coll, otherwise `false`.
-     */
-    def forall(p: A => Boolean): Boolean = {
-      var result = true
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this)
-          if (!p(x)) { result = false; break }
-      }
-      result
-    }
-
-    /** Tests whether a predicate holds for some of the elements of this $coll.
-     *
-     *  $mayNotTerminateInf
-     *
-     *  @param   p     the predicate used to test elements.
-     *  @return        `true` if the given predicate `p` holds for some of the
-     *                 elements of this $coll, otherwise `false`.
-     */
-    def exists(p: A => Boolean): Boolean = {
-      var result = false
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this)
-          if (p(x)) { result = true; break }
-      }
-      result
-    }
-
-    /** Finds the first element of the $coll satisfying a predicate, if any.
-     * 
-     *  $mayNotTerminateInf
-     *  $orderDependent
-     *
-     *  @param p    the predicate used to test elements.
-     *  @return     an option value containing the first element in the $coll
-     *              that satisfies `p`, or `None` if none exists.
-     */
-    def find(p: A => Boolean): Option[A] = {
-      var result: Option[A] = None
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this)
-          if (p(x)) { result = Some(x); break }
-      }
-      result
-    }
-
-    def scan[B >: A, That](z: B)(op: (B, B) => B)(implicit cbf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = scanLeft(z)(op)
-
-    def scanLeft[B, That](z: B)(op: (B, A) => B)(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      b.sizeHint(this, 1)
-      var acc = z
-      b += acc
-      for (x <- this) { acc = op(acc, x); b += acc }
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    @migration(2, 9,
-      "This scanRight definition has changed in 2.9.\n" +
-      "The previous behavior can be reproduced with scanRight.reverse."
-    )
-    def scanRight[B, That](z: B)(op: (A, B) => B)(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-      var scanned = List(z)
-      var acc = z
-      for (x <- reversed) {
-        acc = op(x, acc)
-        scanned ::= acc
-      }
-      val b = bf(repr)
-      for (elem <- scanned) b += elem
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    /** Selects the first element of this $coll.
-     *  $orderDependent
-     *  @return  the first element of this $coll.
-     *  @throws `NoSuchElementException` if the $coll is empty.
-     */
-    def head: A = {
-      var result: () => A = () => throw new NoSuchElementException
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this) {
-          result = () => x
-          break
-        }
-      }
-      result()
-    }
-
-    /** Optionally selects the first element.
-     *  $orderDependent
-     *  @return  the first element of this $coll if it is nonempty, `None` if it is empty.
-     */
-    def headOption: Option[A] = if (isEmpty) None else Some(head)
-
-    /** Selects all elements except the first.
-     *  $orderDependent
-     *  @return  a $coll consisting of all elements of this $coll
-     *           except the first one.
-     *  @throws `UnsupportedOperationException` if the $coll is empty.
-     */ 
-    override def tail: Repr = {
-      if (isEmpty) throw new UnsupportedOperationException("empty.tail")
-      drop(1)
-    }
-
-    /** Selects the last element.
-      * $orderDependent
-      * @return The last element of this $coll.
-      * @throws NoSuchElementException If the $coll is empty.
-      */
-    def last: A = {
-      var lst = head
-      for (x <- this)
-        lst = x
-      lst
-    }
-
-    /** Optionally selects the last element.
-     *  $orderDependent
-     *  @return  the last element of this $coll$ if it is nonempty, `None` if it is empty.
-     */
-    def lastOption: Option[A] = if (isEmpty) None else Some(last)
-
-    /** Selects all elements except the last.
-     *  $orderDependent
-     *  @return  a $coll consisting of all elements of this $coll
-     *           except the last one.
-     *  @throws `UnsupportedOperationException` if the $coll is empty.
-     */
-    def init: Repr = {
-      if (isEmpty) throw new UnsupportedOperationException("empty.init")
-      var lst = head
-      var follow = false
-      val b = newBuilder
-      b.sizeHint(this, -1)
-      for (x <- this.seq) {
-        if (follow) b += lst
-        else follow = true
-        lst = x
-      }
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    def take(n: Int): Repr = slice(0, n)
-
-    def drop(n: Int): Repr = 
-      if (n <= 0) {
-        val b = newBuilder
-        b.sizeHint(this)
-        b ++= thisCollection result
-      }
-      else sliceWithKnownDelta(n, Int.MaxValue, -n)
-
-    def slice(from: Int, until: Int): Repr = sliceWithKnownBound(math.max(from, 0), until)
-
-    // Precondition: from >= 0, until > 0, builder already configured for building.
-    private[this] def sliceInternal(from: Int, until: Int, b: Builder[A, Repr]): Repr = {
-      var i = 0
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this.seq) {
-          if (i >= from) b += x
-          i += 1
-          if (i >= until) break
-        }
-      }
-      b.result
-    }
-    // Precondition: from >= 0
-    private[scala] def sliceWithKnownDelta(from: Int, until: Int, delta: Int): Repr = {
-      val b = newBuilder
-      if (until <= from) b.result
-      else {
-        b.sizeHint(this, delta)
-        sliceInternal(from, until, b)
-      }
-    }
-    // Precondition: from >= 0
-    private[scala] def sliceWithKnownBound(from: Int, until: Int): Repr = {
-      val b = newBuilder
-      if (until <= from) b.result
-      else {
-        b.sizeHintBounded(until - from, this)      
-        sliceInternal(from, until, b)
-      }
-    }
-
-    def takeWhile(p: A => Boolean): Repr = {
-      val b = newBuilder
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this) {
-          if (!p(x)) break
-          b += x
-        }
-      }
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    def dropWhile(p: A => Boolean): Repr = {
-      val b = newBuilder
-      var go = false
-      for (x <- this) {
-        if (!p(x)) go = true
-        if (go) b += x
-      }
-      b.result
-    }
-
-    def span(p: A => Boolean): (Repr, Repr) = {
-      val l, r = newBuilder
-      var toLeft = true
-      for (x <- this) {
-        toLeft = toLeft && p(x)
-        (if (toLeft) l else r) += x
-      }
-      (l.result, r.result)
-    }
-
-    def splitAt(n: Int): (Repr, Repr) = {
-      val l, r = newBuilder
-      l.sizeHintBounded(n, this)
-      if (n >= 0) r.sizeHint(this, -n)
-      var i = 0
-      for (x <- this) {
-        (if (i < n) l else r) += x
-        i += 1
-      }
-      (l.result, r.result)
-    }
-
-    /** Iterates over the tails of this $coll. The first value will be this
-     *  $coll and the final one will be an empty $coll, with the intervening
-     *  values the results of successive applications of `tail`.
-     *
-     *  @return   an iterator over all the tails of this $coll
-     *  @example  `List(1,2,3).tails = Iterator(List(1,2,3), List(2,3), List(3), Nil)`
-     */  
-    def tails: Iterator[Repr] = iterateUntilEmpty(_.tail)
-
-    /** Iterates over the inits of this $coll. The first value will be this
-     *  $coll and the final one will be an empty $coll, with the intervening
-     *  values the results of successive applications of `init`.
-     *
-     *  @return  an iterator over all the inits of this $coll
-     *  @example  `List(1,2,3).inits = Iterator(List(1,2,3), List(1,2), List(1), Nil)`
-     */
-    def inits: Iterator[Repr] = iterateUntilEmpty(_.init)
-
-    /** Copies elements of this $coll to an array.
-     *  Fills the given array `xs` with at most `len` elements of
-     *  this $coll, starting at position `start`.
-     *  Copying will stop once either the end of the current $coll is reached,
-     *  or the end of the array is reached, or `len` elements have been copied.
-     *
-     *  $willNotTerminateInf
-     * 
-     *  @param  xs     the array to fill.
-     *  @param  start  the starting index.
-     *  @param  len    the maximal number of elements to copy.
-     *  @tparam B      the type of the elements of the array. 
-     * 
-     *
-     *  @usecase def copyToArray(xs: Array[A], start: Int, len: Int): Unit
-     */
-    def copyToArray[B >: A](xs: Array[B], start: Int, len: Int) {
-      var i = start
-      val end = (start + len) min xs.length
-      breakable {
-        for (x <- this) {
-          if (i >= end) break
-          xs(i) = x
-          i += 1
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    def toTraversable: Traversable[A] = thisCollection
-    def toIterator: Iterator[A] = toStream.iterator
-    def toStream: Stream[A] = toBuffer.toStream
-
-    /** Converts this $coll to a string.
-     *
-     *  @return   a string representation of this collection. By default this
-     *            string consists of the `stringPrefix` of this $coll,
-     *            followed by all elements separated by commas and enclosed in parentheses.
-     */
-    override def toString = mkString(stringPrefix + "(", ", ", ")")
-
-    /** Defines the prefix of this object's `toString` representation.
-     *
-     *  @return  a string representation which starts the result of `toString`
-     *           applied to this $coll. By default the string prefix is the
-     *           simple name of the collection class $coll.
-     */
-    def stringPrefix : String = {
-      var string = repr.asInstanceOf[AnyRef].getClass.getName
-      val idx1 = string.lastIndexOf('.' : Int)
-      if (idx1 != -1) string = string.substring(idx1 + 1)
-      val idx2 = string.indexOf('$')
-      if (idx2 != -1) string = string.substring(0, idx2)
-      string
-    }
-
-    /** Creates a non-strict view of this $coll.
-     * 
-     *  @return a non-strict view of this $coll.
-     */
-    def view = new TraversableView[A, Repr] {
-      protected lazy val underlying = self.repr
-      override def foreach[U](f: A => U) = self foreach f
-    }
-
-    /** Creates a non-strict view of a slice of this $coll.
-     *
-     *  Note: the difference between `view` and `slice` is that `view` produces
-     *        a view of the current $coll, whereas `slice` produces a new $coll.
-     * 
-     *  Note: `view(from, to)` is equivalent to `view.slice(from, to)`
-     *  $orderDependent
-     * 
-     *  @param from   the index of the first element of the view
-     *  @param until  the index of the element following the view
-     *  @return a non-strict view of a slice of this $coll, starting at index `from`
-     *  and extending up to (but not including) index `until`.
-     */
-    def view(from: Int, until: Int): TraversableView[A, Repr] = view.slice(from, until)
-
-    /** Creates a non-strict filter of this $coll.
-     *
-     *  Note: the difference between `c filter p` and `c withFilter p` is that
-     *        the former creates a new collection, whereas the latter only
-     *        restricts the domain of subsequent `map`, `flatMap`, `foreach`,
-     *        and `withFilter` operations.
-     *  $orderDependent
-     * 
-     *  @param p   the predicate used to test elements.
-     *  @return    an object of class `WithFilter`, which supports
-     *             `map`, `flatMap`, `foreach`, and `withFilter` operations.
-     *             All these operations apply to those elements of this $coll which
-     *             satisfy the predicate `p`.
-     */
-    def withFilter(p: A => Boolean): FilterMonadic[A, Repr] = new WithFilter(p)
-
-    /** A class supporting filtered operations. Instances of this class are
-     *  returned by method `withFilter`.
-     */
-    class WithFilter(p: A => Boolean) extends FilterMonadic[A, Repr] {
-
-      /** Builds a new collection by applying a function to all elements of the
-       *  outer $coll containing this `WithFilter` instance that satisfy predicate `p`.
-       *
-       *  @param f      the function to apply to each element.
-       *  @tparam B     the element type of the returned collection.
-       *  @tparam That  $thatinfo
-       *  @param bf     $bfinfo
-       *  @return       a new collection of type `That` resulting from applying
-       *                the given function `f` to each element of the outer $coll
-       *                that satisfies predicate `p` and collecting the results.
-       *
-       *  @usecase def map[B](f: A => B): $Coll[B] 
-       *  
-       *  @return       a new $coll resulting from applying the given function
-       *                `f` to each element of the outer $coll that satisfies
-       *                predicate `p` and collecting the results.
-       */
-      def map[B, That](f: A => B)(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-        val b = bf(repr)
-        for (x <- self) 
-          if (p(x)) b += f(x)
-        b.result
-      }
-
-      /** Builds a new collection by applying a function to all elements of the
-       *  outer $coll containing this `WithFilter` instance that satisfy
-       *  predicate `p` and concatenating the results. 
-       *
-       *  @param f      the function to apply to each element.
-       *  @tparam B     the element type of the returned collection.
-       *  @tparam That  $thatinfo
-       *  @param bf     $bfinfo
-       *  @return       a new collection of type `That` resulting from applying
-       *                the given collection-valued function `f` to each element
-       *                of the outer $coll that satisfies predicate `p` and
-       *                concatenating the results.
-       *
-       *  @usecase def flatMap[B](f: A => TraversableOnce[B]): $Coll[B]
-       * 
-       *  @return       a new $coll resulting from applying the given collection-valued function
-       *                `f` to each element of the outer $coll that satisfies predicate `p` and concatenating the results.
-       */
-      def flatMap[B, That](f: A => GenTraversableOnce[B])(implicit bf: CanBuildFrom[Repr, B, That]): That = {
-        val b = bf(repr)
-        for (x <- self) 
-          if (p(x)) b ++= f(x).seq
-        b.result
-      }
-
-      /** Applies a function `f` to all elements of the outer $coll containing
-       *  this `WithFilter` instance that satisfy predicate `p`.
-       *
-       *  @param  f   the function that is applied for its side-effect to every element.
-       *              The result of function `f` is discarded.
-       *              
-       *  @tparam  U  the type parameter describing the result of function `f`. 
-       *              This result will always be ignored. Typically `U` is `Unit`,
-       *              but this is not necessary.
-       *
-       *  @usecase def foreach(f: A => Unit): Unit
-       */   
-      def foreach[U](f: A => U): Unit = 
-        for (x <- self) 
-          if (p(x)) f(x)
-
-      /** Further refines the filter for this $coll.
-       *
-       *  @param q   the predicate used to test elements.
-       *  @return    an object of class `WithFilter`, which supports
-       *             `map`, `flatMap`, `foreach`, and `withFilter` operations.
-       *             All these operations apply to those elements of this $coll which
-       *             satisfy the predicate `q` in addition to the predicate `p`.
-       */
-      def withFilter(q: A => Boolean): WithFilter = 
-        new WithFilter(x => p(x) && q(x))
-    }
-
-    // A helper for tails and inits.
-    private def iterateUntilEmpty(f: Traversable[A @uV] => Traversable[A @uV]): Iterator[Repr] = {
-      val it = Iterator.iterate(thisCollection)(f) takeWhile (x => !x.isEmpty)
-      it ++ Iterator(Nil) map (newBuilder ++= _ result)
-    }
-  }
-
-
-

- - -

Clojure mode

-; Conway's Game of Life, based on the work of:
-;; Laurent Petit https://gist.github.com/1200343
-;; Christophe Grand http://clj-me.cgrand.net/2011/08/19/conways-game-of-life
-
-(ns ^{:doc "Conway's Game of Life."}
- game-of-life)
-
-;; Core game of life's algorithm functions
-
-(defn neighbours
-  "Given a cell's coordinates, returns the coordinates of its neighbours."
-  [[x y]]
-  (for [dx [-1 0 1] dy (if (zero? dx) [-1 1] [-1 0 1])]
-    [(+ dx x) (+ dy y)]))
-
-(defn step
-  "Given a set of living cells, computes the new set of living cells."
-  [cells]
-  (set (for [[cell n] (frequencies (mapcat neighbours cells))
-             :when (or (= n 3) (and (= n 2) (cells cell)))]
-         cell)))
-
-;; Utility methods for displaying game on a text terminal
-
-(defn print-board
-  "Prints a board on *out*, representing a step in the game."
-  [board w h]
-  (doseq [x (range (inc w)) y (range (inc h))]
-    (if (= y 0) (print "\n"))
-    (print (if (board [x y]) "[X]" " . "))))
-
-(defn display-grids
-  "Prints a squence of boards on *out*, representing several steps."
-  [grids w h]
-  (doseq [board grids]
-    (print-board board w h)
-    (print "\n")))
-
-;; Launches an example board
-
-(def
-  ^{:doc "board represents the initial set of living cells"}
-   board #{[2 1] [2 2] [2 3]})
-
-(display-grids (take 3 (iterate step board)) 5 5)
-
-;; Let's play with characters
-(println \1 \a \# \\
-         \" \( \newline
-         \} \" \space
-         \tab \return \backspace
-         \u1000 \uAaAa \u9F9F)
-
-;; Let's play with numbers
-(+ 1 -1 1/2 -1/2 -0.5 0.5)
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-clojure.

- -

CMake mode

-# vim: syntax=cmake
-if(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
-    # default to Release build for GCC builds
-    set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE Release CACHE STRING
-        "Choose the type of build, options are: None(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS or CMAKE_C_FLAGS used) Debug Release RelWithDebInfo MinSizeRel."
-        FORCE)
-endif()
-message(STATUS "cmake version ${CMAKE_VERSION}")
-if(POLICY CMP0025)
-    cmake_policy(SET CMP0025 OLD) # report Apple's Clang as just Clang
-endif()
-if(POLICY CMP0042)
-    cmake_policy(SET CMP0042 NEW) # MACOSX_RPATH
-endif()
-
-project (x265)
-cmake_minimum_required (VERSION 2.8.8) # OBJECT libraries require 2.8.8
-include(CheckIncludeFiles)
-include(CheckFunctionExists)
-include(CheckSymbolExists)
-include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
-
-# X265_BUILD must be incremented each time the public API is changed
-set(X265_BUILD 48)
-configure_file("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/x265.def.in"
-               "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/x265.def")
-configure_file("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/x265_config.h.in"
-               "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/x265_config.h")
-
-SET(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake" "${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}")
-
-# System architecture detection
-string(TOLOWER "${CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR}" SYSPROC)
-set(X86_ALIASES x86 i386 i686 x86_64 amd64)
-list(FIND X86_ALIASES "${SYSPROC}" X86MATCH)
-if("${SYSPROC}" STREQUAL "" OR X86MATCH GREATER "-1")
-    message(STATUS "Detected x86 target processor")
-    set(X86 1)
-    add_definitions(-DX265_ARCH_X86=1)
-    if("${CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P}" MATCHES 8)
-        set(X64 1)
-        add_definitions(-DX86_64=1)
-    endif()
-elseif(${SYSPROC} STREQUAL "armv6l")
-    message(STATUS "Detected ARM target processor")
-    set(ARM 1)
-    add_definitions(-DX265_ARCH_ARM=1 -DHAVE_ARMV6=1)
-else()
-    message(STATUS "CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR value `${CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR}` is unknown")
-    message(STATUS "Please add this value near ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE}:${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_LINE}")
-endif()
-
-if(UNIX)
-    list(APPEND PLATFORM_LIBS pthread)
-    find_library(LIBRT rt)
-    if(LIBRT)
-        list(APPEND PLATFORM_LIBS rt)
-    endif()
-    find_package(Numa)
-    if(NUMA_FOUND)
-        list(APPEND CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${NUMA_LIBRARY})
-        check_symbol_exists(numa_node_of_cpu numa.h NUMA_V2)
-        if(NUMA_V2)
-            add_definitions(-DHAVE_LIBNUMA)
-            message(STATUS "libnuma found, building with support for NUMA nodes")
-            list(APPEND PLATFORM_LIBS ${NUMA_LIBRARY})
-            link_directories(${NUMA_LIBRARY_DIR})
-            include_directories(${NUMA_INCLUDE_DIR})
-        endif()
-    endif()
-    mark_as_advanced(LIBRT NUMA_FOUND)
-endif(UNIX)
-
-if(X64 AND NOT WIN32)
-    option(ENABLE_PIC "Enable Position Independent Code" ON)
-else()
-    option(ENABLE_PIC "Enable Position Independent Code" OFF)
-endif(X64 AND NOT WIN32)
-
-# Compiler detection
-if(CMAKE_GENERATOR STREQUAL "Xcode")
-  set(XCODE 1)
-endif()
-if (APPLE)
-  add_definitions(-DMACOS)
-endif()
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-cmake.

- -

COBOL mode

- -

Select Theme Select Font Size -Read-only - -Insert Spaces on Tab - -

----------1---------2---------3---------4---------5---------6---------7---------8
-12345678911234567892123456789312345678941234567895123456789612345678971234567898
-000010 IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.                                        MODTGHERE
-000020 PROGRAM-ID.       SAMPLE.
-000030 AUTHOR.           TEST SAM. 
-000040 DATE-WRITTEN.     5 February 2013
-000041
-000042* A sample program just to show the form.
-000043* The program copies its input to the output,
-000044* and counts the number of records.
-000045* At the end this number is printed.
-000046
-000050 ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
-000060 INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
-000070 FILE-CONTROL.
-000080     SELECT STUDENT-FILE     ASSIGN TO SYSIN
-000090         ORGANIZATION IS LINE SEQUENTIAL.
-000100     SELECT PRINT-FILE       ASSIGN TO SYSOUT
-000110         ORGANIZATION IS LINE SEQUENTIAL.
-000120
-000130 DATA DIVISION.
-000140 FILE SECTION.
-000150 FD  STUDENT-FILE
-000160     RECORD CONTAINS 43 CHARACTERS
-000170     DATA RECORD IS STUDENT-IN.
-000180 01  STUDENT-IN              PIC X(43).
-000190
-000200 FD  PRINT-FILE
-000210     RECORD CONTAINS 80 CHARACTERS
-000220     DATA RECORD IS PRINT-LINE.
-000230 01  PRINT-LINE              PIC X(80).
-000240
-000250 WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
-000260 01  DATA-REMAINS-SWITCH     PIC X(2)      VALUE SPACES.
-000261 01  RECORDS-WRITTEN         PIC 99.
-000270
-000280 01  DETAIL-LINE.
-000290     05  FILLER              PIC X(7)      VALUE SPACES.
-000300     05  RECORD-IMAGE        PIC X(43).
-000310     05  FILLER              PIC X(30)     VALUE SPACES.
-000311 
-000312 01  SUMMARY-LINE.
-000313     05  FILLER              PIC X(7)      VALUE SPACES.
-000314     05  TOTAL-READ          PIC 99.
-000315     05  FILLER              PIC X         VALUE SPACE.
-000316     05  FILLER              PIC X(17)     
-000317                 VALUE  'Records were read'.
-000318     05  FILLER              PIC X(53)     VALUE SPACES.
-000319
-000320 PROCEDURE DIVISION.
-000321
-000330 PREPARE-SENIOR-REPORT.
-000340     OPEN INPUT  STUDENT-FILE
-000350          OUTPUT PRINT-FILE.
-000351     MOVE ZERO TO RECORDS-WRITTEN.
-000360     READ STUDENT-FILE
-000370         AT END MOVE 'NO' TO DATA-REMAINS-SWITCH
-000380     END-READ.
-000390     PERFORM PROCESS-RECORDS
-000410         UNTIL DATA-REMAINS-SWITCH = 'NO'.
-000411     PERFORM PRINT-SUMMARY.
-000420     CLOSE STUDENT-FILE
-000430           PRINT-FILE.
-000440     STOP RUN.
-000450
-000460 PROCESS-RECORDS.
-000470     MOVE STUDENT-IN TO RECORD-IMAGE.
-000480     MOVE DETAIL-LINE TO PRINT-LINE.
-000490     WRITE PRINT-LINE.
-000500     ADD 1 TO RECORDS-WRITTEN.
-000510     READ STUDENT-FILE
-000520         AT END MOVE 'NO' TO DATA-REMAINS-SWITCH
-000530     END-READ. 
-000540
-000550 PRINT-SUMMARY.
-000560     MOVE RECORDS-WRITTEN TO TOTAL-READ.
-000570     MOVE SUMMARY-LINE TO PRINT-LINE.
-000571     WRITE PRINT-LINE. 
-000572
-000580
-

- -

CoffeeScript mode

-# CoffeeScript mode for CodeMirror
-# Copyright (c) 2011 Jeff Pickhardt, released under
-# the MIT License.
-#
-# Modified from the Python CodeMirror mode, which also is 
-# under the MIT License Copyright (c) 2010 Timothy Farrell.
-#
-# The following script, Underscore.coffee, is used to 
-# demonstrate CoffeeScript mode for CodeMirror.
-#
-# To download CoffeeScript mode for CodeMirror, go to:
-# https://github.com/pickhardt/coffeescript-codemirror-mode
-
-# **Underscore.coffee
-# (c) 2011 Jeremy Ashkenas, DocumentCloud Inc.**
-# Underscore is freely distributable under the terms of the
-# [MIT license](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License).
-# Portions of Underscore are inspired by or borrowed from
-# [Prototype.js](http://prototypejs.org/api), Oliver Steele's
-# [Functional](http://osteele.com), and John Resig's
-# [Micro-Templating](http://ejohn.org).
-# For all details and documentation:
-# http://documentcloud.github.com/underscore/
-
-
-# Baseline setup
-# --------------
-
-# Establish the root object, `window` in the browser, or `global` on the server.
-root = this
-
-
-# Save the previous value of the `_` variable.
-previousUnderscore = root._
-
-### Multiline
-    comment
-###
-
-# Establish the object that gets thrown to break out of a loop iteration.
-# `StopIteration` is SOP on Mozilla.
-breaker = if typeof(StopIteration) is 'undefined' then '__break__' else StopIteration
-
-
-#### Docco style single line comment (title)
-
-
-# Helper function to escape **RegExp** contents, because JS doesn't have one.
-escapeRegExp = (string) -> string.replace(/([.*+?^${}()|[\]\/\\])/g, '\\$1')
-
-
-# Save bytes in the minified (but not gzipped) version:
-ArrayProto = Array.prototype
-ObjProto = Object.prototype
-
-
-# Create quick reference variables for speed access to core prototypes.
-slice = ArrayProto.slice
-unshift = ArrayProto.unshift
-toString = ObjProto.toString
-hasOwnProperty = ObjProto.hasOwnProperty
-propertyIsEnumerable = ObjProto.propertyIsEnumerable
-
-
-# All **ECMA5** native implementations we hope to use are declared here.
-nativeForEach = ArrayProto.forEach
-nativeMap = ArrayProto.map
-nativeReduce = ArrayProto.reduce
-nativeReduceRight = ArrayProto.reduceRight
-nativeFilter = ArrayProto.filter
-nativeEvery = ArrayProto.every
-nativeSome = ArrayProto.some
-nativeIndexOf = ArrayProto.indexOf
-nativeLastIndexOf = ArrayProto.lastIndexOf
-nativeIsArray = Array.isArray
-nativeKeys = Object.keys
-
-
-# Create a safe reference to the Underscore object for use below.
-_ = (obj) -> new wrapper(obj)
-
-
-# Export the Underscore object for **CommonJS**.
-if typeof(exports) != 'undefined' then exports._ = _
-
-
-# Export Underscore to global scope.
-root._ = _
-
-
-# Current version.
-_.VERSION = '1.1.0'
-
-
-# Collection Functions
-# --------------------
-
-# The cornerstone, an **each** implementation.
-# Handles objects implementing **forEach**, arrays, and raw objects.
-_.each = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  try
-    if nativeForEach and obj.forEach is nativeForEach
-      obj.forEach iterator, context
-    else if _.isNumber obj.length
-      iterator.call context, obj[i], i, obj for i in [0...obj.length]
-    else
-      iterator.call context, val, key, obj for own key, val of obj
-  catch e
-    throw e if e isnt breaker
-  obj
-
-
-# Return the results of applying the iterator to each element. Use JavaScript
-# 1.6's version of **map**, if possible.
-_.map = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  return obj.map(iterator, context) if nativeMap and obj.map is nativeMap
-  results = []
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    results.push iterator.call context, value, index, list
-  results
-
-
-# **Reduce** builds up a single result from a list of values. Also known as
-# **inject**, or **foldl**. Uses JavaScript 1.8's version of **reduce**, if possible.
-_.reduce = (obj, iterator, memo, context) ->
-  if nativeReduce and obj.reduce is nativeReduce
-    iterator = _.bind iterator, context if context
-    return obj.reduce iterator, memo
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    memo = iterator.call context, memo, value, index, list
-  memo
-
-
-# The right-associative version of **reduce**, also known as **foldr**. Uses
-# JavaScript 1.8's version of **reduceRight**, if available.
-_.reduceRight = (obj, iterator, memo, context) ->
-  if nativeReduceRight and obj.reduceRight is nativeReduceRight
-    iterator = _.bind iterator, context if context
-    return obj.reduceRight iterator, memo
-  reversed = _.clone(_.toArray(obj)).reverse()
-  _.reduce reversed, iterator, memo, context
-
-
-# Return the first value which passes a truth test.
-_.detect = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  result = null
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    if iterator.call context, value, index, list
-      result = value
-      _.breakLoop()
-  result
-
-
-# Return all the elements that pass a truth test. Use JavaScript 1.6's
-# **filter**, if it exists.
-_.filter = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  return obj.filter iterator, context if nativeFilter and obj.filter is nativeFilter
-  results = []
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    results.push value if iterator.call context, value, index, list
-  results
-
-
-# Return all the elements for which a truth test fails.
-_.reject = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  results = []
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    results.push value if not iterator.call context, value, index, list
-  results
-
-
-# Determine whether all of the elements match a truth test. Delegate to
-# JavaScript 1.6's **every**, if it is present.
-_.every = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  iterator ||= _.identity
-  return obj.every iterator, context if nativeEvery and obj.every is nativeEvery
-  result = true
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    _.breakLoop() unless (result = result and iterator.call(context, value, index, list))
-  result
-
-
-# Determine if at least one element in the object matches a truth test. Use
-# JavaScript 1.6's **some**, if it exists.
-_.some = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  iterator ||= _.identity
-  return obj.some iterator, context if nativeSome and obj.some is nativeSome
-  result = false
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    _.breakLoop() if (result = iterator.call(context, value, index, list))
-  result
-
-
-# Determine if a given value is included in the array or object,
-# based on `===`.
-_.include = (obj, target) ->
-  return _.indexOf(obj, target) isnt -1 if nativeIndexOf and obj.indexOf is nativeIndexOf
-  return true for own key, val of obj when val is target
-  false
-
-
-# Invoke a method with arguments on every item in a collection.
-_.invoke = (obj, method) ->
-  args = _.rest arguments, 2
-  (if method then val[method] else val).apply(val, args) for val in obj
-
-
-# Convenience version of a common use case of **map**: fetching a property.
-_.pluck = (obj, key) ->
-  _.map(obj, (val) -> val[key])
-
-
-# Return the maximum item or (item-based computation).
-_.max = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  return Math.max.apply(Math, obj) if not iterator and _.isArray(obj)
-  result = computed: -Infinity
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    computed = if iterator then iterator.call(context, value, index, list) else value
-    computed >= result.computed and (result = {value: value, computed: computed})
-  result.value
-
-
-# Return the minimum element (or element-based computation).
-_.min = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  return Math.min.apply(Math, obj) if not iterator and _.isArray(obj)
-  result = computed: Infinity
-  _.each obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    computed = if iterator then iterator.call(context, value, index, list) else value
-    computed < result.computed and (result = {value: value, computed: computed})
-  result.value
-
-
-# Sort the object's values by a criterion produced by an iterator.
-_.sortBy = (obj, iterator, context) ->
-  _.pluck(((_.map obj, (value, index, list) ->
-    {value: value, criteria: iterator.call(context, value, index, list)}
-  ).sort((left, right) ->
-    a = left.criteria; b = right.criteria
-    if a < b then -1 else if a > b then 1 else 0
-  )), 'value')
-
-
-# Use a comparator function to figure out at what index an object should
-# be inserted so as to maintain order. Uses binary search.
-_.sortedIndex = (array, obj, iterator) ->
-  iterator ||= _.identity
-  low = 0
-  high = array.length
-  while low < high
-    mid = (low + high) >> 1
-    if iterator(array[mid]) < iterator(obj) then low = mid + 1 else high = mid
-  low
-
-
-# Convert anything iterable into a real, live array.
-_.toArray = (iterable) ->
-  return [] if (!iterable)
-  return iterable.toArray() if (iterable.toArray)
-  return iterable if (_.isArray(iterable))
-  return slice.call(iterable) if (_.isArguments(iterable))
-  _.values(iterable)
-
-
-# Return the number of elements in an object.
-_.size = (obj) -> _.toArray(obj).length
-
-
-# Array Functions
-# ---------------
-
-# Get the first element of an array. Passing `n` will return the first N
-# values in the array. Aliased as **head**. The `guard` check allows it to work
-# with **map**.
-_.first = (array, n, guard) ->
-  if n and not guard then slice.call(array, 0, n) else array[0]
-
-
-# Returns everything but the first entry of the array. Aliased as **tail**.
-# Especially useful on the arguments object. Passing an `index` will return
-# the rest of the values in the array from that index onward. The `guard`
-# check allows it to work with **map**.
-_.rest = (array, index, guard) ->
-  slice.call(array, if _.isUndefined(index) or guard then 1 else index)
-
-
-# Get the last element of an array.
-_.last = (array) -> array[array.length - 1]
-
-
-# Trim out all falsy values from an array.
-_.compact = (array) -> item for item in array when item
-
-
-# Return a completely flattened version of an array.
-_.flatten = (array) ->
-  _.reduce array, (memo, value) ->
-    return memo.concat(_.flatten(value)) if _.isArray value
-    memo.push value
-    memo
-  , []
-
-
-# Return a version of the array that does not contain the specified value(s).
-_.without = (array) ->
-  values = _.rest arguments
-  val for val in _.toArray(array) when not _.include values, val
-
-
-# Produce a duplicate-free version of the array. If the array has already
-# been sorted, you have the option of using a faster algorithm.
-_.uniq = (array, isSorted) ->
-  memo = []
-  for el, i in _.toArray array
-    memo.push el if i is 0 || (if isSorted is true then _.last(memo) isnt el else not _.include(memo, el))
-  memo
-
-
-# Produce an array that contains every item shared between all the
-# passed-in arrays.
-_.intersect = (array) ->
-  rest = _.rest arguments
-  _.select _.uniq(array), (item) ->
-    _.all rest, (other) ->
-      _.indexOf(other, item) >= 0
-
-
-# Zip together multiple lists into a single array -- elements that share
-# an index go together.
-_.zip = ->
-  length = _.max _.pluck arguments, 'length'
-  results = new Array length
-  for i in [0...length]
-    results[i] = _.pluck arguments, String i
-  results
-
-
-# If the browser doesn't supply us with **indexOf** (I'm looking at you, MSIE),
-# we need this function. Return the position of the first occurrence of an
-# item in an array, or -1 if the item is not included in the array.
-_.indexOf = (array, item) ->
-  return array.indexOf item if nativeIndexOf and array.indexOf is nativeIndexOf
-  i = 0; l = array.length
-  while l - i
-    if array[i] is item then return i else i++
-  -1
-
-
-# Provide JavaScript 1.6's **lastIndexOf**, delegating to the native function,
-# if possible.
-_.lastIndexOf = (array, item) ->
-  return array.lastIndexOf(item) if nativeLastIndexOf and array.lastIndexOf is nativeLastIndexOf
-  i = array.length
-  while i
-    if array[i] is item then return i else i--
-  -1
-
-
-# Generate an integer Array containing an arithmetic progression. A port of
-# [the native Python **range** function](http://docs.python.org/library/functions.html#range).
-_.range = (start, stop, step) ->
-  a = arguments
-  solo = a.length <= 1
-  i = start = if solo then 0 else a[0]
-  stop = if solo then a[0] else a[1]
-  step = a[2] or 1
-  len = Math.ceil((stop - start) / step)
-  return [] if len <= 0
-  range = new Array len
-  idx = 0
-  loop
-    return range if (if step > 0 then i - stop else stop - i) >= 0
-    range[idx] = i
-    idx++
-    i+= step
-
-
-# Function Functions
-# ------------------
-
-# Create a function bound to a given object (assigning `this`, and arguments,
-# optionally). Binding with arguments is also known as **curry**.
-_.bind = (func, obj) ->
-  args = _.rest arguments, 2
-  -> func.apply obj or root, args.concat arguments
-
-
-# Bind all of an object's methods to that object. Useful for ensuring that
-# all callbacks defined on an object belong to it.
-_.bindAll = (obj) ->
-  funcs = if arguments.length > 1 then _.rest(arguments) else _.functions(obj)
-  _.each funcs, (f) -> obj[f] = _.bind obj[f], obj
-  obj
-
-
-# Delays a function for the given number of milliseconds, and then calls
-# it with the arguments supplied.
-_.delay = (func, wait) ->
-  args = _.rest arguments, 2
-  setTimeout((-> func.apply(func, args)), wait)
-
-
-# Memoize an expensive function by storing its results.
-_.memoize = (func, hasher) ->
-  memo = {}
-  hasher or= _.identity
-  ->
-    key = hasher.apply this, arguments
-    return memo[key] if key of memo
-    memo[key] = func.apply this, arguments
-
-
-# Defers a function, scheduling it to run after the current call stack has
-# cleared.
-_.defer = (func) ->
-  _.delay.apply _, [func, 1].concat _.rest arguments
-
-
-# Returns the first function passed as an argument to the second,
-# allowing you to adjust arguments, run code before and after, and
-# conditionally execute the original function.
-_.wrap = (func, wrapper) ->
-  -> wrapper.apply wrapper, [func].concat arguments
-
-
-# Returns a function that is the composition of a list of functions, each
-# consuming the return value of the function that follows.
-_.compose = ->
-  funcs = arguments
-  ->
-    args = arguments
-    for i in [funcs.length - 1..0] by -1
-      args = [funcs[i].apply(this, args)]
-    args[0]
-
-
-# Object Functions
-# ----------------
-
-# Retrieve the names of an object's properties.
-_.keys = nativeKeys or (obj) ->
-  return _.range 0, obj.length if _.isArray(obj)
-  key for key, val of obj
-
-
-# Retrieve the values of an object's properties.
-_.values = (obj) ->
-  _.map obj, _.identity
-
-
-# Return a sorted list of the function names available in Underscore.
-_.functions = (obj) ->
-  _.filter(_.keys(obj), (key) -> _.isFunction(obj[key])).sort()
-
-
-# Extend a given object with all of the properties in a source object.
-_.extend = (obj) ->
-  for source in _.rest(arguments)
-    obj[key] = val for key, val of source
-  obj
-
-
-# Create a (shallow-cloned) duplicate of an object.
-_.clone = (obj) ->
-  return obj.slice 0 if _.isArray obj
-  _.extend {}, obj
-
-
-# Invokes interceptor with the obj, and then returns obj.
-# The primary purpose of this method is to "tap into" a method chain,
-# in order to perform operations on intermediate results within
- the chain.
-_.tap = (obj, interceptor) ->
-  interceptor obj
-  obj
-
-
-# Perform a deep comparison to check if two objects are equal.
-_.isEqual = (a, b) ->
-  # Check object identity.
-  return true if a is b
-  # Different types?
-  atype = typeof(a); btype = typeof(b)
-  return false if atype isnt btype
-  # Basic equality test (watch out for coercions).
-  return true if `a == b`
-  # One is falsy and the other truthy.
-  return false if (!a and b) or (a and !b)
-  # One of them implements an `isEqual()`?
-  return a.isEqual(b) if a.isEqual
-  # Check dates' integer values.
-  return a.getTime() is b.getTime() if _.isDate(a) and _.isDate(b)
-  # Both are NaN?
-  return false if _.isNaN(a) and _.isNaN(b)
-  # Compare regular expressions.
-  if _.isRegExp(a) and _.isRegExp(b)
-    return a.source is b.source and
-           a.global is b.global and
-           a.ignoreCase is b.ignoreCase and
-           a.multiline is b.multiline
-  # If a is not an object by this point, we can't handle it.
-  return false if atype isnt 'object'
-  # Check for different array lengths before comparing contents.
-  return false if a.length and (a.length isnt b.length)
-  # Nothing else worked, deep compare the contents.
-  aKeys = _.keys(a); bKeys = _.keys(b)
-  # Different object sizes?
-  return false if aKeys.length isnt bKeys.length
-  # Recursive comparison of contents.
-  return false for key, val of a when !(key of b) or !_.isEqual(val, b[key])
-  true
-
-
-# Is a given array or object empty?
-_.isEmpty = (obj) ->
-  return obj.length is 0 if _.isArray(obj) or _.isString(obj)
-  return false for own key of obj
-  true
-
-
-# Is a given value a DOM element?
-_.isElement = (obj) -> obj and obj.nodeType is 1
-
-
-# Is a given value an array?
-_.isArray = nativeIsArray or (obj) -> !!(obj and obj.concat and obj.unshift and not obj.callee)
-
-
-# Is a given variable an arguments object?
-_.isArguments = (obj) -> obj and obj.callee
-
-
-# Is the given value a function?
-_.isFunction = (obj) -> !!(obj and obj.constructor and obj.call and obj.apply)
-
-
-# Is the given value a string?
-_.isString = (obj) -> !!(obj is '' or (obj and obj.charCodeAt and obj.substr))
-
-
-# Is a given value a number?
-_.isNumber = (obj) -> (obj is +obj) or toString.call(obj) is '[object Number]'
-
-
-# Is a given value a boolean?
-_.isBoolean = (obj) -> obj is true or obj is false
-
-
-# Is a given value a Date?
-_.isDate = (obj) -> !!(obj and obj.getTimezoneOffset and obj.setUTCFullYear)
-
-
-# Is the given value a regular expression?
-_.isRegExp = (obj) -> !!(obj and obj.exec and (obj.ignoreCase or obj.ignoreCase is false))
-
-
-# Is the given value NaN -- this one is interesting. `NaN != NaN`, and
-# `isNaN(undefined) == true`, so we make sure it's a number first.
-_.isNaN = (obj) -> _.isNumber(obj) and window.isNaN(obj)
-
-
-# Is a given value equal to null?
-_.isNull = (obj) -> obj is null
-
-
-# Is a given variable undefined?
-_.isUndefined = (obj) -> typeof obj is 'undefined'
-
-
-# Utility Functions
-# -----------------
-
-# Run Underscore.js in noConflict mode, returning the `_` variable to its
-# previous owner. Returns a reference to the Underscore object.
-_.noConflict = ->
-  root._ = previousUnderscore
-  this
-
-
-# Keep the identity function around for default iterators.
-_.identity = (value) -> value
-
-
-# Run a function `n` times.
-_.times = (n, iterator, context) ->
-  iterator.call context, i for i in [0...n]
-
-
-# Break out of the middle of an iteration.
-_.breakLoop = -> throw breaker
-
-
-# Add your own custom functions to the Underscore object, ensuring that
-# they're correctly added to the OOP wrapper as well.
-_.mixin = (obj) ->
-  for name in _.functions(obj)
-    addToWrapper name, _[name] = obj[name]
-
-
-# Generate a unique integer id (unique within the entire client session).
-# Useful for temporary DOM ids.
-idCounter = 0
-_.uniqueId = (prefix) ->
-  (prefix or '') + idCounter++
-
-
-# By default, Underscore uses **ERB**-style template delimiters, change the
-# following template settings to use alternative delimiters.
-_.templateSettings = {
-  start: '<%'
-  end: '%>'
-  interpolate: /<%=(.+?)%>/g
-}
-
-
-# JavaScript templating a-la **ERB**, pilfered from John Resig's
-# *Secrets of the JavaScript Ninja*, page 83.
-# Single-quote fix from Rick Strahl.
-# With alterations for arbitrary delimiters, and to preserve whitespace.
-_.template = (str, data) ->
-  c = _.templateSettings
-  endMatch = new RegExp("'(?=[^"+c.end.substr(0, 1)+"]*"+escapeRegExp(c.end)+")","g")
-  fn = new Function 'obj',
-    'var p=[],print=function(){p.push.apply(p,arguments);};' +
-    'with(obj||{}){p.push(\'' +
-    str.replace(/\r/g, '\\r')
-       .replace(/\n/g, '\\n')
-       .replace(/\t/g, '\\t')
-       .replace(endMatch,"���")
-       .split("'").join("\\'")
-       .split("���").join("'")
-       .replace(c.interpolate, "',$1,'")
-       .split(c.start).join("');")
-       .split(c.end).join("p.push('") +
-       "');}return p.join('');"
-  if data then fn(data) else fn
-
-
-# Aliases
-# -------
-
-_.forEach = _.each
-_.foldl = _.inject = _.reduce
-_.foldr = _.reduceRight
-_.select = _.filter
-_.all = _.every
-_.any = _.some
-_.contains = _.include
-_.head = _.first
-_.tail = _.rest
-_.methods = _.functions
-
-
-# Setup the OOP Wrapper
-# ---------------------
-
-# If Underscore is called as a function, it returns a wrapped object that
-# can be used OO-style. This wrapper holds altered versions of all the
-# underscore functions. Wrapped objects may be chained.
-wrapper = (obj) ->
-  this._wrapped = obj
-  this
-
-
-# Helper function to continue chaining intermediate results.
-result = (obj, chain) ->
-  if chain then _(obj).chain() else obj
-
-
-# A method to easily add functions to the OOP wrapper.
-addToWrapper = (name, func) ->
-  wrapper.prototype[name] = ->
-    args = _.toArray arguments
-    unshift.call args, this._wrapped
-    result func.apply(_, args), this._chain
-
-
-# Add all ofthe Underscore functions to the wrapper object.
-_.mixin _
-
-
-# Add all mutator Array functions to the wrapper.
-_.each ['pop', 'push', 'reverse', 'shift', 'sort', 'splice', 'unshift'], (name) ->
-  method = Array.prototype[name]
-  wrapper.prototype[name] = ->
-    method.apply(this._wrapped, arguments)
-    result(this._wrapped, this._chain)
-
-
-# Add all accessor Array functions to the wrapper.
-_.each ['concat', 'join', 'slice'], (name) ->
-  method = Array.prototype[name]
-  wrapper.prototype[name] = ->
-    result(method.apply(this._wrapped, arguments), this._chain)
-
-
-# Start chaining a wrapped Underscore object.
-wrapper::chain = ->
-  this._chain = true
-  this
-
-
-# Extracts the result from a wrapped and chained object.
-wrapper::value = -> this._wrapped
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-coffeescript.

- -

The CoffeeScript mode was written by Jeff Pickhardt.

- -

Common Lisp mode

(in-package :cl-postgres)
-
-;; These are used to synthesize reader and writer names for integer
-;; reading/writing functions when the amount of bytes and the
-;; signedness is known. Both the macro that creates the functions and
-;; some macros that use them create names this way.
-(eval-when (:compile-toplevel :load-toplevel :execute)
-  (defun integer-reader-name (bytes signed)
-    (intern (with-standard-io-syntax
-              (format nil "~a~a~a~a" '#:read- (if signed "" '#:u) '#:int bytes))))
-  (defun integer-writer-name (bytes signed)
-    (intern (with-standard-io-syntax
-              (format nil "~a~a~a~a" '#:write- (if signed "" '#:u) '#:int bytes)))))
-
-(defmacro integer-reader (bytes)
-  "Create a function to read integers from a binary stream."
-  (let ((bits (* bytes 8)))
-    (labels ((return-form (signed)
-               (if signed
-                   `(if (logbitp ,(1- bits) result)
-                        (dpb result (byte ,(1- bits) 0) -1)
-                        result)
-                   `result))
-             (generate-reader (signed)
-               `(defun ,(integer-reader-name bytes signed) (socket)
-                  (declare (type stream socket)
-                           #.*optimize*)
-                  ,(if (= bytes 1)
-                       `(let ((result (the (unsigned-byte 8) (read-byte socket))))
-                          (declare (type (unsigned-byte 8) result))
-                          ,(return-form signed))
-                       `(let ((result 0))
-                          (declare (type (unsigned-byte ,bits) result))
-                          ,@(loop :for byte :from (1- bytes) :downto 0
-                                   :collect `(setf (ldb (byte 8 ,(* 8 byte)) result)
-                                                   (the (unsigned-byte 8) (read-byte socket))))
-                          ,(return-form signed))))))
-      `(progn
-;; This causes weird errors on SBCL in some circumstances. Disabled for now.
-;;         (declaim (inline ,(integer-reader-name bytes t)
-;;                          ,(integer-reader-name bytes nil)))
-         (declaim (ftype (function (t) (signed-byte ,bits))
-                         ,(integer-reader-name bytes t)))
-         ,(generate-reader t)
-         (declaim (ftype (function (t) (unsigned-byte ,bits))
-                         ,(integer-reader-name bytes nil)))
-         ,(generate-reader nil)))))
-
-(defmacro integer-writer (bytes)
-  "Create a function to write integers to a binary stream."
-  (let ((bits (* 8 bytes)))
-    `(progn
-      (declaim (inline ,(integer-writer-name bytes t)
-                       ,(integer-writer-name bytes nil)))
-      (defun ,(integer-writer-name bytes nil) (socket value)
-        (declare (type stream socket)
-                 (type (unsigned-byte ,bits) value)
-                 #.*optimize*)
-        ,@(if (= bytes 1)
-              `((write-byte value socket))
-              (loop :for byte :from (1- bytes) :downto 0
-                    :collect `(write-byte (ldb (byte 8 ,(* byte 8)) value)
-                               socket)))
-        (values))
-      (defun ,(integer-writer-name bytes t) (socket value)
-        (declare (type stream socket)
-                 (type (signed-byte ,bits) value)
-                 #.*optimize*)
-        ,@(if (= bytes 1)
-              `((write-byte (ldb (byte 8 0) value) socket))
-              (loop :for byte :from (1- bytes) :downto 0
-                    :collect `(write-byte (ldb (byte 8 ,(* byte 8)) value)
-                               socket)))
-        (values)))))
-
-;; All the instances of the above that we need.
-
-(integer-reader 1)
-(integer-reader 2)
-(integer-reader 4)
-(integer-reader 8)
-
-(integer-writer 1)
-(integer-writer 2)
-(integer-writer 4)
-
-(defun write-bytes (socket bytes)
-  "Write a byte-array to a stream."
-  (declare (type stream socket)
-           (type (simple-array (unsigned-byte 8)) bytes)
-           #.*optimize*)
-  (write-sequence bytes socket))
-
-(defun write-str (socket string)
-  "Write a null-terminated string to a stream \(encoding it when UTF-8
-support is enabled.)."
-  (declare (type stream socket)
-           (type string string)
-           #.*optimize*)
-  (enc-write-string string socket)
-  (write-uint1 socket 0))
-
-(declaim (ftype (function (t unsigned-byte)
-                          (simple-array (unsigned-byte 8) (*)))
-                read-bytes))
-(defun read-bytes (socket length)
-  "Read a byte array of the given length from a stream."
-  (declare (type stream socket)
-           (type fixnum length)
-           #.*optimize*)
-  (let ((result (make-array length :element-type '(unsigned-byte 8))))
-    (read-sequence result socket)
-    result))
-
-(declaim (ftype (function (t) string) read-str))
-(defun read-str (socket)
-  "Read a null-terminated string from a stream. Takes care of encoding
-when UTF-8 support is enabled."
-  (declare (type stream socket)
-           #.*optimize*)
-  (enc-read-string socket :null-terminated t))
-
-(defun skip-bytes (socket length)
-  "Skip a given number of bytes in a binary stream."
-  (declare (type stream socket)
-           (type (unsigned-byte 32) length)
-           #.*optimize*)
-  (dotimes (i length)
-    (read-byte socket)))
-
-(defun skip-str (socket)
-  "Skip a null-terminated string."
-  (declare (type stream socket)
-           #.*optimize*)
-  (loop :for char :of-type fixnum = (read-byte socket)
-        :until (zerop char)))
-
-(defun ensure-socket-is-closed (socket &key abort)
-  (when (open-stream-p socket)
-    (handler-case
-        (close socket :abort abort)
-      (error (error)
-        (warn "Ignoring the error which happened while trying to close PostgreSQL socket: ~A" error)))))
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-common-lisp.

- -

Crystal mode

-# Features of Crystal
-# - Ruby-inspired syntax.
-# - Statically type-checked but without having to specify the type of variables or method arguments.
-# - Be able to call C code by writing bindings to it in Crystal.
-# - Have compile-time evaluation and generation of code, to avoid boilerplate code.
-# - Compile to efficient native code.
-
-# A very basic HTTP server
-require "http/server"
-
-server = HTTP::Server.new(8080) do |request|
-  HTTP::Response.ok "text/plain", "Hello world, got #{request.path}!"
-end
-
-puts "Listening on http://0.0.0.0:8080"
-server.listen
-
-module Foo
-  def initialize(@foo); end
-
-  abstract def abstract_method : String
-
-  @[AlwaysInline]
-  def with_foofoo
-    with Foo.new(self) yield
-  end
-
-  struct Foo
-    def initialize(@foo); end
-
-    def hello_world
-      @foo.abstract_method
-    end
-  end
-end
-
-class Bar
-  include Foo
-
-  @@foobar = 12345
-
-  def initialize(@bar)
-    super(@bar.not_nil! + 100)
-  end
-
-  macro alias_method(name, method)
-    def {{ name }}(*args)
-      {{ method }}(*args)
-    end
-  end
-
-  def a_method
-    "Hello, World"
-  end
-
-  alias_method abstract_method, a_method
-
-  macro def show_instance_vars : Nil
-    {% for var in @type.instance_vars %}
-      puts "@{{ var }} = #{ @{{ var }} }"
-    {% end %}
-    nil
-  end
-end
-
-class Baz < Bar; end
-
-lib LibC
-  fun c_puts = "puts"(str : Char*) : Int
-end
-
-$baz = Baz.new(100)
-$baz.show_instance_vars
-$baz.with_foofoo do
-  LibC.c_puts hello_world
-end
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-crystal.

Closure Stylesheets (GSS) mode

-/* Some example Closure Stylesheets */
-
-@provide 'some.styles';
-
-@require 'other.styles';
-
-@component {
-
-@def FONT_FAMILY           "Times New Roman", Georgia, Serif;
-@def FONT_SIZE_NORMAL      15px;
-@def FONT_NORMAL           normal FONT_SIZE_NORMAL FONT_FAMILY;
-
-@def BG_COLOR              rgb(235, 239, 249);
-
-@def DIALOG_BORDER_COLOR   rgb(107, 144, 218);
-@def DIALOG_BG_COLOR       BG_COLOR;
-
-@def LEFT_HAND_NAV_WIDTH    180px;
-@def LEFT_HAND_NAV_PADDING  3px;
-
-@defmixin size(WIDTH, HEIGHT) {
-  width: WIDTH;
-  height: HEIGHT;
-}
-
-body {
-  background-color: BG_COLOR;
-  margin: 0;
-  padding: 3em 6em;
-  font: FONT_NORMAL;
-  color: #000;
-}
-
-#navigation a {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  text-decoration: none !important;
-}
-
-.dialog {
-  background-color: DIALOG_BG_COLOR;
-  border: 1px solid DIALOG_BORDER_COLOR;
-}
-
-.content {
-  position: absolute;
-  margin-left: add(LEFT_HAND_NAV_PADDING,  /* padding left */
-                   LEFT_HAND_NAV_WIDTH,
-                   LEFT_HAND_NAV_PADDING); /* padding right */
-
-}
-
-.logo {
-  @mixin size(150px, 55px);
-  background-image: url('http://www.google.com/images/logo_sm.gif');
-}
-
-}
-

- - -

A mode for Closure Stylesheets (GSS).

MIME type defined: text/x-gss.

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

CSS mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/css, text/x-scss (demo), text/x-less (demo).

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

LESS mode

@media screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 16/9) { … }
-@media screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 1280/720) { … }
-@media screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 2560/1440) { … }
-
-html:lang(fr-be)
-
-tr:nth-child(2n+1) /* represents every odd row of an HTML table */
-
-img:nth-of-type(2n+1) { float: right; }
-img:nth-of-type(2n) { float: left; }
-
-body > h2:not(:first-of-type):not(:last-of-type)
-
-html|*:not(:link):not(:visited)
-*|*:not(:hover)
-p::first-line { text-transform: uppercase }
-
-@namespace foo url(http://www.example.com);
-foo|h1 { color: blue }  /* first rule */
-
-span[hello="Ocean"][goodbye="Land"]
-
-E[foo]{
-  padding:65px;
-}
-
-input[type="search"]::-webkit-search-decoration,
-input[type="search"]::-webkit-search-cancel-button {
-  -webkit-appearance: none; // Inner-padding issues in Chrome OSX, Safari 5
-}
-button::-moz-focus-inner,
-input::-moz-focus-inner { // Inner padding and border oddities in FF3/4
-  padding: 0;
-  border: 0;
-}
-.btn {
-  // reset here as of 2.0.3 due to Recess property order
-  border-color: #ccc;
-  border-color: rgba(0,0,0,.1) rgba(0,0,0,.1) rgba(0,0,0,.25);
-}
-fieldset span button, fieldset span input[type="file"] {
-  font-size:12px;
-	font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
-}
-
-.rounded-corners (@radius: 5px) {
-  border-radius: @radius;
-  -webkit-border-radius: @radius;
-  -moz-border-radius: @radius;
-}
-
-@import url("something.css");
-
-@light-blue:   hsl(190, 50%, 65%);
-
-#menu {
-  position: absolute;
-  width: 100%;
-  z-index: 3;
-  clear: both;
-  display: block;
-  background-color: @blue;
-  height: 42px;
-  border-top: 2px solid lighten(@alpha-blue, 20%);
-  border-bottom: 2px solid darken(@alpha-blue, 25%);
-  .box-shadow(0, 1px, 8px, 0.6);
-  -moz-box-shadow: 0 0 0 #000; // Because firefox sucks.
-
-  &.docked {
-    background-color: hsla(210, 60%, 40%, 0.4);
-  }
-  &:hover {
-    background-color: @blue;
-  }
-
-  #dropdown {
-    margin: 0 0 0 117px;
-    padding: 0;
-    padding-top: 5px;
-    display: none;
-    width: 190px;
-    border-top: 2px solid @medium;
-    color: @highlight;
-    border: 2px solid darken(@medium, 25%);
-    border-left-color: darken(@medium, 15%);
-    border-right-color: darken(@medium, 15%);
-    border-top-width: 0;
-    background-color: darken(@medium, 10%);
-    ul {
-      padding: 0px;  
-    }
-    li {
-      font-size: 14px;
-      display: block;
-      text-align: left;
-      padding: 0;
-      border: 0;
-      a {
-        display: block;
-        padding: 0px 15px;  
-        text-decoration: none;
-        color: white;  
-        &:hover {
-          background-color: darken(@medium, 15%);
-          text-decoration: none;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    .border-radius(5px, bottom);
-    .box-shadow(0, 6px, 8px, 0.5);
-  }
-}
-

- - -

The LESS mode is a sub-mode of the CSS mode (defined in css.js).

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

SCSS mode

-/* Some example SCSS */
-
-@import "compass/css3";
-$variable: #333;
-
-$blue: #3bbfce;
-$margin: 16px;
-
-.content-navigation {
-  #nested {
-    background-color: black;
-  }
-  border-color: $blue;
-  color:
-    darken($blue, 9%);
-}
-
-.border {
-  padding: $margin / 2;
-  margin: $margin / 2;
-  border-color: $blue;
-}
-
-@mixin table-base {
-  th {
-    text-align: center;
-    font-weight: bold;
-  }
-  td, th {padding: 2px}
-}
-
-table.hl {
-  margin: 2em 0;
-  td.ln {
-    text-align: right;
-  }
-}
-
-li {
-  font: {
-    family: serif;
-    weight: bold;
-    size: 1.2em;
-  }
-}
-
-@mixin left($dist) {
-  float: left;
-  margin-left: $dist;
-}
-
-#data {
-  @include left(10px);
-  @include table-base;
-}
-
-.source {
-  @include flow-into(target);
-  border: 10px solid green;
-  margin: 20px;
-  width: 200px; }
-
-.new-container {
-  @include flow-from(target);
-  border: 10px solid red;
-  margin: 20px;
-  width: 200px; }
-
-body {
-  margin: 0;
-  padding: 3em 6em;
-  font-family: tahoma, arial, sans-serif;
-  color: #000;
-}
-
-@mixin yellow() {
-  background: yellow;
-}
-
-.big {
-  font-size: 14px;
-}
-
-.nested {
-  @include border-radius(3px);
-  @extend .big;
-  p {
-    background: whitesmoke;
-    a {
-      color: red;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#navigation a {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  text-decoration: none !important;
-}
-
-h1 {
-  font-size: 2.5em;
-}
-
-h2 {
-  font-size: 1.7em;
-}
-
-h1:before, h2:before {
-  content: "::";
-}
-
-code {
-  font-family: courier, monospace;
-  font-size: 80%;
-  color: #418A8A;
-}
-

- - -

The SCSS mode is a sub-mode of the CSS mode (defined in css.js).

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

Cypher Mode for CodeMirror

- -

MIME types defined: - application/x-cypher-query -

- - -

D mode

-/* D demo code // copied from phobos/sd/metastrings.d */
-// Written in the D programming language.
-
-/**
-Templates with which to do compile-time manipulation of strings.
-
-Macros:
- WIKI = Phobos/StdMetastrings
-
-Copyright: Copyright Digital Mars 2007 - 2009.
-License:   <a href="http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt">Boost License 1.0</a>.
-Authors:   $(WEB digitalmars.com, Walter Bright),
-           Don Clugston
-Source:    $(PHOBOSSRC std/_metastrings.d)
-*/
-/*
-         Copyright Digital Mars 2007 - 2009.
-Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
-   (See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
-         http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
- */
-module std.metastrings;
-
-/**
-Formats constants into a string at compile time.  Analogous to $(XREF
-string,format).
-
-Parameters:
-
-A = tuple of constants, which can be strings, characters, or integral
-    values.
-
-Formats:
- *    The formats supported are %s for strings, and %%
- *    for the % character.
-Example:
----
-import std.metastrings;
-import std.stdio;
-
-void main()
-{
-  string s = Format!("Arg %s = %s", "foo", 27);
-  writefln(s); // "Arg foo = 27"
-}
- * ---
- */
-
-template Format(A...)
-{
-    static if (A.length == 0)
-        enum Format = "";
-    else static if (is(typeof(A[0]) : const(char)[]))
-        enum Format = FormatString!(A[0], A[1..$]);
-    else
-        enum Format = toStringNow!(A[0]) ~ Format!(A[1..$]);
-}
-
-template FormatString(const(char)[] F, A...)
-{
-    static if (F.length == 0)
-        enum FormatString = Format!(A);
-    else static if (F.length == 1)
-        enum FormatString = F[0] ~ Format!(A);
-    else static if (F[0..2] == "%s")
-        enum FormatString
-            = toStringNow!(A[0]) ~ FormatString!(F[2..$],A[1..$]);
-    else static if (F[0..2] == "%%")
-        enum FormatString = "%" ~ FormatString!(F[2..$],A);
-    else
-    {
-        static assert(F[0] != '%', "unrecognized format %" ~ F[1]);
-        enum FormatString = F[0] ~ FormatString!(F[1..$],A);
-    }
-}
-
-unittest
-{
-    auto s = Format!("hel%slo", "world", -138, 'c', true);
-    assert(s == "helworldlo-138ctrue", "[" ~ s ~ "]");
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert constant argument to a string.
- */
-
-template toStringNow(ulong v)
-{
-    static if (v < 10)
-        enum toStringNow = "" ~ cast(char)(v + '0');
-    else
-        enum toStringNow = toStringNow!(v / 10) ~ toStringNow!(v % 10);
-}
-
-unittest
-{
-    static assert(toStringNow!(1uL << 62) == "4611686018427387904");
-}
-
-/// ditto
-template toStringNow(long v)
-{
-    static if (v < 0)
-        enum toStringNow = "-" ~ toStringNow!(cast(ulong) -v);
-    else
-        enum toStringNow = toStringNow!(cast(ulong) v);
-}
-
-unittest
-{
-    static assert(toStringNow!(0x100000000) == "4294967296");
-    static assert(toStringNow!(-138L) == "-138");
-}
-
-/// ditto
-template toStringNow(uint U)
-{
-    enum toStringNow = toStringNow!(cast(ulong)U);
-}
-
-/// ditto
-template toStringNow(int I)
-{
-    enum toStringNow = toStringNow!(cast(long)I);
-}
-
-/// ditto
-template toStringNow(bool B)
-{
-    enum toStringNow = B ? "true" : "false";
-}
-
-/// ditto
-template toStringNow(string S)
-{
-    enum toStringNow = S;
-}
-
-/// ditto
-template toStringNow(char C)
-{
-    enum toStringNow = "" ~ C;
-}
-
-
-/********
- * Parse unsigned integer literal from the start of string s.
- * returns:
- *    .value = the integer literal as a string,
- *    .rest = the string following the integer literal
- * Otherwise:
- *    .value = null,
- *    .rest = s
- */
-
-template parseUinteger(const(char)[] s)
-{
-    static if (s.length == 0)
-    {
-        enum value = "";
-        enum rest = "";
-    }
-    else static if (s[0] >= '0' && s[0] <= '9')
-    {
-        enum value = s[0] ~ parseUinteger!(s[1..$]).value;
-        enum rest = parseUinteger!(s[1..$]).rest;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        enum value = "";
-        enum rest = s;
-    }
-}
-
-/********
-Parse integer literal optionally preceded by $(D '-') from the start
-of string $(D s).
-
-Returns:
-   .value = the integer literal as a string,
-   .rest = the string following the integer literal
-
-Otherwise:
-   .value = null,
-   .rest = s
-*/
-
-template parseInteger(const(char)[] s)
-{
-    static if (s.length == 0)
-    {
-        enum value = "";
-        enum rest = "";
-    }
-    else static if (s[0] >= '0' && s[0] <= '9')
-    {
-        enum value = s[0] ~ parseUinteger!(s[1..$]).value;
-        enum rest = parseUinteger!(s[1..$]).rest;
-    }
-    else static if (s.length >= 2 &&
-            s[0] == '-' && s[1] >= '0' && s[1] <= '9')
-    {
-        enum value = s[0..2] ~ parseUinteger!(s[2..$]).value;
-        enum rest = parseUinteger!(s[2..$]).rest;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        enum value = "";
-        enum rest = s;
-    }
-}
-
-unittest
-{
-    assert(parseUinteger!("1234abc").value == "1234");
-    assert(parseUinteger!("1234abc").rest == "abc");
-    assert(parseInteger!("-1234abc").value == "-1234");
-    assert(parseInteger!("-1234abc").rest == "abc");
-}
-
-/**
-Deprecated aliases held for backward compatibility.
-*/
-deprecated alias toStringNow ToString;
-/// Ditto
-deprecated alias parseUinteger ParseUinteger;
-/// Ditto
-deprecated alias parseUinteger ParseInteger;
-
-

- - - -

Simple mode that handle D-Syntax (DLang Homepage).

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-d - .

Dart mode

- - - - -

Diff mode

-diff --git a/index.html b/index.html
-index c1d9156..7764744 100644
---- a/index.html
-+++ b/index.html
-@@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ StringStream.prototype = {
-     <script>
-       var editor = CodeMirror.fromTextArea(document.getElementById("code"), {
-         lineNumbers: true,
--        autoMatchBrackets: true
-+        autoMatchBrackets: true,
-+      onGutterClick: function(x){console.log(x);}
-       });
-     </script>
-   </body>
-diff --git a/lib/codemirror.js b/lib/codemirror.js
-index 04646a9..9a39cc7 100644
---- a/lib/codemirror.js
-+++ b/lib/codemirror.js
-@@ -399,10 +399,16 @@ var CodeMirror = (function() {
-     }
- 
-     function onMouseDown(e) {
--      var start = posFromMouse(e), last = start;    
-+      var start = posFromMouse(e), last = start, target = e.target();
-       if (!start) return;
-       setCursor(start.line, start.ch, false);
-       if (e.button() != 1) return;
-+      if (target.parentNode == gutter) {    
-+        if (options.onGutterClick)
-+          options.onGutterClick(indexOf(gutter.childNodes, target) + showingFrom);
-+        return;
-+      }
-+
-       if (!focused) onFocus();
- 
-       e.stop();
-@@ -808,7 +814,7 @@ var CodeMirror = (function() {
-       for (var i = showingFrom; i < showingTo; ++i) {
-         var marker = lines[i].gutterMarker;
-         if (marker) html.push('<div class="' + marker.style + '">' + htmlEscape(marker.text) + '</div>');
--        else html.push("<div>" + (options.lineNumbers ? i + 1 : "\u00a0") + "</div>");
-+        else html.push("<div>" + (options.lineNumbers ? i + options.firstLineNumber : "\u00a0") + "</div>");
-       }
-       gutter.style.display = "none"; // TODO test whether this actually helps
-       gutter.innerHTML = html.join("");
-@@ -1371,10 +1377,8 @@ var CodeMirror = (function() {
-         if (option == "parser") setParser(value);
-         else if (option === "lineNumbers") setLineNumbers(value);
-         else if (option === "gutter") setGutter(value);
--        else if (option === "readOnly") options.readOnly = value;
--        else if (option === "indentUnit") {options.indentUnit = indentUnit = value; setParser(options.parser);}
--        else if (/^(?:enterMode|tabMode|indentWithTabs|readOnly|autoMatchBrackets|undoDepth)$/.test(option)) options[option] = value;
--        else throw new Error("Can't set option " + option);
-+        else if (option === "indentUnit") {options.indentUnit = value; setParser(options.parser);}
-+        else options[option] = value;
-       },
-       cursorCoords: cursorCoords,
-       undo: operation(undo),
-@@ -1402,7 +1406,8 @@ var CodeMirror = (function() {
-       replaceRange: operation(replaceRange),
- 
-       operation: function(f){return operation(f)();},
--      refresh: function(){updateDisplay([{from: 0, to: lines.length}]);}
-+      refresh: function(){updateDisplay([{from: 0, to: lines.length}]);},
-+      getInputField: function(){return input;}
-     };
-     return instance;
-   }
-@@ -1420,6 +1425,7 @@ var CodeMirror = (function() {
-     readOnly: false,
-     onChange: null,
-     onCursorActivity: null,
-+    onGutterClick: null,
-     autoMatchBrackets: false,
-     workTime: 200,
-     workDelay: 300,
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-diff.

- -

Django template mode

- - - - -

Mode for HTML with embedded Django template markup.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-django

Dockerfile mode

- - - -

Dockerfile syntax highlighting for CodeMirror. Depends on - the simplemode addon.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-dockerfile

DTD mode

- - -

MIME types defined: application/xml-dtd.

Dylan mode

- - -

-Module:       locators-internals
-Synopsis:     Abstract modeling of locations
-Author:       Andy Armstrong
-Copyright:    Original Code is Copyright (c) 1995-2004 Functional Objects, Inc.
-              All rights reserved.
-License:      See License.txt in this distribution for details.
-Warranty:     Distributed WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
-
-define open generic locator-server
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (server :: false-or(<server-locator>));
-define open generic locator-host
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (host :: false-or(<string>));
-define open generic locator-volume
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (volume :: false-or(<string>));
-define open generic locator-directory
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (directory :: false-or(<directory-locator>));
-define open generic locator-relative?
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (relative? :: <boolean>);
-define open generic locator-path
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (path :: <sequence>);
-define open generic locator-base
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (base :: false-or(<string>));
-define open generic locator-extension
-    (locator :: <locator>) => (extension :: false-or(<string>));
-
-/// Locator classes
-
-define open abstract class <directory-locator> (<physical-locator>)
-end class <directory-locator>;
-
-define open abstract class <file-locator> (<physical-locator>)
-end class <file-locator>;
-
-define method as
-    (class == <directory-locator>, string :: <string>)
- => (locator :: <directory-locator>)
-  as(<native-directory-locator>, string)
-end method as;
-
-define method make
-    (class == <directory-locator>,
-     #key server :: false-or(<server-locator>) = #f,
-          path :: <sequence> = #[],
-          relative? :: <boolean> = #f,
-          name :: false-or(<string>) = #f)
- => (locator :: <directory-locator>)
-  make(<native-directory-locator>,
-       server:    server,
-       path:      path,
-       relative?: relative?,
-       name:      name)
-end method make;
-
-define method as
-    (class == <file-locator>, string :: <string>)
- => (locator :: <file-locator>)
-  as(<native-file-locator>, string)
-end method as;
-
-define method make
-    (class == <file-locator>,
-     #key directory :: false-or(<directory-locator>) = #f,
-          base :: false-or(<string>) = #f,
-          extension :: false-or(<string>) = #f,
-          name :: false-or(<string>) = #f)
- => (locator :: <file-locator>)
-  make(<native-file-locator>,
-       directory: directory,
-       base:      base,
-       extension: extension,
-       name:      name)
-end method make;
-
-/// Locator coercion
-
-//---*** andrewa: This caching scheme doesn't work yet, so disable it.
-define constant $cache-locators?        = #f;
-define constant $cache-locator-strings? = #f;
-
-define constant $locator-to-string-cache = make(<object-table>, weak: #"key");
-define constant $string-to-locator-cache = make(<string-table>, weak: #"value");
-
-define open generic locator-as-string
-    (class :: subclass(<string>), locator :: <locator>)
- => (string :: <string>);
-
-define open generic string-as-locator
-    (class :: subclass(<locator>), string :: <string>)
- => (locator :: <locator>);
-
-define sealed sideways method as
-    (class :: subclass(<string>), locator :: <locator>)
- => (string :: <string>)
-  let string = element($locator-to-string-cache, locator, default: #f);
-  if (string)
-    as(class, string)
-  else
-    let string = locator-as-string(class, locator);
-    if ($cache-locator-strings?)
-      element($locator-to-string-cache, locator) := string;
-    else
-      string
-    end
-  end
-end method as;
-
-define sealed sideways method as
-    (class :: subclass(<locator>), string :: <string>)
- => (locator :: <locator>)
-  let locator = element($string-to-locator-cache, string, default: #f);
-  if (instance?(locator, class))
-    locator
-  else
-    let locator = string-as-locator(class, string);
-    if ($cache-locators?)
-      element($string-to-locator-cache, string) := locator;
-    else
-      locator
-    end
-  end
-end method as;
-
-/// Locator conditions
-
-define class <locator-error> (<format-string-condition>, <error>)
-end class <locator-error>;
-
-define function locator-error
-    (format-string :: <string>, #rest format-arguments)
-  error(make(<locator-error>, 
-             format-string:    format-string,
-             format-arguments: format-arguments))
-end function locator-error;
-
-/// Useful locator protocols
-
-define open generic locator-test
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>) => (test :: <function>);
-
-define method locator-test
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>) => (test :: <function>)
-  \=
-end method locator-test;
-
-define open generic locator-might-have-links?
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>) => (links? :: <boolean>);
-
-define method locator-might-have-links?
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>) => (links? :: singleton(#f))
-  #f
-end method locator-might-have-links?;
-
-define method locator-relative?
-    (locator :: <file-locator>) => (relative? :: <boolean>)
-  let directory = locator.locator-directory;
-  ~directory | directory.locator-relative?
-end method locator-relative?;
-
-define method current-directory-locator?
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>) => (current-directory? :: <boolean>)
-  locator.locator-relative?
-    & locator.locator-path = #[#"self"]
-end method current-directory-locator?;
-
-define method locator-directory
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>) => (parent :: false-or(<directory-locator>))
-  let path = locator.locator-path;
-  unless (empty?(path))
-    make(object-class(locator),
-         server:    locator.locator-server,
-         path:      copy-sequence(path, end: path.size - 1),
-         relative?: locator.locator-relative?)
-  end
-end method locator-directory;
-
-/// Simplify locator
-
-define open generic simplify-locator
-    (locator :: <physical-locator>)
- => (simplified-locator :: <physical-locator>);
-
-define method simplify-locator
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>)
- => (simplified-locator :: <directory-locator>)
-  let path = locator.locator-path;
-  let relative? = locator.locator-relative?;
-  let resolve-parent? = ~locator.locator-might-have-links?;
-  let simplified-path
-    = simplify-path(path, 
-                    resolve-parent?: resolve-parent?,
-                    relative?: relative?);
-  if (path ~= simplified-path)
-    make(object-class(locator),
-         server:    locator.locator-server,
-         path:      simplified-path,
-         relative?: locator.locator-relative?)
-  else
-    locator
-  end
-end method simplify-locator;
-
-define method simplify-locator
-    (locator :: <file-locator>) => (simplified-locator :: <file-locator>)
-  let directory = locator.locator-directory;
-  let simplified-directory = directory & simplify-locator(directory);
-  if (directory ~= simplified-directory)
-    make(object-class(locator),
-         directory: simplified-directory,
-         base:      locator.locator-base,
-         extension: locator.locator-extension)
-  else
-    locator
-  end
-end method simplify-locator;
-
-/// Subdirectory locator
-
-define open generic subdirectory-locator
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>, #rest sub-path)
- => (subdirectory :: <directory-locator>);
-
-define method subdirectory-locator
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>, #rest sub-path)
- => (subdirectory :: <directory-locator>)
-  let old-path = locator.locator-path;
-  let new-path = concatenate-as(<simple-object-vector>, old-path, sub-path);
-  make(object-class(locator),
-       server:    locator.locator-server,
-       path:      new-path,
-       relative?: locator.locator-relative?)
-end method subdirectory-locator;
-
-/// Relative locator
-
-define open generic relative-locator
-    (locator :: <physical-locator>, from-locator :: <physical-locator>)
- => (relative-locator :: <physical-locator>);
-
-define method relative-locator
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>, from-locator :: <directory-locator>)
- => (relative-locator :: <directory-locator>)
-  let path = locator.locator-path;
-  let from-path = from-locator.locator-path;
-  case
-    ~locator.locator-relative? & from-locator.locator-relative? =>
-      locator-error
-        ("Cannot find relative path of absolute locator %= from relative locator %=",
-         locator, from-locator);
-    locator.locator-server ~= from-locator.locator-server =>
-      locator;
-    path = from-path =>
-      make(object-class(locator),
-           path: vector(#"self"),
-           relative?: #t);
-    otherwise =>
-      make(object-class(locator),
-           path: relative-path(path, from-path, test: locator.locator-test),
-           relative?: #t);
-  end
-end method relative-locator;
-
-define method relative-locator
-    (locator :: <file-locator>, from-directory :: <directory-locator>)
- => (relative-locator :: <file-locator>)
-  let directory = locator.locator-directory;
-  let relative-directory = directory & relative-locator(directory, from-directory);
-  if (relative-directory ~= directory)
-    simplify-locator
-      (make(object-class(locator),
-            directory: relative-directory,
-            base:      locator.locator-base,
-            extension: locator.locator-extension))
-  else
-    locator
-  end
-end method relative-locator;
-
-define method relative-locator
-    (locator :: <physical-locator>, from-locator :: <file-locator>)
- => (relative-locator :: <physical-locator>)
-  let from-directory = from-locator.locator-directory;
-  case
-    from-directory =>
-      relative-locator(locator, from-directory);
-    ~locator.locator-relative? =>
-      locator-error
-        ("Cannot find relative path of absolute locator %= from relative locator %=",
-         locator, from-locator);
-    otherwise =>
-      locator;
-  end
-end method relative-locator;
-
-/// Merge locators
-
-define open generic merge-locators
-    (locator :: <physical-locator>, from-locator :: <physical-locator>)
- => (merged-locator :: <physical-locator>);
-
-/// Merge locators
-
-define method merge-locators
-    (locator :: <directory-locator>, from-locator :: <directory-locator>)
- => (merged-locator :: <directory-locator>)
-  if (locator.locator-relative?)
-    let path = concatenate(from-locator.locator-path, locator.locator-path);
-    simplify-locator
-      (make(object-class(locator),
-            server:    from-locator.locator-server,
-            path:      path,
-            relative?: from-locator.locator-relative?))
-  else
-    locator
-  end
-end method merge-locators;
-
-define method merge-locators
-    (locator :: <file-locator>, from-locator :: <directory-locator>)
- => (merged-locator :: <file-locator>)
-  let directory = locator.locator-directory;
-  let merged-directory 
-    = if (directory)
-        merge-locators(directory, from-locator)
-      else
-        simplify-locator(from-locator)
-      end;
-  if (merged-directory ~= directory)
-    make(object-class(locator),
-         directory: merged-directory,
-         base:      locator.locator-base,
-         extension: locator.locator-extension)
-  else
-    locator
-  end
-end method merge-locators;
-
-define method merge-locators
-    (locator :: <physical-locator>, from-locator :: <file-locator>)
- => (merged-locator :: <physical-locator>)
-  let from-directory = from-locator.locator-directory;
-  if (from-directory)
-    merge-locators(locator, from-directory)
-  else
-    locator
-  end
-end method merge-locators;
-
-/// Locator protocols
-
-define sideways method supports-open-locator?
-    (locator :: <file-locator>) => (openable? :: <boolean>)
-  ~locator.locator-relative?
-end method supports-open-locator?;
-
-define sideways method open-locator
-    (locator :: <file-locator>, #rest keywords, #key, #all-keys)
- => (stream :: <stream>)
-  apply(open-file-stream, locator, keywords)
-end method open-locator;
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-dylan.

EBNF Mode (bracesMode setting = "javascript")

-/* description: Parses end executes mathematical expressions. */
-
-/* lexical grammar */
-%lex
-
-%%
-\s+                   /* skip whitespace */
-[0-9]+("."[0-9]+)?\b  return 'NUMBER';
-"*"                   return '*';
-"/"                   return '/';
-"-"                   return '-';
-"+"                   return '+';
-"^"                   return '^';
-"("                   return '(';
-")"                   return ')';
-"PI"                  return 'PI';
-"E"                   return 'E';
-<<EOF>>               return 'EOF';
-
-/lex
-
-/* operator associations and precedence */
-
-%left '+' '-'
-%left '*' '/'
-%left '^'
-%left UMINUS
-
-%start expressions
-
-%% /* language grammar */
-
-expressions
-: e EOF
-{print($1); return $1;}
-;
-
-e
-: e '+' e
-{$$ = $1+$3;}
-| e '-' e
-{$$ = $1-$3;}
-| e '*' e
-{$$ = $1*$3;}
-| e '/' e
-{$$ = $1/$3;}
-| e '^' e
-{$$ = Math.pow($1, $3);}
-| '-' e %prec UMINUS
-{$$ = -$2;}
-| '(' e ')'
-{$$ = $2;}
-| NUMBER
-{$$ = Number(yytext);}
-| E
-{$$ = Math.E;}
-| PI
-{$$ = Math.PI;}
-;

- -

The EBNF Mode

Created by Robert Plummer

ECL mode

- - - -

Based on CodeMirror's clike mode. For more information see HPCC Systems web site.

MIME types defined: text/x-ecl.

- -

Eiffel mode

-note
-    description: "[
-        Project-wide universal properties.
-        This class is an ancestor to all developer-written classes.
-        ANY may be customized for individual projects or teams.
-        ]"
-
-    library: "Free implementation of ELKS library"
-    status: "See notice at end of class."
-    legal: "See notice at end of class."
-    date: "$Date: 2013-01-25 11:49:00 -0800 (Fri, 25 Jan 2013) $"
-    revision: "$Revision: 712 $"
-
-class
-    ANY
-
-feature -- Customization
-
-feature -- Access
-
-    generator: STRING
-            -- Name of current object's generating class
-            -- (base class of the type of which it is a direct instance)
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            generator_not_void: Result /= Void
-            generator_not_empty: not Result.is_empty
-        end
-
-    generating_type: TYPE [detachable like Current]
-            -- Type of current object
-            -- (type of which it is a direct instance)
-        do
-            Result := {detachable like Current}
-        ensure
-            generating_type_not_void: Result /= Void
-        end
-
-feature -- Status report
-
-    conforms_to (other: ANY): BOOLEAN
-            -- Does type of current object conform to type
-            -- of `other' (as per Eiffel: The Language, chapter 13)?
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        end
-
-    same_type (other: ANY): BOOLEAN
-            -- Is type of current object identical to type of `other'?
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            definition: Result = (conforms_to (other) and
-                                        other.conforms_to (Current))
-        end
-
-feature -- Comparison
-
-    is_equal (other: like Current): BOOLEAN
-            -- Is `other' attached to an object considered
-            -- equal to current object?
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            symmetric: Result implies other ~ Current
-            consistent: standard_is_equal (other) implies Result
-        end
-
-    frozen standard_is_equal (other: like Current): BOOLEAN
-            -- Is `other' attached to an object of the same type
-            -- as current object, and field-by-field identical to it?
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            same_type: Result implies same_type (other)
-            symmetric: Result implies other.standard_is_equal (Current)
-        end
-
-    frozen equal (a: detachable ANY; b: like a): BOOLEAN
-            -- Are `a' and `b' either both void or attached
-            -- to objects considered equal?
-        do
-            if a = Void then
-                Result := b = Void
-            else
-                Result := b /= Void and then
-                            a.is_equal (b)
-            end
-        ensure
-            definition: Result = (a = Void and b = Void) or else
-                        ((a /= Void and b /= Void) and then
-                        a.is_equal (b))
-        end
-
-    frozen standard_equal (a: detachable ANY; b: like a): BOOLEAN
-            -- Are `a' and `b' either both void or attached to
-            -- field-by-field identical objects of the same type?
-            -- Always uses default object comparison criterion.
-        do
-            if a = Void then
-                Result := b = Void
-            else
-                Result := b /= Void and then
-                            a.standard_is_equal (b)
-            end
-        ensure
-            definition: Result = (a = Void and b = Void) or else
-                        ((a /= Void and b /= Void) and then
-                        a.standard_is_equal (b))
-        end
-
-    frozen is_deep_equal (other: like Current): BOOLEAN
-            -- Are `Current' and `other' attached to isomorphic object structures?
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            shallow_implies_deep: standard_is_equal (other) implies Result
-            same_type: Result implies same_type (other)
-            symmetric: Result implies other.is_deep_equal (Current)
-        end
-
-    frozen deep_equal (a: detachable ANY; b: like a): BOOLEAN
-            -- Are `a' and `b' either both void
-            -- or attached to isomorphic object structures?
-        do
-            if a = Void then
-                Result := b = Void
-            else
-                Result := b /= Void and then a.is_deep_equal (b)
-            end
-        ensure
-            shallow_implies_deep: standard_equal (a, b) implies Result
-            both_or_none_void: (a = Void) implies (Result = (b = Void))
-            same_type: (Result and (a /= Void)) implies (b /= Void and then a.same_type (b))
-            symmetric: Result implies deep_equal (b, a)
-        end
-
-feature -- Duplication
-
-    frozen twin: like Current
-            -- New object equal to `Current'
-            -- `twin' calls `copy'; to change copying/twinning semantics, redefine `copy'.
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            twin_not_void: Result /= Void
-            is_equal: Result ~ Current
-        end
-
-    copy (other: like Current)
-            -- Update current object using fields of object attached
-            -- to `other', so as to yield equal objects.
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-            type_identity: same_type (other)
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            is_equal: Current ~ other
-        end
-
-    frozen standard_copy (other: like Current)
-            -- Copy every field of `other' onto corresponding field
-            -- of current object.
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-            type_identity: same_type (other)
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            is_standard_equal: standard_is_equal (other)
-        end
-
-    frozen clone (other: detachable ANY): like other
-            -- Void if `other' is void; otherwise new object
-            -- equal to `other'
-            --
-            -- For non-void `other', `clone' calls `copy';
-            -- to change copying/cloning semantics, redefine `copy'.
-        obsolete
-            "Use `twin' instead."
-        do
-            if other /= Void then
-                Result := other.twin
-            end
-        ensure
-            equal: Result ~ other
-        end
-
-    frozen standard_clone (other: detachable ANY): like other
-            -- Void if `other' is void; otherwise new object
-            -- field-by-field identical to `other'.
-            -- Always uses default copying semantics.
-        obsolete
-            "Use `standard_twin' instead."
-        do
-            if other /= Void then
-                Result := other.standard_twin
-            end
-        ensure
-            equal: standard_equal (Result, other)
-        end
-
-    frozen standard_twin: like Current
-            -- New object field-by-field identical to `other'.
-            -- Always uses default copying semantics.
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            standard_twin_not_void: Result /= Void
-            equal: standard_equal (Result, Current)
-        end
-
-    frozen deep_twin: like Current
-            -- New object structure recursively duplicated from Current.
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            deep_twin_not_void: Result /= Void
-            deep_equal: deep_equal (Current, Result)
-        end
-
-    frozen deep_clone (other: detachable ANY): like other
-            -- Void if `other' is void: otherwise, new object structure
-            -- recursively duplicated from the one attached to `other'
-        obsolete
-            "Use `deep_twin' instead."
-        do
-            if other /= Void then
-                Result := other.deep_twin
-            end
-        ensure
-            deep_equal: deep_equal (other, Result)
-        end
-
-    frozen deep_copy (other: like Current)
-            -- Effect equivalent to that of:
-            --      `copy' (`other' . `deep_twin')
-        require
-            other_not_void: other /= Void
-        do
-            copy (other.deep_twin)
-        ensure
-            deep_equal: deep_equal (Current, other)
-        end
-
-feature {NONE} -- Retrieval
-
-    frozen internal_correct_mismatch
-            -- Called from runtime to perform a proper dynamic dispatch on `correct_mismatch'
-            -- from MISMATCH_CORRECTOR.
-        local
-            l_msg: STRING
-            l_exc: EXCEPTIONS
-        do
-            if attached {MISMATCH_CORRECTOR} Current as l_corrector then
-                l_corrector.correct_mismatch
-            else
-                create l_msg.make_from_string ("Mismatch: ")
-                create l_exc
-                l_msg.append (generating_type.name)
-                l_exc.raise_retrieval_exception (l_msg)
-            end
-        end
-
-feature -- Output
-
-    io: STD_FILES
-            -- Handle to standard file setup
-        once
-            create Result
-            Result.set_output_default
-        ensure
-            io_not_void: Result /= Void
-        end
-
-    out: STRING
-            -- New string containing terse printable representation
-            -- of current object
-        do
-            Result := tagged_out
-        ensure
-            out_not_void: Result /= Void
-        end
-
-    frozen tagged_out: STRING
-            -- New string containing terse printable representation
-            -- of current object
-        external
-            "built_in"
-        ensure
-            tagged_out_not_void: Result /= Void
-        end
-
-    print (o: detachable ANY)
-            -- Write terse external representation of `o'
-            -- on standard output.
-        do
-            if o /= Void then
-                io.put_string (o.out)
-            end
-        end
-
-feature -- Platform
-
-    Operating_environment: OPERATING_ENVIRONMENT
-            -- Objects available from the operating system
-        once
-            create Result
-        ensure
-            operating_environment_not_void: Result /= Void
-        end
-
-feature {NONE} -- Initialization
-
-    default_create
-            -- Process instances of classes with no creation clause.
-            -- (Default: do nothing.)
-        do
-        end
-
-feature -- Basic operations
-
-    default_rescue
-            -- Process exception for routines with no Rescue clause.
-            -- (Default: do nothing.)
-        do
-        end
-
-    frozen do_nothing
-            -- Execute a null action.
-        do
-        end
-
-    frozen default: detachable like Current
-            -- Default value of object's type
-        do
-        end
-
-    frozen default_pointer: POINTER
-            -- Default value of type `POINTER'
-            -- (Avoid the need to write `p'.`default' for
-            -- some `p' of type `POINTER'.)
-        do
-        ensure
-            -- Result = Result.default
-        end
-
-    frozen as_attached: attached like Current
-            -- Attached version of Current
-            -- (Can be used during transitional period to convert
-            -- non-void-safe classes to void-safe ones.)
-        do
-            Result := Current
-        end
-
-invariant
-    reflexive_equality: standard_is_equal (Current)
-    reflexive_conformance: conforms_to (Current)
-
-note
-    copyright: "Copyright (c) 1984-2012, Eiffel Software and others"
-    license:   "Eiffel Forum License v2 (see http://www.eiffel.com/licensing/forum.txt)"
-    source: "[
-            Eiffel Software
-            5949 Hollister Ave., Goleta, CA 93117 USA
-            Telephone 805-685-1006, Fax 805-685-6869
-            Website http://www.eiffel.com
-            Customer support http://support.eiffel.com
-        ]"
-
-end
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-eiffel.

- -

Created by YNH.

Elm mode

- -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-elm.

Erlang mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-erlang.

- -

Factor mode

- - - - -

Simple mode that handles Factor Syntax (Factor on WikiPedia).

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-factor.

- -

FCL mode

-  FUNCTION_BLOCK Fuzzy_FB
-      VAR_INPUT
-          TimeDay : REAL; (* RANGE(0 .. 23) *)
-          ApplicateHost: REAL;
-          TimeConfiguration: REAL;
-          TimeRequirements: REAL;
-      END_VAR
-
-      VAR_OUTPUT
-          ProbabilityDistribution: REAL;
-          ProbabilityAccess: REAL;
-      END_VAR
-
-      FUZZIFY TimeDay
-          TERM inside := (0, 0) (8, 1) (22,0);
-          TERM outside := (0, 1) (8, 0) (22, 1);
-      END_FUZZIFY
-
-      FUZZIFY ApplicateHost
-          TERM few := (0, 1) (100, 0) (200, 0);
-          TERM many := (0, 0) (100, 0) (200, 1);
-      END_FUZZIFY
-
-      FUZZIFY TimeConfiguration
-          TERM recently := (0, 1) (30, 1) (120, 0);
-          TERM long := (0, 0) (30, 0) (120, 1);
-      END_FUZZIFY
-
-      FUZZIFY TimeRequirements
-          TERM recently := (0, 1) (30, 1) (365, 0);
-          TERM long := (0, 0) (30, 0) (365, 1);
-      END_FUZZIFY
-
-      DEFUZZIFY ProbabilityAccess
-          TERM hight := 1;
-          TERM medium := 0.5;
-          TERM low := 0;
-          ACCU: MAX;
-          METHOD: COGS;
-          DEFAULT := 0;
-      END_DEFUZZIFY
-
-      DEFUZZIFY ProbabilityDistribution
-          TERM hight := 1;
-          TERM medium := 0.5;
-          TERM low := 0;
-          ACCU: MAX;
-          METHOD: COGS;
-          DEFAULT := 0;
-      END_DEFUZZIFY
-
-      RULEBLOCK No1
-          AND : MIN;
-          RULE 1 : IF TimeDay IS outside AND ApplicateHost IS few THEN ProbabilityAccess IS hight;
-          RULE 2 : IF ApplicateHost IS many THEN ProbabilityAccess IS hight;
-          RULE 3 : IF TimeDay IS inside AND ApplicateHost IS few THEN ProbabilityAccess IS low;
-      END_RULEBLOCK
-
-      RULEBLOCK No2
-          AND : MIN;
-          RULE 1 : IF ApplicateHost IS many THEN ProbabilityDistribution IS hight;
-      END_RULEBLOCK
-
-  END_FUNCTION_BLOCK
-

- - - -

MIME type: text/x-fcl

- -

Forth mode

- - - - - -

Simple mode that handle Forth-Syntax (Forth on WikiPedia).

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-forth.

- -

Fortran mode

- - -

-! Example Fortran code
-  program average
-
-  ! Read in some numbers and take the average
-  ! As written, if there are no data points, an average of zero is returned
-  ! While this may not be desired behavior, it keeps this example simple
-
-  implicit none
-
-  real, dimension(:), allocatable :: points
-  integer                         :: number_of_points
-  real                            :: average_points=0., positive_average=0., negative_average=0.
-
-  write (*,*) "Input number of points to average:"
-  read  (*,*) number_of_points
-
-  allocate (points(number_of_points))
-
-  write (*,*) "Enter the points to average:"
-  read  (*,*) points
-
-  ! Take the average by summing points and dividing by number_of_points
-  if (number_of_points > 0) average_points = sum(points) / number_of_points
-
-  ! Now form average over positive and negative points only
-  if (count(points > 0.) > 0) then
-     positive_average = sum(points, points > 0.) / count(points > 0.)
-  end if
-
-  if (count(points < 0.) > 0) then
-     negative_average = sum(points, points < 0.) / count(points < 0.)
-  end if
-
-  deallocate (points)
-
-  ! Print result to terminal
-  write (*,'(a,g12.4)') 'Average = ', average_points
-  write (*,'(a,g12.4)') 'Average of positive points = ', positive_average
-  write (*,'(a,g12.4)') 'Average of negative points = ', negative_average
-
-  end program average
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-fortran.

Gas mode

- - - - -

Handles AT&T assembler syntax (more specifically this handles - the GNU Assembler (gas) syntax.) - It takes a single optional configuration parameter: - architecture, which can be one of "ARM", - "ARMv6" or "x86". - Including the parameter adds syntax for the registers and special - directives for the supplied architecture. - -

MIME types defined: text/x-gas

GFM mode

- - - -

Optionally depends on other modes for properly highlighted code blocks.

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

Gherkin mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-feature.

- -

Go mode

- - - -

MIME type: text/x-go

Groovy mode

-//Pattern for groovy script
-def p = ~/.*\.groovy/
-new File( 'd:\\scripts' ).eachFileMatch(p) {f ->
-  // imports list
-  def imports = []
-  f.eachLine {
-    // condition to detect an import instruction
-    ln -> if ( ln =~ '^import .*' ) {
-      imports << "${ln - 'import '}"
-    }
-  }
-  // print thmen
-  if ( ! imports.empty ) {
-    println f
-    imports.each{ println "   $it" }
-  }
-}
-
-/* Coin changer demo code from http://groovy.codehaus.org */
-
-enum UsCoin {
-  quarter(25), dime(10), nickel(5), penny(1)
-  UsCoin(v) { value = v }
-  final value
-}
-
-enum OzzieCoin {
-  fifty(50), twenty(20), ten(10), five(5)
-  OzzieCoin(v) { value = v }
-  final value
-}
-
-def plural(word, count) {
-  if (count == 1) return word
-  word[-1] == 'y' ? word[0..-2] + "ies" : word + "s"
-}
-
-def change(currency, amount) {
-  currency.values().inject([]){ list, coin ->
-     int count = amount / coin.value
-     amount = amount % coin.value
-     list += "$count ${plural(coin.toString(), count)}"
-  }
-}
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-groovy

HAML mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-haml.

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

Handlebars

- - - -

Handlebars syntax highlighting for CodeMirror.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-handlebars-template

- -

Supported options: base to set the mode to - wrap. For example, use

mode: {name: "handlebars", base: "text/html"}

to highlight an HTML template.

Haskell literate mode

-> {-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-}
-> {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-do-bind #-}
-> import Control.Applicative ((<$>), (<*>))
-> import Data.Maybe (isJust)
-
-> import Data.Text (Text)
-> import Text.Blaze ((!))
-> import qualified Data.Text as T
-> import qualified Happstack.Server as Happstack
-> import qualified Text.Blaze.Html5 as H
-> import qualified Text.Blaze.Html5.Attributes as A
-
-> import Text.Digestive
-> import Text.Digestive.Blaze.Html5
-> import Text.Digestive.Happstack
-> import Text.Digestive.Util
-
-Simple forms and validation
----------------------------
-
-Let's start by creating a very simple datatype to represent a user:
-
-> data User = User
->     { userName :: Text
->     , userMail :: Text
->     } deriving (Show)
-
-And dive in immediately to create a `Form` for a user. The `Form v m a` type
-has three parameters:
-
-- `v`: the type for messages and errors (usually a `String`-like type, `Text` in
-  this case);
-- `m`: the monad we are operating in, not specified here;
-- `a`: the return type of the `Form`, in this case, this is obviously `User`.
-
-> userForm :: Monad m => Form Text m User
-
-We create forms by using the `Applicative` interface. A few form types are
-provided in the `Text.Digestive.Form` module, such as `text`, `string`,
-`bool`...
-
-In the `digestive-functors` library, the developer is required to label each
-field using the `.:` operator. This might look like a bit of a burden, but it
-allows you to do some really useful stuff, like separating the `Form` from the
-actual HTML layout.
-
-> userForm = User
->     <$> "name" .: text Nothing
->     <*> "mail" .: check "Not a valid email address" checkEmail (text Nothing)
-
-The `check` function enables you to validate the result of a form. For example,
-we can validate the email address with a really naive `checkEmail` function.
-
-> checkEmail :: Text -> Bool
-> checkEmail = isJust . T.find (== '@')
-
-More validation
----------------
-
-For our example, we also want descriptions of Haskell libraries, and in order to
-do that, we need package versions...
-
-> type Version = [Int]
-
-We want to let the user input a version number such as `0.1.0.0`. This means we
-need to validate if the input `Text` is of this form, and then we need to parse
-it to a `Version` type. Fortunately, we can do this in a single function:
-`validate` allows conversion between values, which can optionally fail.
-
-`readMaybe :: Read a => String -> Maybe a` is a utility function imported from
-`Text.Digestive.Util`.
-
-> validateVersion :: Text -> Result Text Version
-> validateVersion = maybe (Error "Cannot parse version") Success .
->     mapM (readMaybe . T.unpack) . T.split (== '.')
-
-A quick test in GHCi:
-
-    ghci> validateVersion (T.pack "0.3.2.1")
-    Success [0,3,2,1]
-    ghci> validateVersion (T.pack "0.oops")
-    Error "Cannot parse version"
-
-It works! This means we can now easily add a `Package` type and a `Form` for it:
-
-> data Category = Web | Text | Math
->     deriving (Bounded, Enum, Eq, Show)
-
-> data Package = Package Text Version Category
->     deriving (Show)
-
-> packageForm :: Monad m => Form Text m Package
-> packageForm = Package
->     <$> "name"     .: text Nothing
->     <*> "version"  .: validate validateVersion (text (Just "0.0.0.1"))
->     <*> "category" .: choice categories Nothing
->   where
->     categories = [(x, T.pack (show x)) | x <- [minBound .. maxBound]]
-
-Composing forms
----------------
-
-A release has an author and a package. Let's use this to illustrate the
-composability of the digestive-functors library: we can reuse the forms we have
-written earlier on.
-
-> data Release = Release User Package
->     deriving (Show)
-
-> releaseForm :: Monad m => Form Text m Release
-> releaseForm = Release
->     <$> "author"  .: userForm
->     <*> "package" .: packageForm
-
-Views
------
-
-As mentioned before, one of the advantages of using digestive-functors is
-separation of forms and their actual HTML layout. In order to do this, we have
-another type, `View`.
-
-We can get a `View` from a `Form` by supplying input. A `View` contains more
-information than a `Form`, it has:
-
-- the original form;
-- the input given by the user;
-- any errors that have occurred.
-
-It is this view that we convert to HTML. For this tutorial, we use the
-[blaze-html] library, and some helpers from the `digestive-functors-blaze`
-library.
-
-[blaze-html]: http://jaspervdj.be/blaze/
-
-Let's write a view for the `User` form. As you can see, we here refer to the
-different fields in the `userForm`. The `errorList` will generate a list of
-errors for the `"mail"` field.
-
-> userView :: View H.Html -> H.Html
-> userView view = do
->     label     "name" view "Name: "
->     inputText "name" view
->     H.br
->
->     errorList "mail" view
->     label     "mail" view "Email address: "
->     inputText "mail" view
->     H.br
-
-Like forms, views are also composable: let's illustrate that by adding a view
-for the `releaseForm`, in which we reuse `userView`. In order to do this, we
-take only the parts relevant to the author from the view by using `subView`. We
-can then pass the resulting view to our own `userView`.
-We have no special view code for `Package`, so we can just add that to
-`releaseView` as well. `childErrorList` will generate a list of errors for each
-child of the specified form. In this case, this means a list of errors from
-`"package.name"` and `"package.version"`. Note how we use `foo.bar` to refer to
-nested forms.
-
-> releaseView :: View H.Html -> H.Html
-> releaseView view = do
->     H.h2 "Author"
->     userView $ subView "author" view
->
->     H.h2 "Package"
->     childErrorList "package" view
->
->     label     "package.name" view "Name: "
->     inputText "package.name" view
->     H.br
->
->     label     "package.version" view "Version: "
->     inputText "package.version" view
->     H.br
->
->     label       "package.category" view "Category: "
->     inputSelect "package.category" view
->     H.br
-
-The attentive reader might have wondered what the type parameter for `View` is:
-it is the `String`-like type used for e.g. error messages.
-But wait! We have
-    releaseForm :: Monad m => Form Text m Release
-    releaseView :: View H.Html -> H.Html
-... doesn't this mean that we need a `View Text` rather than a `View Html`?  The
-answer is yes -- but having `View Html` allows us to write these views more
-easily with the `digestive-functors-blaze` library. Fortunately, we will be able
-to fix this using the `Functor` instance of `View`.
-    fmap :: Monad m => (v -> w) -> View v -> View w
-A backend
----------
-To finish this tutorial, we need to be able to actually run this code. We need
-an HTTP server for that, and we use [Happstack] for this tutorial. The
-`digestive-functors-happstack` library gives about everything we need for this.
-[Happstack]: http://happstack.com/
-
-> site :: Happstack.ServerPart Happstack.Response
-> site = do
->     Happstack.decodeBody $ Happstack.defaultBodyPolicy "/tmp" 4096 4096 4096
->     r <- runForm "test" releaseForm
->     case r of
->         (view, Nothing) -> do
->             let view' = fmap H.toHtml view
->             Happstack.ok $ Happstack.toResponse $
->                 template $
->                     form view' "/" $ do
->                         releaseView view'
->                         H.br
->                         inputSubmit "Submit"
->         (_, Just release) -> Happstack.ok $ Happstack.toResponse $
->             template $ do
->                 css
->                 H.h1 "Release received"
->                 H.p $ H.toHtml $ show release
->
-> main :: IO ()
-> main = Happstack.simpleHTTP Happstack.nullConf site
-
-Utilities
----------
-
-> template :: H.Html -> H.Html
-> template body = H.docTypeHtml $ do
->     H.head $ do
->         H.title "digestive-functors tutorial"
->         css
->     H.body body
-> css :: H.Html
-> css = H.style ! A.type_ "text/css" $ do
->     "label {width: 130px; float: left; clear: both}"
->     "ul.digestive-functors-error-list {"
->     "    color: red;"
->     "    list-style-type: none;"
->     "    padding-left: 0px;"
->     "}"
-

- -

MIME types - defined: text/x-literate-haskell.

- -

Parser configuration parameters recognized: base to - set the base mode (defaults to "haskell").

- - - -

Haskell mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-haskell.

Haxe mode

- - -

-import one.two.Three; - -@attr("test") -class Foo<T> extends Three -{ - public function new() - { - noFoo = 12; - } - - public static inline function doFoo(obj:{k:Int, l:Float}):Int - { - for(i in 0...10) - { - obj.k++; - trace(i); - var var1 = new Array(); - if(var1.length > 1) - throw "Error"; - } - // The following line should not be colored, the variable is scoped out - var1; - /* Multi line - * Comment test - */ - return obj.k; - } - private function bar():Void - { - #if flash - var t1:String = "1.21"; - #end - try { - doFoo({k:3, l:1.2}); - } - catch (e : String) { - trace(e); - } - var t2:Float = cast(3.2); - var t3:haxe.Timer = new haxe.Timer(); - var t4 = {k:Std.int(t2), l:Std.parseFloat(t1)}; - var t5 = ~/123+.*$/i; - doFoo(t4); - untyped t1 = 4; - bob = new Foo<Int> - } - public var okFoo(default, never):Float; - var noFoo(getFoo, null):Int; - function getFoo():Int { - return noFoo; - } - - public var three:Int; -} -enum Color -{ - red; - green; - blue; - grey( v : Int ); - rgb (r:Int,g:Int,b:Int); -} -

- -

Hxml mode:

- -

--cp test --js path/to/file.js -#-remap nme:flash ---next --D source-map-content --cmd 'test' --lib lime -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-haxe, text/x-hxml.

Html Embedded Scripts mode

- - - - -

Mode for html embedded scripts like JSP and ASP.NET. Depends on multiplex and HtmlMixed which in turn depends on - JavaScript, CSS and XML.
Other dependencies include those of the scripting language chosen.

- -

MIME types defined: application/x-aspx (ASP.NET), - application/x-ejs (Embedded Javascript), application/x-jsp (JavaServer Pages) - and application/x-erb

HTML mixed mode

- - - -

The HTML mixed mode depends on the XML, JavaScript, and CSS modes.

- -

It takes an optional mode configuration - option, scriptTypes, which can be used to add custom - behavior for specific <script type="..."> tags. If - given, it should hold an array of {matches, mode} - objects, where matches is a string or regexp that - matches the script type, and mode is - either null, for script types that should stay in - HTML mode, or a mode - spec corresponding to the mode that should be used for the - script.

- -

MIME types defined: text/html - (redefined, only takes effect if you load this parser after the - XML parser).

- -

HTTP mode

- - -

- - - -

MIME types defined: message/http.

IDL mode

- -

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-idl.

- -

Language modes

- -

This is a list of every mode in the distribution. Each mode lives -in a subdirectory of the mode/ directory, and typically -defines a single JavaScript file that implements the mode. Loading -such file will make the language available to CodeMirror, through -the mode -option.

- -

JavaScript mode

- - -

-// Demo code (the actual new parser character stream implementation)
-
-function StringStream(string) {
-  this.pos = 0;
-  this.string = string;
-}
-
-StringStream.prototype = {
-  done: function() {return this.pos >= this.string.length;},
-  peek: function() {return this.string.charAt(this.pos);},
-  next: function() {
-    if (this.pos < this.string.length)
-      return this.string.charAt(this.pos++);
-  },
-  eat: function(match) {
-    var ch = this.string.charAt(this.pos);
-    if (typeof match == "string") var ok = ch == match;
-    else var ok = ch && match.test ? match.test(ch) : match(ch);
-    if (ok) {this.pos++; return ch;}
-  },
-  eatWhile: function(match) {
-    var start = this.pos;
-    while (this.eat(match));
-    if (this.pos > start) return this.string.slice(start, this.pos);
-  },
-  backUp: function(n) {this.pos -= n;},
-  column: function() {return this.pos;},
-  eatSpace: function() {
-    var start = this.pos;
-    while (/\s/.test(this.string.charAt(this.pos))) this.pos++;
-    return this.pos - start;
-  },
-  match: function(pattern, consume, caseInsensitive) {
-    if (typeof pattern == "string") {
-      function cased(str) {return caseInsensitive ? str.toLowerCase() : str;}
-      if (cased(this.string).indexOf(cased(pattern), this.pos) == this.pos) {
-        if (consume !== false) this.pos += str.length;
-        return true;
-      }
-    }
-    else {
-      var match = this.string.slice(this.pos).match(pattern);
-      if (match && consume !== false) this.pos += match[0].length;
-      return match;
-    }
-  }
-};
-

- - - -

- JavaScript mode supports several configuration options: -

json which will set the mode to expect JSON - data rather than a JavaScript program.
jsonld which will set the mode to expect - JSON-LD linked data rather - than a JavaScript program (demo).
typescript which will activate additional - syntax highlighting and some other things for TypeScript code - (demo).
statementIndent which (given a number) will - determine the amount of indentation to use for statements - continued on a new line.
wordCharacters, a regexp that indicates which - characters should be considered part of an identifier. - Defaults to /[\w$]/, which does not handle - non-ASCII identifiers. Can be set to something more elaborate - to improve Unicode support.

- -

MIME types defined: text/javascript, application/json, application/ld+json, text/typescript, application/typescript.

JSON-LD mode

- - -

- - - -

This is a specialization of the JavaScript mode.

TypeScript mode

- - -

- - - -

This is a specialization of the JavaScript mode.

Jinja2 mode

- - -

JSX mode

- -

// Code snippets from http://facebook.github.io/react/docs/jsx-in-depth.html
-
-// Rendering HTML tags
-var myDivElement = <div className="foo" />;
-ReactDOM.render(myDivElement, document.getElementById('example'));
-
-// Rendering React components
-var MyComponent = React.createClass({/*...*/});
-var myElement = <MyComponent someProperty={true} />;
-ReactDOM.render(myElement, document.getElementById('example'));
-
-// Namespaced components
-var Form = MyFormComponent;
-
-var App = (
-  <Form>
-    <Form.Row>
-      <Form.Label />
-      <Form.Input />
-    </Form.Row>
-  </Form>
-);
-
-// Attribute JavaScript expressions
-var person = <Person name={window.isLoggedIn ? window.name : ''} />;
-
-// Boolean attributes
-<input type="button" disabled />;
-<input type="button" disabled={true} />;
-
-// Child JavaScript expressions
-var content = <Container>{window.isLoggedIn ? <Nav /> : <Login />}</Container>;
-
-// Comments
-var content = (
-  <Nav>
-    {/* child comment, put {} around */}
-    <Person
-      /* multi
-         line
-         comment */
-      name={window.isLoggedIn ? window.name : ''} // end of line comment
-    />
-  </Nav>
-);
-

- - - -

JSX Mode for React's -JavaScript syntax extension.

- -

MIME types defined: text/jsx, text/typescript-jsx.

- -

Julia mode

- -

-#numbers
-1234
-1234im
-.234
-.234im
-2.23im
-2.3f3
-23e2
-0x234
-
-#strings
-'a'
-"asdf"
-r"regex"
-b"bytestring"
-
-"""
-multiline string
-"""
-
-#identifiers
-a
-as123
-function_name!
-
-#unicode identifiers
-# a = x\ddot
-a⃗ = ẍ
-# a = v\dot
-a⃗ = v̇
-#F\vec = m \cdotp a\vec
-F⃗ = m·a⃗
-
-#literal identifier multiples
-3x
-4[1, 2, 3]
-
-#dicts and indexing
-x=[1, 2, 3]
-x[end-1]
-x={"julia"=>"language of technical computing"}
-
-
-#exception handling
-try
-  f()
-catch
-  @printf "Error"
-finally
-  g()
-end
-
-#types
-immutable Color{T<:Number}
-  r::T
-  g::T
-  b::T
-end
-
-#functions
-function change!(x::Vector{Float64})
-  for i = 1:length(x)
-    x[i] *= 2
-  end
-end
-
-#function invocation
-f('b', (2, 3)...)
-
-#operators
-|=
-&=
-^=
-\-
-%=
-*=
-+=
--=
-<=
->=
-!=
-==
-%
-*
-+
--
-<
->
-!
-=
-|
-&
-^
-\
-?
-~
-:
-$
-<:
-.<
-.>
-<<
-<<=
->>
->>>>
->>=
->>>=
-<<=
-<<<=
-.<=
-.>=
-.==
-->
-//
-in
-...
-//
-:=
-.//=
-.*=
-./=
-.^=
-.%=
-.+=
-.-=
-\=
-\\=
-||
-===
-&&
-|=
-.|=
-<:
->:
-|>
-<|
-::
-x ? y : z
-
-#macros
-@spawnat 2 1+1
-@eval(:x)
-
-#keywords and operators
-if else elseif while for
- begin let end do
-try catch finally return break continue
-global local const 
-export import importall using
-function macro module baremodule 
-type immutable quote
-true false enumerate
-
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-julia.

LiveScript mode

-# LiveScript mode for CodeMirror
-# The following script, prelude.ls, is used to
-# demonstrate LiveScript mode for CodeMirror.
-#   https://github.com/gkz/prelude-ls
-
-export objToFunc = objToFunc = (obj) ->
-  (key) -> obj[key]
-
-export each = (f, xs) -->
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for , x of xs then f x
-  else
-    for x in xs then f x
-  xs
-
-export map = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  type = typeof! xs
-  if type is \Object
-    {[key, f x] for key, x of xs}
-  else
-    result = [f x for x in xs]
-    if type is \String then result * '' else result
-
-export filter = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  type = typeof! xs
-  if type is \Object
-    {[key, x] for key, x of xs when f x}
-  else
-    result = [x for x in xs when f x]
-    if type is \String then result * '' else result
-
-export reject = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  type = typeof! xs
-  if type is \Object
-    {[key, x] for key, x of xs when not f x}
-  else
-    result = [x for x in xs when not f x]
-    if type is \String then result * '' else result
-
-export partition = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  type = typeof! xs
-  if type is \Object
-    passed = {}
-    failed = {}
-    for key, x of xs
-      (if f x then passed else failed)[key] = x
-  else
-    passed = []
-    failed = []
-    for x in xs
-      (if f x then passed else failed)push x
-    if type is \String
-      passed *= ''
-      failed *= ''
-  [passed, failed]
-
-export find = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for , x of xs when f x then return x
-  else
-    for x in xs when f x then return x
-  void
-
-export head = export first = (xs) ->
-  return void if not xs.length
-  xs.0
-
-export tail = (xs) ->
-  return void if not xs.length
-  xs.slice 1
-
-export last = (xs) ->
-  return void if not xs.length
-  xs[*-1]
-
-export initial = (xs) ->
-  return void if not xs.length
-  xs.slice 0 xs.length - 1
-
-export empty = (xs) ->
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for x of xs then return false
-    return yes
-  not xs.length
-
-export values = (obj) ->
-  [x for , x of obj]
-
-export keys = (obj) ->
-  [x for x of obj]
-
-export len = (xs) ->
-  xs = values xs if typeof! xs is \Object
-  xs.length
-
-export cons = (x, xs) -->
-  if typeof! xs is \String then x + xs else [x] ++ xs
-
-export append = (xs, ys) -->
-  if typeof! ys is \String then xs + ys else xs ++ ys
-
-export join = (sep, xs) -->
-  xs = values xs if typeof! xs is \Object
-  xs.join sep
-
-export reverse = (xs) ->
-  if typeof! xs is \String
-  then (xs / '')reverse! * ''
-  else xs.slice!reverse!
-
-export fold = export foldl = (f, memo, xs) -->
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for , x of xs then memo = f memo, x
-  else
-    for x in xs then memo = f memo, x
-  memo
-
-export fold1 = export foldl1 = (f, xs) --> fold f, xs.0, xs.slice 1
-
-export foldr = (f, memo, xs) --> fold f, memo, xs.slice!reverse!
-
-export foldr1 = (f, xs) -->
-  xs.=slice!reverse!
-  fold f, xs.0, xs.slice 1
-
-export unfoldr = export unfold = (f, b) -->
-  if (f b)?
-    [that.0] ++ unfoldr f, that.1
-  else
-    []
-
-export andList = (xs) ->
-  for x in xs when not x
-    return false
-  true
-
-export orList = (xs) ->
-  for x in xs when x
-    return true
-  false
-
-export any = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  for x in xs when f x
-    return yes
-  no
-
-export all = (f, xs) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  for x in xs when not f x
-    return no
-  yes
-
-export unique = (xs) ->
-  result = []
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for , x of xs when x not in result then result.push x
-  else
-    for x   in xs when x not in result then result.push x
-  if typeof! xs is \String then result * '' else result
-
-export sort = (xs) ->
-  xs.concat!sort (x, y) ->
-    | x > y =>  1
-    | x < y => -1
-    | _     =>  0
-
-export sortBy = (f, xs) -->
-  return [] unless xs.length
-  xs.concat!sort f
-
-export compare = (f, x, y) -->
-  | (f x) > (f y) =>  1
-  | (f x) < (f y) => -1
-  | otherwise     =>  0
-
-export sum = (xs) ->
-  result = 0
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for , x of xs then result += x
-  else
-    for x   in xs then result += x
-  result
-
-export product = (xs) ->
-  result = 1
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-    for , x of xs then result *= x
-  else
-    for x   in xs then result *= x
-  result
-
-export mean = export average = (xs) -> (sum xs) / len xs
-
-export concat = (xss) -> fold append, [], xss
-
-export concatMap = (f, xs) --> fold ((memo, x) -> append memo, f x), [], xs
-
-export listToObj = (xs) ->
-  {[x.0, x.1] for x in xs}
-
-export maximum = (xs) -> fold1 (>?), xs
-
-export minimum = (xs) -> fold1 (<?), xs
-
-export scan = export scanl = (f, memo, xs) -->
-  last = memo
-  if typeof! xs is \Object
-  then [memo] ++ [last = f last, x for , x of xs]
-  else [memo] ++ [last = f last, x for x in xs]
-
-export scan1 = export scanl1 = (f, xs) --> scan f, xs.0, xs.slice 1
-
-export scanr = (f, memo, xs) -->
-  xs.=slice!reverse!
-  scan f, memo, xs .reverse!
-
-export scanr1 = (f, xs) -->
-  xs.=slice!reverse!
-  scan f, xs.0, xs.slice 1 .reverse!
-
-export replicate = (n, x) -->
-  result = []
-  i = 0
-  while i < n, ++i then result.push x
-  result
-
-export take = (n, xs) -->
-  | n <= 0
-    if typeof! xs is \String then '' else []
-  | not xs.length => xs
-  | otherwise     => xs.slice 0, n
-
-export drop = (n, xs) -->
-  | n <= 0        => xs
-  | not xs.length => xs
-  | otherwise     => xs.slice n
-
-export splitAt = (n, xs) --> [(take n, xs), (drop n, xs)]
-
-export takeWhile = (p, xs) -->
-  return xs if not xs.length
-  p = objToFunc p if typeof! p isnt \Function
-  result = []
-  for x in xs
-    break if not p x
-    result.push x
-  if typeof! xs is \String then result * '' else result
-
-export dropWhile = (p, xs) -->
-  return xs if not xs.length
-  p = objToFunc p if typeof! p isnt \Function
-  i = 0
-  for x in xs
-    break if not p x
-    ++i
-  drop i, xs
-
-export span = (p, xs) --> [(takeWhile p, xs), (dropWhile p, xs)]
-
-export breakIt = (p, xs) --> span (not) << p, xs
-
-export zip = (xs, ys) -->
-  result = []
-  for zs, i in [xs, ys]
-    for z, j in zs
-      result.push [] if i is 0
-      result[j]?push z
-  result
-
-export zipWith = (f,xs, ys) -->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  if not xs.length or not ys.length
-    []
-  else
-    [f.apply this, zs for zs in zip.call this, xs, ys]
-
-export zipAll = (...xss) ->
-  result = []
-  for xs, i in xss
-    for x, j in xs
-      result.push [] if i is 0
-      result[j]?push x
-  result
-
-export zipAllWith = (f, ...xss) ->
-  f = objToFunc f if typeof! f isnt \Function
-  if not xss.0.length or not xss.1.length
-    []
-  else
-    [f.apply this, xs for xs in zipAll.apply this, xss]
-
-export compose = (...funcs) ->
-  ->
-    args = arguments
-    for f in funcs
-      args = [f.apply this, args]
-    args.0
-
-export curry = (f) ->
-  curry$ f # using util method curry$ from livescript
-
-export id = (x) -> x
-
-export flip = (f, x, y) --> f y, x
-
-export fix = (f) ->
-  ( (g, x) -> -> f(g g) ...arguments ) do
-    (g, x) -> -> f(g g) ...arguments
-
-export lines = (str) ->
-  return [] if not str.length
-  str / \\n
-
-export unlines = (strs) -> strs * \\n
-
-export words = (str) ->
-  return [] if not str.length
-  str / /[ ]+/
-
-export unwords = (strs) -> strs * ' '
-
-export max = (>?)
-
-export min = (<?)
-
-export negate = (x) -> -x
-
-export abs = Math.abs
-
-export signum = (x) ->
-  | x < 0     => -1
-  | x > 0     =>  1
-  | otherwise =>  0
-
-export quot = (x, y) --> ~~(x / y)
-
-export rem = (%)
-
-export div = (x, y) --> Math.floor x / y
-
-export mod = (%%)
-
-export recip = (1 /)
-
-export pi = Math.PI
-
-export tau = pi * 2
-
-export exp = Math.exp
-
-export sqrt = Math.sqrt
-
-# changed from log as log is a
-# common function for logging things
-export ln = Math.log
-
-export pow = (^)
-
-export sin = Math.sin
-
-export tan = Math.tan
-
-export cos = Math.cos
-
-export asin = Math.asin
-
-export acos = Math.acos
-
-export atan = Math.atan
-
-export atan2 = (x, y) --> Math.atan2 x, y
-
-# sinh
-# tanh
-# cosh
-# asinh
-# atanh
-# acosh
-
-export truncate = (x) -> ~~x
-
-export round = Math.round
-
-export ceiling = Math.ceil
-
-export floor = Math.floor
-
-export isItNaN = (x) -> x isnt x
-
-export even = (x) -> x % 2 == 0
-
-export odd = (x) -> x % 2 != 0
-
-export gcd = (x, y) -->
-  x = Math.abs x
-  y = Math.abs y
-  until y is 0
-    z = x % y
-    x = y
-    y = z
-  x
-
-export lcm = (x, y) -->
-  Math.abs Math.floor (x / (gcd x, y) * y)
-
-# meta
-export installPrelude = !(target) ->
-  unless target.prelude?isInstalled
-    target <<< out$ # using out$ generated by livescript
-    target <<< target.prelude.isInstalled = true
-
-export prelude = out$
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-livescript.

- -

The LiveScript mode was written by Kenneth Bentley.

- -

Lua mode

- - - -

Loosely based on Franciszek - Wawrzak's CodeMirror - 1 mode. One configuration parameter is - supported, specials, to which you can provide an - array of strings to have those identifiers highlighted with - the lua-special style.

MIME types defined: text/x-lua.

- -

Markdown mode

-Markdown: Basics
-================
-
-<ul id="ProjectSubmenu">
-    <li><a href="/projects/markdown/" title="Markdown Project Page">Main</a></li>
-    <li><a class="selected" title="Markdown Basics">Basics</a></li>
-    <li><a href="/projects/markdown/syntax" title="Markdown Syntax Documentation">Syntax</a></li>
-    <li><a href="/projects/markdown/license" title="Pricing and License Information">License</a></li>
-    <li><a href="/projects/markdown/dingus" title="Online Markdown Web Form">Dingus</a></li>
-</ul>
-
-
-Getting the Gist of Markdown's Formatting Syntax
-------------------------------------------------
-
-This page offers a brief overview of what it's like to use Markdown.
-The [syntax page] [s] provides complete, detailed documentation for
-every feature, but Markdown should be very easy to pick up simply by
-looking at a few examples of it in action. The examples on this page
-are written in a before/after style, showing example syntax and the
-HTML output produced by Markdown.
-
-It's also helpful to simply try Markdown out; the [Dingus] [d] is a
-web application that allows you type your own Markdown-formatted text
-and translate it to XHTML.
-
-**Note:** This document is itself written using Markdown; you
-can [see the source for it by adding '.text' to the URL] [src].
-
-  [s]: /projects/markdown/syntax  "Markdown Syntax"
-  [d]: /projects/markdown/dingus  "Markdown Dingus"
-  [src]: /projects/markdown/basics.text
-
-
-## Paragraphs, Headers, Blockquotes ##
-
-A paragraph is simply one or more consecutive lines of text, separated
-by one or more blank lines. (A blank line is any line that looks like
-a blank line -- a line containing nothing but spaces or tabs is
-considered blank.) Normal paragraphs should not be indented with
-spaces or tabs.
-
-Markdown offers two styles of headers: *Setext* and *atx*.
-Setext-style headers for `<h1>` and `<h2>` are created by
-"underlining" with equal signs (`=`) and hyphens (`-`), respectively.
-To create an atx-style header, you put 1-6 hash marks (`#`) at the
-beginning of the line -- the number of hashes equals the resulting
-HTML header level.
-
-Blockquotes are indicated using email-style '`>`' angle brackets.
-
-Markdown:
-
-    A First Level Header
-    ====================
-    
-    A Second Level Header
-    ---------------------
-
-    Now is the time for all good men to come to
-    the aid of their country. This is just a
-    regular paragraph.
-
-    The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy
-    dog's back.
-    
-    ### Header 3
-
-    > This is a blockquote.
-    > 
-    > This is the second paragraph in the blockquote.
-    >
-    > ## This is an H2 in a blockquote
-
-
-Output:
-
-    <h1>A First Level Header</h1>
-    
-    <h2>A Second Level Header</h2>
-    
-    <p>Now is the time for all good men to come to
-    the aid of their country. This is just a
-    regular paragraph.</p>
-    
-    <p>The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy
-    dog's back.</p>
-    
-    <h3>Header 3</h3>
-    
-    <blockquote>
-        <p>This is a blockquote.</p>
-        
-        <p>This is the second paragraph in the blockquote.</p>
-        
-        <h2>This is an H2 in a blockquote</h2>
-    </blockquote>
-
-
-
-### Phrase Emphasis ###
-
-Markdown uses asterisks and underscores to indicate spans of emphasis.
-
-Markdown:
-
-    Some of these words *are emphasized*.
-    Some of these words _are emphasized also_.
-    
-    Use two asterisks for **strong emphasis**.
-    Or, if you prefer, __use two underscores instead__.
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>Some of these words <em>are emphasized</em>.
-    Some of these words <em>are emphasized also</em>.</p>
-    
-    <p>Use two asterisks for <strong>strong emphasis</strong>.
-    Or, if you prefer, <strong>use two underscores instead</strong>.</p>
-   
-
-
-## Lists ##
-
-Unordered (bulleted) lists use asterisks, pluses, and hyphens (`*`,
-`+`, and `-`) as list markers. These three markers are
-interchangable; this:
-
-    *   Candy.
-    *   Gum.
-    *   Booze.
-
-this:
-
-    +   Candy.
-    +   Gum.
-    +   Booze.
-
-and this:
-
-    -   Candy.
-    -   Gum.
-    -   Booze.
-
-all produce the same output:
-
-    <ul>
-    <li>Candy.</li>
-    <li>Gum.</li>
-    <li>Booze.</li>
-    </ul>
-
-Ordered (numbered) lists use regular numbers, followed by periods, as
-list markers:
-
-    1.  Red
-    2.  Green
-    3.  Blue
-
-Output:
-
-    <ol>
-    <li>Red</li>
-    <li>Green</li>
-    <li>Blue</li>
-    </ol>
-
-If you put blank lines between items, you'll get `<p>` tags for the
-list item text. You can create multi-paragraph list items by indenting
-the paragraphs by 4 spaces or 1 tab:
-
-    *   A list item.
-    
-        With multiple paragraphs.
-
-    *   Another item in the list.
-
-Output:
-
-    <ul>
-    <li><p>A list item.</p>
-    <p>With multiple paragraphs.</p></li>
-    <li><p>Another item in the list.</p></li>
-    </ul>
-    
-
-
-### Links ###
-
-Markdown supports two styles for creating links: *inline* and
-*reference*. With both styles, you use square brackets to delimit the
-text you want to turn into a link.
-
-Inline-style links use parentheses immediately after the link text.
-For example:
-
-    This is an [example link](http://example.com/).
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>This is an <a href="http://example.com/">
-    example link</a>.</p>
-
-Optionally, you may include a title attribute in the parentheses:
-
-    This is an [example link](http://example.com/ "With a Title").
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>This is an <a href="http://example.com/" title="With a Title">
-    example link</a>.</p>
-
-Reference-style links allow you to refer to your links by names, which
-you define elsewhere in your document:
-
-    I get 10 times more traffic from [Google][1] than from
-    [Yahoo][2] or [MSN][3].
-
-    [1]: http://google.com/        "Google"
-    [2]: http://search.yahoo.com/  "Yahoo Search"
-    [3]: http://search.msn.com/    "MSN Search"
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>I get 10 times more traffic from <a href="http://google.com/"
-    title="Google">Google</a> than from <a href="http://search.yahoo.com/"
-    title="Yahoo Search">Yahoo</a> or <a href="http://search.msn.com/"
-    title="MSN Search">MSN</a>.</p>
-
-The title attribute is optional. Link names may contain letters,
-numbers and spaces, but are *not* case sensitive:
-
-    I start my morning with a cup of coffee and
-    [The New York Times][NY Times].
-
-    [ny times]: http://www.nytimes.com/
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>I start my morning with a cup of coffee and
-    <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/">The New York Times</a>.</p>
-
-
-### Images ###
-
-Image syntax is very much like link syntax.
-
-Inline (titles are optional):
-
-    ![alt text](/path/to/img.jpg "Title")
-
-Reference-style:
-
-    ![alt text][id]
-
-    [id]: /path/to/img.jpg "Title"
-
-Both of the above examples produce the same output:
-
-    <img src="/path/to/img.jpg" alt="alt text" title="Title" />
-
-
-
-### Code ###
-
-In a regular paragraph, you can create code span by wrapping text in
-backtick quotes. Any ampersands (`&`) and angle brackets (`<` or
-`>`) will automatically be translated into HTML entities. This makes
-it easy to use Markdown to write about HTML example code:
-
-    I strongly recommend against using any `<blink>` tags.
-
-    I wish SmartyPants used named entities like `&mdash;`
-    instead of decimal-encoded entites like `&#8212;`.
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>I strongly recommend against using any
-    <code>&lt;blink&gt;</code> tags.</p>
-    
-    <p>I wish SmartyPants used named entities like
-    <code>&amp;mdash;</code> instead of decimal-encoded
-    entites like <code>&amp;#8212;</code>.</p>
-
-
-To specify an entire block of pre-formatted code, indent every line of
-the block by 4 spaces or 1 tab. Just like with code spans, `&`, `<`,
-and `>` characters will be escaped automatically.
-
-Markdown:
-
-    If you want your page to validate under XHTML 1.0 Strict,
-    you've got to put paragraph tags in your blockquotes:
-
-        <blockquote>
-            <p>For example.</p>
-        </blockquote>
-
-Output:
-
-    <p>If you want your page to validate under XHTML 1.0 Strict,
-    you've got to put paragraph tags in your blockquotes:</p>
-    
-    <pre><code>&lt;blockquote&gt;
-        &lt;p&gt;For example.&lt;/p&gt;
-    &lt;/blockquote&gt;
-    </code></pre>
-

- - - -

You might want to use the Github-Flavored Markdown mode instead, which adds support for fenced code blocks and a few other things.

- -

Optionally depends on the XML mode for properly highlighted inline XML blocks.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-markdown.

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

Mathematica mode

- - -

-(* example Mathematica code *)
-(* Dualisiert wird anhand einer Polarität an einer
-   Quadrik $x^t Q x = 0$ mit regulärer Matrix $Q$ (also
-   mit $det(Q) \neq 0$), z.B. die Identitätsmatrix.
-   $p$ ist eine Liste von Polynomen - ein Ideal. *)
-dualize::"singular" = "Q must be regular: found Det[Q]==0.";
-dualize[ Q_, p_ ] := Block[
-    { m, n, xv, lv, uv, vars, polys, dual },
-    If[Det[Q] == 0,
-      Message[dualize::"singular"],
-      m = Length[p];
-      n = Length[Q] - 1;
-      xv = Table[Subscript[x, i], {i, 0, n}];
-      lv = Table[Subscript[l, i], {i, 1, m}];
-      uv = Table[Subscript[u, i], {i, 0, n}];
-      (* Konstruiere Ideal polys. *)
-      If[m == 0,
-        polys = Q.uv,
-        polys = Join[p, Q.uv - Transpose[Outer[D, p, xv]].lv]
-        ];
-      (* Eliminiere die ersten n + 1 + m Variablen xv und lv
-         aus dem Ideal polys. *)
-      vars = Join[xv, lv];
-      dual = GroebnerBasis[polys, uv, vars];
-      (* Ersetze u mit x im Ergebnis. *)
-      ReplaceAll[dual, Rule[u, x]]
-      ]
-    ]
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-mathematica (Mathematica).

mbox mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: application/mbox.

- -

mIRC mode

-;AKA Nick Tracker by Ford_Lawnmower irc.GeekShed.net #Script-Help
-;*****************************************************************************;
-;**Start Setup
-;Change JoinDisplay, below, for On Join AKA Display. On = 1 - Off = 0
-alias -l JoinDisplay { return 1 }
-;Change MaxNicks, below, to the number of nicknames you want to store for each hostmask. I wouldn't go over 400 with this ;/
-alias -l MaxNicks { return 20 }
-;Change AKALogo, below, To the text you want displayed before each AKA result.
-alias -l AKALogo { return 06 05A06K07A 06 }
-;**End Setup
-;*****************************************************************************;
-On *:Join:#: {
-  if ($nick == $me) { .timer 1 1 ialupdateCheck $chan }
-  NickNamesAdd $nick $+($network,$wildsite)
-  if ($JoinDisplay) { .timerNickNames $+ $nick 1 2 NickNames.display $nick $chan $network $wildsite }
-}
-on *:Nick: { NickNamesAdd $newnick $+($network,$wildsite) $nick }
-alias -l NickNames.display {
-  if ($gettok($hget(NickNames,$+($3,$4)),0,126) > 1) {
-    echo -g $2 $AKALogo $+(09,$1) $AKALogo 07 $mid($replace($hget(NickNames,$+($3,$4)),$chr(126),$chr(44)),2,-1)
-  }
-}
-alias -l NickNamesAdd {
-  if ($hget(NickNames,$2)) {
-    if (!$regex($hget(NickNames,$2),/~\Q $+ $replacecs($1,\E,\E\\E\Q) $+ \E~/i)) {
-      if ($gettok($hget(NickNames,$2),0,126) <= $MaxNicks) {
-        hadd NickNames $2 $+($hget(NickNames,$2),$1,~)
-      }
-      else {
-        hadd NickNames $2 $+($mid($hget(NickNames,$2),$pos($hget(NickNames,$2),~,2)),$1,~)
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    hadd -m NickNames $2 $+(~,$1,~,$iif($3,$+($3,~)))
-  }
-}
-alias -l Fix.All.MindUser {
-  var %Fix.Count = $hfind(NickNames,/[^~]+[0-9]{4}~/,0,r).data
-  while (%Fix.Count) {
-    if ($Fix.MindUser($hget(NickNames,$hfind(NickNames,/[^~]+[0-9]{4}~/,%Fix.Count,r).data))) {
-      echo -ag Record %Fix.Count - $v1 - Was Cleaned
-      hadd NickNames $hfind(NickNames,/[^~]+[0-9]{4}~/,%Fix.Count,r).data $v1
-    }
-    dec %Fix.Count
-  }
-}
-alias -l Fix.MindUser { return $regsubex($1,/[^~]+[0-9]{4}~/g,$null) }
-menu nicklist,query {
-  -
-  .AKA
-  ..Check $$1: {
-    if ($gettok($hget(NickNames,$+($network,$address($1,2))),0,126) > 1) {
-      NickNames.display $1 $active $network $address($1,2)
-    }
-    else { echo -ag $AKALogo $+(09,$1) 07has not been known by any other nicknames while I have been watching. }
-  }
-  ..Cleanup $$1:hadd NickNames $+($network,$address($1,2)) $fix.minduser($hget(NickNames,$+($network,$address($1,2))))
-  ..Clear $$1:hadd NickNames $+($network,$address($1,2)) $+(~,$1,~)
-  ..AKA Search Dialog:dialog $iif($dialog(AKA_Search),-v,-m) AKA_Search AKA_Search
-  -
-}
-menu status,channel {
-  -
-  .AKA
-  ..AKA Search Dialog:dialog $iif($dialog(AKA_Search),-v,-m) AKA_Search AKA_Search
-  ..Clean All Records:Fix.All.Minduser
-  -
-}
-dialog AKA_Search {
-  title "AKA Search Engine"
-  size -1 -1 206 221
-  option dbu
-  edit "", 1, 8 5 149 10, autohs
-  button "Search", 2, 163 4 32 12
-  radio "Search HostMask", 4, 61 22 55 10
-  radio "Search Nicknames", 5, 123 22 56 10
-  list 6, 8 38 190 169, sort extsel vsbar
-  button "Check Selected", 7, 67 206 40 12
-  button "Close", 8, 160 206 38 12, cancel
-  box "Search Type", 3, 11 17 183 18
-  button "Copy to Clipboard", 9, 111 206 46 12
-}
-On *:Dialog:Aka_Search:init:*: { did -c $dname 5 }
-On *:Dialog:Aka_Search:Sclick:2,7,9: {
-  if ($did == 2) && ($did($dname,1)) {
-    did -r $dname 6
-    var %search $+(*,$v1,*), %type $iif($did($dname,5).state,data,item), %matches = $hfind(NickNames,%search,0,w). [ $+ [ %type ] ]
-    while (%matches) {
-      did -a $dname 6 $hfind(NickNames,%search,%matches,w). [ $+ [ %type ] ]
-      dec %matches
-    }
-    did -c $dname 6 1
-  }
-  elseif ($did == 7) && ($did($dname,6).seltext) { echo -ga $AKALogo 07 $mid($replace($hget(NickNames,$v1),$chr(126),$chr(44)),2,-1) }
-  elseif ($did == 9) && ($did($dname,6).seltext) { clipboard $mid($v1,$pos($v1,*,1)) }
-}
-On *:Start:{
-  if (!$hget(NickNames)) { hmake NickNames 10 }
-  if ($isfile(NickNames.hsh)) { hload  NickNames NickNames.hsh }
-}
-On *:Exit: { if ($hget(NickNames)) { hsave NickNames NickNames.hsh } }
-On *:Disconnect: { if ($hget(NickNames)) { hsave NickNames NickNames.hsh } }
-On *:Unload: { hfree NickNames }
-alias -l ialupdateCheck {
-  inc -z $+(%,ialupdateCheck,$network) $calc($nick($1,0) / 4)
-  ;If your ial is already being updated on join .who $1 out.
-  ;If you are using /names to update ial you will still need this line.
-  .who $1
-}
-Raw 352:*: {
-  if ($($+(%,ialupdateCheck,$network),2)) haltdef
-  NickNamesAdd $6 $+($network,$address($6,2))
-}
-Raw 315:*: {
-  if ($($+(%,ialupdateCheck,$network),2)) haltdef
-}
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/mirc.

- -

OCaml mode

- - -

-(* Summing a list of integers *)
-let rec sum xs =
-  match xs with
-    | []       -> 0
-    | x :: xs' -> x + sum xs'
-
-(* Quicksort *)
-let rec qsort = function
-   | [] -> []
-   | pivot :: rest ->
-       let is_less x = x < pivot in
-       let left, right = List.partition is_less rest in
-       qsort left @ [pivot] @ qsort right
-
-(* Fibonacci Sequence *)
-let rec fib_aux n a b =
-  match n with
-  | 0 -> a
-  | _ -> fib_aux (n - 1) (a + b) a
-let fib n = fib_aux n 0 1
-
-(* Birthday paradox *)
-let year_size = 365.
-
-let rec birthday_paradox prob people =
-    let prob' = (year_size -. float people) /. year_size *. prob  in
-    if prob' < 0.5 then
-        Printf.printf "answer = %d\n" (people+1)
-    else
-        birthday_paradox prob' (people+1) ;;
-
-birthday_paradox 1.0 1
-
-(* Church numerals *)
-let zero f x = x
-let succ n f x = f (n f x)
-let one = succ zero
-let two = succ (succ zero)
-let add n1 n2 f x = n1 f (n2 f x)
-let to_string n = n (fun k -> "S" ^ k) "0"
-let _ = to_string (add (succ two) two)
-
-(* Elementary functions *)
-let square x = x * x;;
-let rec fact x =
-  if x <= 1 then 1 else x * fact (x - 1);;
-
-(* Automatic memory management *)
-let l = 1 :: 2 :: 3 :: [];;
-[1; 2; 3];;
-5 :: l;;
-
-(* Polymorphism: sorting lists *)
-let rec sort = function
-  | [] -> []
-  | x :: l -> insert x (sort l)
-
-and insert elem = function
-  | [] -> [elem]
-  | x :: l ->
-      if elem < x then elem :: x :: l else x :: insert elem l;;
-
-(* Imperative features *)
-let add_polynom p1 p2 =
-  let n1 = Array.length p1
-  and n2 = Array.length p2 in
-  let result = Array.create (max n1 n2) 0 in
-  for i = 0 to n1 - 1 do result.(i) <- p1.(i) done;
-  for i = 0 to n2 - 1 do result.(i) <- result.(i) + p2.(i) done;
-  result;;
-add_polynom [| 1; 2 |] [| 1; 2; 3 |];;
-
-(* We may redefine fact using a reference cell and a for loop *)
-let fact n =
-  let result = ref 1 in
-  for i = 2 to n do
-    result := i * !result
-   done;
-   !result;;
-fact 5;;
-
-(* Triangle (graphics) *)
-let () =
-  ignore( Glut.init Sys.argv );
-  Glut.initDisplayMode ~double_buffer:true ();
-  ignore (Glut.createWindow ~title:"OpenGL Demo");
-  let angle t = 10. *. t *. t in
-  let render () =
-    GlClear.clear [ `color ];
-    GlMat.load_identity ();
-    GlMat.rotate ~angle: (angle (Sys.time ())) ~z:1. ();
-    GlDraw.begins `triangles;
-    List.iter GlDraw.vertex2 [-1., -1.; 0., 1.; 1., -1.];
-    GlDraw.ends ();
-    Glut.swapBuffers () in
-  GlMat.mode `modelview;
-  Glut.displayFunc ~cb:render;
-  Glut.idleFunc ~cb:(Some Glut.postRedisplay);
-  Glut.mainLoop ()
-
-(* A Hundred Lines of Caml - http://caml.inria.fr/about/taste.en.html *)
-(* OCaml page on Wikipedia - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OCaml *)
-

- -

F# mode

- - - - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-ocaml (OCaml) and text/x-fsharp (F#).

Modelica mode

- -

- - - -

Simple mode that tries to handle Modelica as well as it can.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-modelica - (Modlica code).

MscGen mode

- -

Xù mode

- -

-# Xù - expansions to MscGen to support inline expressions
-#      https://github.com/sverweij/mscgen_js/blob/master/wikum/xu.md
-# More samples: https://sverweij.github.io/mscgen_js
-msc {
-  hscale="0.8",
-  width="700";
-
-  a,
-  b [label="change store"],
-  c,
-  d [label="necro queue"],
-  e [label="natalis queue"],
-  f;
-
-  a =>> b [label="get change list()"];
-  a alt f [label="changes found"] { /* alt is a xu specific keyword*/
-    b >> a [label="list of changes"];
-    a =>> c [label="cull old stuff (list of changes)"];
-    b loop e [label="for each change"] { // loop is xu specific as well...
-      /*
-       * Interesting stuff happens.
-       */
-      c =>> b [label="get change()"];
-      b >> c [label="change"];
-      c alt e [label="change too old"] {
-        c =>> d [label="queue(change)"];
-        --- [label="change newer than latest run"];
-        c =>> e [label="queue(change)"];
-        --- [label="all other cases"];
-        ||| [label="leave well alone"];
-      };
-    };
-
-    c >> a [label="done
-    processing"];
-
-    /* shucks! nothing found ...*/
-    --- [label="nothing found"];
-    b >> a [label="nothing"];
-    a note a [label="silent exit"];
-  };
-}
-

- -

MsGenny mode

- -

- Simple mode for highlighting MscGen and two derived sequence - chart languages. -

- - - -

MIME types defined: - text/x-mscgen - text/x-xu - text/x-msgenny -

- -

MUMPS mode

- - -

- ; Lloyd Milligan
- ; 03-30-2015
- ;
- ; MUMPS support for Code Mirror - Excerpts below from routine ^XUS
- ;
-CHECKAV(X1) ;Check A/V code return DUZ or Zero. (Called from XUSRB)
- N %,%1,X,Y,IEN,DA,DIK
- S IEN=0
- ;Start CCOW
- I $E(X1,1,7)="~~TOK~~" D  Q:IEN>0 IEN
- . I $E(X1,8,9)="~1" S IEN=$$CHKASH^XUSRB4($E(X1,8,255))
- . I $E(X1,8,9)="~2" S IEN=$$CHKCCOW^XUSRB4($E(X1,8,255))
- . Q
- ;End CCOW
- S X1=$$UP(X1) S:X1[":" XUTT=1,X1=$TR(X1,":")
- S X=$P(X1,";") Q:X="^" -1 S:XUF %1="Access: "_X
- Q:X'?1.20ANP 0
- S X=$$EN^XUSHSH(X) I '$D(^VA(200,"A",X)) D LBAV Q 0
- S %1="",IEN=$O(^VA(200,"A",X,0)),XUF(.3)=IEN D USER(IEN)
- S X=$P(X1,";",2) S:XUF %1="Verify: "_X S X=$$EN^XUSHSH(X)
- I $P(XUSER(1),"^",2)'=X D LBAV Q 0
- I $G(XUFAC(1)) S DIK="^XUSEC(4,",DA=XUFAC(1) D ^DIK
- Q IEN
- ;
- ; Spell out commands
- ;
-SET2() ;EF. Return error code (also called from XUSRB)
- NEW %,X
- SET XUNOW=$$HTFM^XLFDT($H),DT=$P(XUNOW,".")
- KILL DUZ,XUSER
- SET (DUZ,DUZ(2))=0,(DUZ(0),DUZ("AG"),XUSER(0),XUSER(1),XUTT,%UCI)=""
- SET %=$$INHIBIT^XUSRB() IF %>0 QUIT %
- SET X=$G(^%ZIS(1,XUDEV,"XUS")),XU1=$G(^(1))
- IF $L(X) FOR I=1:1:15 IF $L($P(X,U,I)) SET $P(XOPT,U,I)=$P(X,U,I)
- SET DTIME=600
- IF '$P(XOPT,U,11),$D(^%ZIS(1,XUDEV,90)),^(90)>2800000,^(90)'>DT QUIT 8
- QUIT 0
- ;
- ; Spell out commands and functions
- ;
- IF $PIECE(XUSER(0),U,11),$PIECE(XUSER(0),U,11)'>DT QUIT 11 ;Terminated
- IF $DATA(DUZ("ASH")) QUIT 0 ;If auto handle, Allow to sign-on p434
- IF $PIECE(XUSER(0),U,7) QUIT 5 ;Disuser flag set
- IF '$LENGTH($PIECE(XUSER(1),U,2)) QUIT 21 ;p419, p434
- Q 0
- ;
-

- - -

NGINX mode

-server {
-  listen 173.255.219.235:80;
-  server_name website.com.au;
-  rewrite / $scheme://www.$host$request_uri permanent; ## Forcibly prepend a www
-}
-
-server {
-  listen 173.255.219.235:443;
-  server_name website.com.au;
-  rewrite / $scheme://www.$host$request_uri permanent; ## Forcibly prepend a www
-}
-
-server {
-
-  listen      173.255.219.235:80;
-  server_name www.website.com.au;
-
-
-
-  root        /data/www;
-  index       index.html index.php;
-
-  location / {
-    index index.html index.php;     ## Allow a static html file to be shown first
-    try_files $uri $uri/ @handler;  ## If missing pass the URI to Magento's front handler
-    expires 30d;                    ## Assume all files are cachable
-  }
-
-  ## These locations would be hidden by .htaccess normally
-  location /app/                { deny all; }
-  location /includes/           { deny all; }
-  location /lib/                { deny all; }
-  location /media/downloadable/ { deny all; }
-  location /pkginfo/            { deny all; }
-  location /report/config.xml   { deny all; }
-  location /var/                { deny all; }
-
-  location /var/export/ { ## Allow admins only to view export folder
-    auth_basic           "Restricted"; ## Message shown in login window
-    auth_basic_user_file /rs/passwords/testfile; ## See /etc/nginx/htpassword
-    autoindex            on;
-  }
-
-  location  /. { ## Disable .htaccess and other hidden files
-    return 404;
-  }
-
-  location @handler { ## Magento uses a common front handler
-    rewrite / /index.php;
-  }
-
-  location ~ .php/ { ## Forward paths like /js/index.php/x.js to relevant handler
-    rewrite ^/(.*.php)/ /$1 last;
-  }
-
-  location ~ \.php$ {
-    if (!-e $request_filename) { rewrite / /index.php last; } ## Catch 404s that try_files miss
-
-    fastcgi_pass   127.0.0.1:9000;
-    fastcgi_index  index.php;
-    fastcgi_param PATH_INFO $fastcgi_script_name;
-    fastcgi_param  SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name;
-    include        /rs/confs/nginx/fastcgi_params;
-  }
-
-}
-
-
-server {
-
-  listen              173.255.219.235:443;
-  server_name         website.com.au www.website.com.au;
-
-  root   /data/www;
-  index index.html index.php;
-
-  ssl                 on;
-  ssl_certificate     /rs/ssl/ssl.crt;
-  ssl_certificate_key /rs/ssl/ssl.key;
-
-  ssl_session_timeout  5m;
-
-  ssl_protocols  SSLv2 SSLv3 TLSv1;
-  ssl_ciphers  ALL:!ADH:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP;
-  ssl_prefer_server_ciphers   on;
-
-
-
-  location / {
-    index index.html index.php; ## Allow a static html file to be shown first
-    try_files $uri $uri/ @handler; ## If missing pass the URI to Magento's front handler
-    expires 30d; ## Assume all files are cachable
-  }
-
-  ## These locations would be hidden by .htaccess normally
-  location /app/                { deny all; }
-  location /includes/           { deny all; }
-  location /lib/                { deny all; }
-  location /media/downloadable/ { deny all; }
-  location /pkginfo/            { deny all; }
-  location /report/config.xml   { deny all; }
-  location /var/                { deny all; }
-
-  location /var/export/ { ## Allow admins only to view export folder
-    auth_basic           "Restricted"; ## Message shown in login window
-    auth_basic_user_file htpasswd; ## See /etc/nginx/htpassword
-    autoindex            on;
-  }
-
-  location  /. { ## Disable .htaccess and other hidden files
-    return 404;
-  }
-
-  location @handler { ## Magento uses a common front handler
-    rewrite / /index.php;
-  }
-
-  location ~ .php/ { ## Forward paths like /js/index.php/x.js to relevant handler
-    rewrite ^/(.*.php)/ /$1 last;
-  }
-
-  location ~ .php$ { ## Execute PHP scripts
-    if (!-e $request_filename) { rewrite  /index.php last; } ## Catch 404s that try_files miss
-
-    fastcgi_pass 127.0.0.1:9000;
-    fastcgi_index  index.php;
-    fastcgi_param PATH_INFO $fastcgi_script_name;
-    fastcgi_param  SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name;
-    include        /rs/confs/nginx/fastcgi_params;
-
-    fastcgi_param HTTPS on;
-  }
-
-}
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/nginx.

- -

NSIS mode

- - - - - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-nsis.

NTriples mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/n-triples.

Octave mode

- -

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-octave.

Oz mode

- -

MIME type defined: text/x-oz.

- - -

Pascal mode

- - -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-pascal.

PEG.js Mode

- - -

The PEG.js Mode

Created by Forbes Lindesay.

Perl mode

- - -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-perl.

PHP mode

- - - - -

Simple HTML/PHP mode based on - the C-like mode. Depends on XML, - JavaScript, CSS, HTMLMixed, and C-like modes.

- -

MIME types defined: application/x-httpd-php (HTML with PHP code), text/x-php (plain, non-wrapped PHP code).

Pig Latin mode

- - - - -

- Simple mode that handles Pig Latin language. -

- -

MIME type defined: text/x-pig - (PIG code) -

PowerShell mode

- -

-# Number Literals
-0 12345
-12kb 12mb 12gB 12Tb 12PB 12L 12D 12lkb 12dtb
-1.234 1.234e56 1. 1.e2 .2 .2e34
-1.2MB 1.kb .1dTb 1.e1gb
-0x1 0xabcdef 0x3tb 0xelmb
-
-# String Literals
-'Literal escaping'''
-'Literal $variable'
-"Escaping 1`""
-"Escaping 2"""
-"Escaped `$variable"
-"Text, $variable and more text"
-"Text, ${variable with spaces} and more text."
-"Text, $($expression + 3) and more text."
-"Text, $("interpolation $("inception")") and more text."
-
-@"
-Multiline
-string
-"@
-# --
-@"
-Multiline
-string with quotes "'
-"@
-# --
-@'
-Multiline literal
-string with quotes "'
-'@
-
-# Array and Hash literals
-@( 'a','b','c' )
-@{ 'key': 'value' }
-
-# Variables
-$Variable = 5
-$global:variable = 5
-${Variable with spaces} = 5
-
-# Operators
-= += -= *= /= %=
-++ -- .. -f * / % + -
--not ! -bnot
--split -isplit -csplit
--join
--is -isnot -as
--eq -ieq -ceq -ne -ine -cne
--gt -igt -cgt -ge -ige -cge
--lt -ilt -clt -le -ile -cle
--like -ilike -clike -notlike -inotlike -cnotlike
--match -imatch -cmatch -notmatch -inotmatch -cnotmatch
--contains -icontains -ccontains -notcontains -inotcontains -cnotcontains
--replace -ireplace -creplace
--band	-bor -bxor
--and -or -xor
-
-# Punctuation
-() [] {} , : ` = ; .
-
-# Keywords
-elseif begin function for foreach return else trap while do data dynamicparam
-until end break if throw param continue finally in switch exit filter from try
-process catch
-
-# Built-in variables
-$$ $? $^ $_
-$args $ConfirmPreference $ConsoleFileName $DebugPreference $Error
-$ErrorActionPreference $ErrorView $ExecutionContext $false $FormatEnumerationLimit
-$HOME $Host $input $MaximumAliasCount $MaximumDriveCount $MaximumErrorCount
-$MaximumFunctionCount $MaximumHistoryCount $MaximumVariableCount $MyInvocation
-$NestedPromptLevel $null $OutputEncoding $PID $PROFILE $ProgressPreference
-$PSBoundParameters $PSCommandPath $PSCulture $PSDefaultParameterValues
-$PSEmailServer $PSHOME $PSScriptRoot $PSSessionApplicationName
-$PSSessionConfigurationName $PSSessionOption $PSUICulture $PSVersionTable $PWD
-$ShellId $StackTrace $true $VerbosePreference $WarningPreference $WhatIfPreference
-$true $false $null
-
-# Built-in functions
-A:
-Add-Computer Add-Content Add-History Add-Member Add-PSSnapin Add-Type
-B:
-C:
-Checkpoint-Computer Clear-Content Clear-EventLog Clear-History Clear-Host Clear-Item
-Clear-ItemProperty Clear-Variable Compare-Object Complete-Transaction Connect-PSSession
-ConvertFrom-Csv ConvertFrom-Json ConvertFrom-SecureString ConvertFrom-StringData
-Convert-Path ConvertTo-Csv ConvertTo-Html ConvertTo-Json ConvertTo-SecureString
-ConvertTo-Xml Copy-Item Copy-ItemProperty
-D:
-Debug-Process Disable-ComputerRestore Disable-PSBreakpoint Disable-PSRemoting
-Disable-PSSessionConfiguration Disconnect-PSSession
-E:
-Enable-ComputerRestore Enable-PSBreakpoint Enable-PSRemoting Enable-PSSessionConfiguration
-Enter-PSSession Exit-PSSession Export-Alias Export-Clixml Export-Console Export-Counter
-Export-Csv Export-FormatData Export-ModuleMember Export-PSSession
-F:
-ForEach-Object Format-Custom Format-List Format-Table Format-Wide
-G:
-Get-Acl Get-Alias Get-AuthenticodeSignature Get-ChildItem Get-Command Get-ComputerRestorePoint
-Get-Content Get-ControlPanelItem Get-Counter Get-Credential Get-Culture Get-Date
-Get-Event Get-EventLog Get-EventSubscriber Get-ExecutionPolicy Get-FormatData Get-Help
-Get-History Get-Host Get-HotFix Get-Item Get-ItemProperty Get-Job Get-Location Get-Member
-Get-Module Get-PfxCertificate Get-Process Get-PSBreakpoint Get-PSCallStack Get-PSDrive
-Get-PSProvider Get-PSSession Get-PSSessionConfiguration Get-PSSnapin Get-Random Get-Service
-Get-TraceSource Get-Transaction Get-TypeData Get-UICulture  Get-Unique Get-Variable Get-Verb
-Get-WinEvent Get-WmiObject Group-Object
-H:
-help
-I:
-Import-Alias Import-Clixml Import-Counter Import-Csv Import-LocalizedData Import-Module
-Import-PSSession ImportSystemModules Invoke-Command Invoke-Expression Invoke-History
-Invoke-Item Invoke-RestMethod Invoke-WebRequest Invoke-WmiMethod
-J:
-Join-Path
-K:
-L:
-Limit-EventLog
-M:
-Measure-Command Measure-Object mkdir more Move-Item Move-ItemProperty
-N:
-New-Alias New-Event New-EventLog New-Item New-ItemProperty New-Module New-ModuleManifest
-New-Object New-PSDrive New-PSSession New-PSSessionConfigurationFile New-PSSessionOption
-New-PSTransportOption New-Service New-TimeSpan New-Variable New-WebServiceProxy
-New-WinEvent
-O:
-oss Out-Default Out-File Out-GridView Out-Host Out-Null Out-Printer Out-String
-P:
-Pause Pop-Location prompt Push-Location
-Q:
-R:
-Read-Host Receive-Job Receive-PSSession Register-EngineEvent Register-ObjectEvent
-Register-PSSessionConfiguration Register-WmiEvent Remove-Computer Remove-Event
-Remove-EventLog Remove-Item Remove-ItemProperty Remove-Job Remove-Module
-Remove-PSBreakpoint Remove-PSDrive Remove-PSSession Remove-PSSnapin Remove-TypeData
-Remove-Variable Remove-WmiObject Rename-Computer Rename-Item Rename-ItemProperty
-Reset-ComputerMachinePassword Resolve-Path Restart-Computer Restart-Service
-Restore-Computer Resume-Job Resume-Service
-S:
-Save-Help Select-Object Select-String Select-Xml Send-MailMessage Set-Acl Set-Alias
-Set-AuthenticodeSignature Set-Content Set-Date Set-ExecutionPolicy Set-Item
-Set-ItemProperty Set-Location Set-PSBreakpoint Set-PSDebug
-Set-PSSessionConfiguration Set-Service Set-StrictMode Set-TraceSource Set-Variable
-Set-WmiInstance Show-Command Show-ControlPanelItem Show-EventLog Sort-Object
-Split-Path Start-Job Start-Process Start-Service Start-Sleep Start-Transaction
-Start-Transcript Stop-Computer Stop-Job Stop-Process Stop-Service Stop-Transcript
-Suspend-Job Suspend-Service
-T:
-TabExpansion2 Tee-Object Test-ComputerSecureChannel Test-Connection
-Test-ModuleManifest Test-Path Test-PSSessionConfigurationFile Trace-Command
-U:
-Unblock-File Undo-Transaction Unregister-Event Unregister-PSSessionConfiguration
-Update-FormatData Update-Help Update-List Update-TypeData Use-Transaction
-V:
-W:
-Wait-Event Wait-Job Wait-Process Where-Object Write-Debug Write-Error Write-EventLog
-Write-Host Write-Output Write-Progress Write-Verbose Write-Warning
-X:
-Y:
-Z:

- - -

MIME types defined: application/x-powershell.

Properties files mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-properties, - text/x-ini.

- -

ProtoBuf mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-protobuf.

- -

Pug Templating Mode

- -

The Pug Templating Mode

Created by Forbes Lindesay. Managed as part of a Brackets extension at https://github.com/ForbesLindesay/jade-brackets.

MIME type defined: text/x-pug, text/x-jade.

Puppet mode

-# == Class: automysqlbackup
-#
-# Puppet module to install AutoMySQLBackup for periodic MySQL backups.
-#
-# class { 'automysqlbackup':
-#   backup_dir => '/mnt/backups',
-# }
-#
-
-class automysqlbackup (
-  $bin_dir = $automysqlbackup::params::bin_dir,
-  $etc_dir = $automysqlbackup::params::etc_dir,
-  $backup_dir = $automysqlbackup::params::backup_dir,
-  $install_multicore = undef,
-  $config = {},
-  $config_defaults = {},
-) inherits automysqlbackup::params {
-
-# Ensure valid paths are assigned
-  validate_absolute_path($bin_dir)
-  validate_absolute_path($etc_dir)
-  validate_absolute_path($backup_dir)
-
-# Create a subdirectory in /etc for config files
-  file { $etc_dir:
-    ensure => directory,
-    owner => 'root',
-    group => 'root',
-    mode => '0750',
-  }
-
-# Create an example backup file, useful for reference
-  file { "${etc_dir}/automysqlbackup.conf.example":
-    ensure => file,
-    owner => 'root',
-    group => 'root',
-    mode => '0660',
-    source => 'puppet:///modules/automysqlbackup/automysqlbackup.conf',
-  }
-
-# Add files from the developer
-  file { "${etc_dir}/AMB_README":
-    ensure => file,
-    source => 'puppet:///modules/automysqlbackup/AMB_README',
-  }
-  file { "${etc_dir}/AMB_LICENSE":
-    ensure => file,
-    source => 'puppet:///modules/automysqlbackup/AMB_LICENSE',
-  }
-
-# Install the actual binary file
-  file { "${bin_dir}/automysqlbackup":
-    ensure => file,
-    owner => 'root',
-    group => 'root',
-    mode => '0755',
-    source => 'puppet:///modules/automysqlbackup/automysqlbackup',
-  }
-
-# Create the base backup directory
-  file { $backup_dir:
-    ensure => directory,
-    owner => 'root',
-    group => 'root',
-    mode => '0755',
-  }
-
-# If you'd like to keep your config in hiera and pass it to this class
-  if !empty($config) {
-    create_resources('automysqlbackup::backup', $config, $config_defaults)
-  }
-
-# If using RedHat family, must have the RPMforge repo's enabled
-  if $install_multicore {
-    package { ['pigz', 'pbzip2']: ensure => installed }
-  }
-
-}
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-puppet.

- -

Python mode

- -

-# Literals
-1234
-0.0e101
-.123
-0b01010011100
-0o01234567
-0x0987654321abcdef
-7
-2147483647
-3L
-79228162514264337593543950336L
-0x100000000L
-79228162514264337593543950336
-0xdeadbeef
-3.14j
-10.j
-10j
-.001j
-1e100j
-3.14e-10j
-
-
-# String Literals
-'For\''
-"God\""
-"""so loved
-the world"""
-'''that he gave
-his only begotten\' '''
-'that whosoever believeth \
-in him'
-''
-
-# Identifiers
-__a__
-a.b
-a.b.c
-
-#Unicode identifiers on Python3
-# a = x\ddot
-a⃗ = ẍ
-# a = v\dot
-a⃗ = v̇
-
-#F\vec = m \cdot a\vec
-F⃗ = m•a⃗ 
-
-# Operators
-+ - * / % & | ^ ~ < >
-== != <= >= <> << >> // **
-and or not in is
-
-#infix matrix multiplication operator (PEP 465)
-A @ B
-
-# Delimiters
-() [] {} , : ` = ; @ .  # Note that @ and . require the proper context on Python 2.
-+= -= *= /= %= &= |= ^=
-//= >>= <<= **=
-
-# Keywords
-as assert break class continue def del elif else except
-finally for from global if import lambda pass raise
-return try while with yield
-
-# Python 2 Keywords (otherwise Identifiers)
-exec print
-
-# Python 3 Keywords (otherwise Identifiers)
-nonlocal
-
-# Types
-bool classmethod complex dict enumerate float frozenset int list object
-property reversed set slice staticmethod str super tuple type
-
-# Python 2 Types (otherwise Identifiers)
-basestring buffer file long unicode xrange
-
-# Python 3 Types (otherwise Identifiers)
-bytearray bytes filter map memoryview open range zip
-
-# Some Example code
-import os
-from package import ParentClass
-
-@nonsenseDecorator
-def doesNothing():
-    pass
-
-class ExampleClass(ParentClass):
-    @staticmethod
-    def example(inputStr):
-        a = list(inputStr)
-        a.reverse()
-        return ''.join(a)
-
-    def __init__(self, mixin = 'Hello'):
-        self.mixin = mixin
-
-

- - -

Cython mode

- -

- - -

Configuration Options for Python mode:

version - 2/3 - The version of Python to recognize. Default is 3.
singleLineStringErrors - true/false - If you have a single-line string that is not terminated at the end of the line, this will show subsequent lines as errors if true, otherwise it will consider the newline as the end of the string. Default is false.
hangingIndent - int - If you want to write long arguments to a function starting on a new line, how much that line should be indented. Defaults to one normal indentation unit.

Advanced Configuration Options:

Usefull for superset of python syntax like Enthought enaml, IPython magics and questionmark help

singleOperators - RegEx - Regular Expression for single operator matching, default :
```
^[\\+\\-\\*/%&|\\^~<>!]
```
including
```
@
```
on Python 3
singleDelimiters - RegEx - Regular Expression for single delimiter matching, default :
```
^[\$\$\\[\\]\\{\\}@,:`=;\\.]
```
doubleOperators - RegEx - Regular Expression for double operators matching, default :
```
^((==)|(!=)|(<=)|(>=)|(<>)|(<<)|(>>)|(//)|(\\*\\*))
```
doubleDelimiters - RegEx - Regular Expression for double delimiters matching, default :
```
^((\\+=)|(\\-=)|(\\*=)|(%=)|(/=)|(&=)|(\\|=)|(\\^=))
```
tripleDelimiters - RegEx - Regular Expression for triple delimiters matching, default :
```
^((//=)|(>>=)|(<<=)|(\\*\\*=))
```
identifiers - RegEx - Regular Expression for identifier, default :
```
^[_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*
```
on Python 2 and
```
^[_A-Za-z\u00A1-\uFFFF][_A-Za-z0-9\u00A1-\uFFFF]*
```
on Python 3.
extra_keywords - list of string - List of extra words ton consider as keywords
extra_builtins - list of string - List of extra words ton consider as builtins

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-python and text/x-cython.

Q mode

- - -

-/ utilities to quickly load a csv file - for more exhaustive analysis of the csv contents see csvguess.q
-/ 2009.09.20 - updated to match latest csvguess.q 
-
-/ .csv.colhdrs[file] - return a list of colhdrs from file
-/ info:.csv.info[file] - return a table of information about the file
-/ columns are: 
-/	c - column name; ci - column index; t - load type; mw - max width; 
-/	dchar - distinct characters in values; rule - rule that caught the type
-/	maybe - needs checking, _could_ be say a date, but perhaps just a float?
-/ .csv.info0[file;onlycols] - like .csv.info except that it only analyses <onlycols>
-/ example:
-/	info:.csv.info0[file;(.csv.colhdrs file)like"*price"]
-/	info:.csv.infolike[file;"*price"]
-/	show delete from info where t=" "
-/ .csv.data[file;info] - use the info from .csv.info to read the data
-/ .csv.data10[file;info] - like .csv.data but only returns the first 10 rows
-/ bulkload[file;info] - bulk loads file into table DATA (which must be already defined :: DATA:() )
-/ .csv.read[file]/read10[file] - for when you don't care about checking/tweaking the <info> before reading 
-
-\d .csv
-DELIM:","
-ZAPHDRS:0b / lowercase and remove _ from colhdrs (junk characters are always removed)
-WIDTHHDR:25000 / number of characters read to get the header
-READLINES:222 / number of lines read and used to guess the types
-SYMMAXWIDTH:11 / character columns narrower than this are stored as symbols
-SYMMAXGR:10 / max symbol granularity% before we give up and keep as a * string
-FORCECHARWIDTH:30 / every field (of any type) with values this wide or more is forced to character "*"
-DISCARDEMPTY:0b / completely ignore empty columns if true else set them to "C"
-CHUNKSIZE:50000000 / used in fs2 (modified .Q.fs)
-
-k)nameltrim:{$[~@x;.z.s'x;~(*x)in aA:.Q.a,.Q.A;(+/&\~x in aA)_x;x]}
-k)fs2:{[f;s]((-7!s)>){[f;s;x]i:1+last@&0xa=r:1:(s;x;CHUNKSIZE);f@`\:i#r;x+i}[f;s]/0j}
-cleanhdrs:{{$[ZAPHDRS;lower x except"_";x]}x where x in DELIM,.Q.an}
-cancast:{nw:x$"";if[not x in"BXCS";nw:(min 0#;max 0#;::)@\:nw];$[not any nw in x$(11&count y)#y;$[11<count y;not any nw in x$y;1b];0b]}
-
-read:{[file]data[file;info[file]]}  
-read10:{[file]data10[file;info[file]]}  
-
-colhdrs:{[file]
-	`$nameltrim DELIM vs cleanhdrs first read0(file;0;1+first where 0xa=read1(file;0;WIDTHHDR))}
-data:{[file;info]
-	(exec c from info where not t=" ")xcol(exec t from info;enlist DELIM)0:file}
-data10:{[file;info]
-	data[;info](file;0;1+last 11#where 0xa=read1(file;0;15*WIDTHHDR))}
-info0:{[file;onlycols]
-	colhdrs:`$nameltrim DELIM vs cleanhdrs first head:read0(file;0;1+last where 0xa=read1(file;0;WIDTHHDR));
-	loadfmts:(count colhdrs)#"S";if[count onlycols;loadfmts[where not colhdrs in onlycols]:"C"];
-	breaks:where 0xa=read1(file;0;floor(10+READLINES)*WIDTHHDR%count head);
-	nas:count as:colhdrs xcol(loadfmts;enlist DELIM)0:(file;0;1+last((1+READLINES)&count breaks)#breaks);
-	info:([]c:key flip as;v:value flip as);as:();
-	reserved:key`.q;reserved,:.Q.res;reserved,:`i;
-	info:update res:c in reserved from info;
-	info:update ci:i,t:"?",ipa:0b,mdot:0,mw:0,rule:0,gr:0,ndv:0,maybe:0b,empty:0b,j10:0b,j12:0b from info;
-	info:update ci:`s#ci from info;
-	if[count onlycols;info:update t:" ",rule:10 from info where not c in onlycols];
-	info:update sdv:{string(distinct x)except`}peach v from info; 
-	info:update ndv:count each sdv from info;
-	info:update gr:floor 0.5+100*ndv%nas,mw:{max count each x}peach sdv from info where 0<ndv;
-	info:update t:"*",rule:20 from info where mw>.csv.FORCECHARWIDTH; / long values
-	info:update t:"C "[.csv.DISCARDEMPTY],rule:30,empty:1b from info where t="?",mw=0; / empty columns
-	info:update dchar:{asc distinct raze x}peach sdv from info where t="?";
-	info:update mdot:{max sum each"."=x}peach sdv from info where t="?",{"."in x}each dchar;
-	info:update t:"n",rule:40 from info where t="?",{any x in"0123456789"}each dchar; / vaguely numeric..
-	info:update t:"I",rule:50,ipa:1b from info where t="n",mw within 7 15,mdot=3,{all x in".0123456789"}each dchar,.csv.cancast["I"]peach sdv; / ip-address
-	info:update t:"J",rule:60 from info where t="n",mdot=0,{all x in"+-0123456789"}each dchar,.csv.cancast["J"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"I",rule:70 from info where t="J",mw<12,.csv.cancast["I"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"H",rule:80 from info where t="I",mw<7,.csv.cancast["H"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"F",rule:90 from info where t="n",mdot<2,mw>1,.csv.cancast["F"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"E",rule:100,maybe:1b from info where t="F",mw<9;
-	info:update t:"M",rule:110,maybe:1b from info where t in"nIHEF",mdot<2,mw within 4 7,.csv.cancast["M"]peach sdv; 
-	info:update t:"D",rule:120,maybe:1b from info where t in"nI",mdot in 0 2,mw within 6 11,.csv.cancast["D"]peach sdv; 
-	info:update t:"V",rule:130,maybe:1b from info where t="I",mw in 5 6,7<count each dchar,{all x like"*[0-9][0-5][0-9][0-5][0-9]"}peach sdv,.csv.cancast["V"]peach sdv; / 235959 12345        
-	info:update t:"U",rule:140,maybe:1b from info where t="H",mw in 3 4,7<count each dchar,{all x like"*[0-9][0-5][0-9]"}peach sdv,.csv.cancast["U"]peach sdv; /2359
-	info:update t:"U",rule:150,maybe:0b from info where t="n",mw in 4 5,mdot=0,{all x like"*[0-9]:[0-5][0-9]"}peach sdv,.csv.cancast["U"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"T",rule:160,maybe:0b from info where t="n",mw within 7 12,mdot<2,{all x like"*[0-9]:[0-5][0-9]:[0-5][0-9]*"}peach sdv,.csv.cancast["T"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"V",rule:170,maybe:0b from info where t="T",mw in 7 8,mdot=0,.csv.cancast["V"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"T",rule:180,maybe:1b from info where t in"EF",mw within 7 10,mdot=1,{all x like"*[0-9][0-5][0-9][0-5][0-9].*"}peach sdv,.csv.cancast["T"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"Z",rule:190,maybe:0b from info where t="n",mw within 11 24,mdot<4,.csv.cancast["Z"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"P",rule:200,maybe:1b from info where t="n",mw within 12 29,mdot<4,{all x like"[12]*"}peach sdv,.csv.cancast["P"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"N",rule:210,maybe:1b from info where t="n",mw within 3 28,mdot=1,.csv.cancast["N"]peach sdv;
-	info:update t:"?",rule:220,maybe:0b from info where t="n"; / reset remaining maybe numeric
-	info:update t:"C",rule:230,maybe:0b from info where t="?",mw=1; / char
-	info:update t:"B",rule:240,maybe:0b from info where t in"HC",mw=1,mdot=0,{$[all x in"01tTfFyYnN";(any"0fFnN"in x)and any"1tTyY"in x;0b]}each dchar; / boolean
-	info:update t:"B",rule:250,maybe:1b from info where t in"HC",mw=1,mdot=0,{all x in"01tTfFyYnN"}each dchar; / boolean
-	info:update t:"X",rule:260,maybe:0b from info where t="?",mw=2,{$[all x in"0123456789abcdefABCDEF";(any .Q.n in x)and any"abcdefABCDEF"in x;0b]}each dchar; /hex
-	info:update t:"S",rule:270,maybe:1b from info where t="?",mw<.csv.SYMMAXWIDTH,mw>1,gr<.csv.SYMMAXGR; / symbols (max width permitting)
-	info:update t:"*",rule:280,maybe:0b from info where t="?"; / the rest as strings
-	/ flag those S/* columns which could be encoded to integers (.Q.j10/x10/j12/x12) to avoid symbols
-	info:update j12:1b from info where t in"S*",mw<13,{all x in .Q.nA}each dchar;
-	info:update j10:1b from info where t in"S*",mw<11,{all x in .Q.b6}each dchar; 
-	select c,ci,t,maybe,empty,res,j10,j12,ipa,mw,mdot,rule,gr,ndv,dchar from info}
-info:info0[;()] / by default don't restrict columns
-infolike:{[file;pattern] info0[file;{x where x like y}[lower colhdrs[file];pattern]]} / .csv.infolike[file;"*time"]
-
-\d .
-/ DATA:()
-bulkload:{[file;info]
-	if[not`DATA in system"v";'`DATA.not.defined];
-	if[count DATA;'`DATA.not.empty];
-	loadhdrs:exec c from info where not t=" ";loadfmts:exec t from info;
-	.csv.fs2[{[file;loadhdrs;loadfmts] `DATA insert $[count DATA;flip loadhdrs!(loadfmts;.csv.DELIM)0:file;loadhdrs xcol(loadfmts;enlist .csv.DELIM)0:file]}[file;loadhdrs;loadfmts]];
-	count DATA}
-@[.:;"\\l csvutil.custom.q";::]; / save your custom settings in csvutil.custom.q to override those set at the beginning of the file 
-

- - - -

MIME type defined: text/x-q.

R mode

-# Code from http://www.mayin.org/ajayshah/KB/R/
-
-# FIRST LEARN ABOUT LISTS --
-X = list(height=5.4, weight=54)
-print("Use default printing --")
-print(X)
-print("Accessing individual elements --")
-cat("Your height is ", X$height, " and your weight is ", X$weight, "\n")
-
-# FUNCTIONS --
-square <- function(x) {
-  return(x*x)
-}
-cat("The square of 3 is ", square(3), "\n")
-
-                 # default value of the arg is set to 5.
-cube <- function(x=5) {
-  return(x*x*x);
-}
-cat("Calling cube with 2 : ", cube(2), "\n")    # will give 2^3
-cat("Calling cube        : ", cube(), "\n")     # will default to 5^3.
-
-# LEARN ABOUT FUNCTIONS THAT RETURN MULTIPLE OBJECTS --
-powers <- function(x) {
-  parcel = list(x2=x*x, x3=x*x*x, x4=x*x*x*x);
-  return(parcel);
-}
-
-X = powers(3);
-print("Showing powers of 3 --"); print(X);
-
-# WRITING THIS COMPACTLY (4 lines instead of 7)
-
-powerful <- function(x) {
-  return(list(x2=x*x, x3=x*x*x, x4=x*x*x*x));
-}
-print("Showing powers of 3 --"); print(powerful(3));
-
-# In R, the last expression in a function is, by default, what is
-# returned. So you could equally just say:
-powerful <- function(x) {list(x2=x*x, x3=x*x*x, x4=x*x*x*x)}
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-rsrc.

- -

Development of the CodeMirror R mode was kindly sponsored - by Ubalo.

- -

RPM changes mode

- -

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-rpm-changes.

RPM changes mode

- -

- - -

RPM spec mode

- -

-#
-# spec file for package minidlna
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011, Sascha Peilicke <saschpe@gmx.de>
-#
-# All modifications and additions to the file contributed by third parties
-# remain the property of their copyright owners, unless otherwise agreed
-# upon. The license for this file, and modifications and additions to the
-# file, is the same license as for the pristine package itself (unless the
-# license for the pristine package is not an Open Source License, in which
-# case the license is the MIT License). An "Open Source License" is a
-# license that conforms to the Open Source Definition (Version 1.9)
-# published by the Open Source Initiative.
-
-
-Name:           libupnp6
-Version:        1.6.13
-Release:        0
-Summary:        Portable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) SDK
-Group:          System/Libraries
-License:        BSD-3-Clause
-Url:            http://sourceforge.net/projects/pupnp/
-Source0:        http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pupnp/libupnp-%{version}.tar.bz2
-BuildRoot:      %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-build
-
-%description
-The portable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) SDK provides support for building
-UPnP-compliant control points, devices, and bridges on several operating
-systems.
-
-%package -n libupnp-devel
-Summary:        Portable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) SDK
-Group:          Development/Libraries/C and C++
-Provides:       pkgconfig(libupnp)
-Requires:       %{name} = %{version}
-
-%description -n libupnp-devel
-The portable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) SDK provides support for building
-UPnP-compliant control points, devices, and bridges on several operating
-systems.
-
-%prep
-%setup -n libupnp-%{version}
-
-%build
-%configure --disable-static
-make %{?_smp_mflags}
-
-%install
-%makeinstall
-find %{buildroot} -type f -name '*.la' -exec rm -f {} ';'
-
-%post -p /sbin/ldconfig
-
-%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
-
-%files
-%defattr(-,root,root,-)
-%doc ChangeLog NEWS README TODO
-%{_libdir}/libixml.so.*
-%{_libdir}/libthreadutil.so.*
-%{_libdir}/libupnp.so.*
-
-%files -n libupnp-devel
-%defattr(-,root,root,-)
-%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/libupnp.pc
-%{_libdir}/libixml.so
-%{_libdir}/libthreadutil.so
-%{_libdir}/libupnp.so
-%{_includedir}/upnp/
-
-%changelog

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-rpm-spec, text/x-rpm-changes.

reStructuredText mode

-.. This is an excerpt from Sphinx documentation: http://sphinx.pocoo.org/_sources/rest.txt
-
-.. highlightlang:: rest
-
-.. _rst-primer:
-
-reStructuredText Primer
-=======================
-
-This section is a brief introduction to reStructuredText (reST) concepts and
-syntax, intended to provide authors with enough information to author documents
-productively.  Since reST was designed to be a simple, unobtrusive markup
-language, this will not take too long.
-
-.. seealso::
-
-   The authoritative `reStructuredText User Documentation
-   <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_.  The "ref" links in this
-   document link to the description of the individual constructs in the reST
-   reference.
-
-
-Paragraphs
-----------
-
-The paragraph (:duref:`ref <paragraphs>`) is the most basic block in a reST
-document.  Paragraphs are simply chunks of text separated by one or more blank
-lines.  As in Python, indentation is significant in reST, so all lines of the
-same paragraph must be left-aligned to the same level of indentation.
-
-
-.. _inlinemarkup:
-
-Inline markup
--------------
-
-The standard reST inline markup is quite simple: use
-
-* one asterisk: ``*text*`` for emphasis (italics),
-* two asterisks: ``**text**`` for strong emphasis (boldface), and
-* backquotes: ````text```` for code samples.
-
-If asterisks or backquotes appear in running text and could be confused with
-inline markup delimiters, they have to be escaped with a backslash.
-
-Be aware of some restrictions of this markup:
-
-* it may not be nested,
-* content may not start or end with whitespace: ``* text*`` is wrong,
-* it must be separated from surrounding text by non-word characters.  Use a
-  backslash escaped space to work around that: ``thisis\ *one*\ word``.
-
-These restrictions may be lifted in future versions of the docutils.
-
-reST also allows for custom "interpreted text roles"', which signify that the
-enclosed text should be interpreted in a specific way.  Sphinx uses this to
-provide semantic markup and cross-referencing of identifiers, as described in
-the appropriate section.  The general syntax is ``:rolename:`content```.
-
-Standard reST provides the following roles:
-
-* :durole:`emphasis` -- alternate spelling for ``*emphasis*``
-* :durole:`strong` -- alternate spelling for ``**strong**``
-* :durole:`literal` -- alternate spelling for ````literal````
-* :durole:`subscript` -- subscript text
-* :durole:`superscript` -- superscript text
-* :durole:`title-reference` -- for titles of books, periodicals, and other
-  materials
-
-See :ref:`inline-markup` for roles added by Sphinx.
-
-
-Lists and Quote-like blocks
----------------------------
-
-List markup (:duref:`ref <bullet-lists>`) is natural: just place an asterisk at
-the start of a paragraph and indent properly.  The same goes for numbered lists;
-they can also be autonumbered using a ``#`` sign::
-
-   * This is a bulleted list.
-   * It has two items, the second
-     item uses two lines.
-
-   1. This is a numbered list.
-   2. It has two items too.
-
-   #. This is a numbered list.
-   #. It has two items too.
-
-
-Nested lists are possible, but be aware that they must be separated from the
-parent list items by blank lines::
-
-   * this is
-   * a list
-
-     * with a nested list
-     * and some subitems
-
-   * and here the parent list continues
-
-Definition lists (:duref:`ref <definition-lists>`) are created as follows::
-
-   term (up to a line of text)
-      Definition of the term, which must be indented
-
-      and can even consist of multiple paragraphs
-
-   next term
-      Description.
-
-Note that the term cannot have more than one line of text.
-
-Quoted paragraphs (:duref:`ref <block-quotes>`) are created by just indenting
-them more than the surrounding paragraphs.
-
-Line blocks (:duref:`ref <line-blocks>`) are a way of preserving line breaks::
-
-   | These lines are
-   | broken exactly like in
-   | the source file.
-
-There are also several more special blocks available:
-
-* field lists (:duref:`ref <field-lists>`)
-* option lists (:duref:`ref <option-lists>`)
-* quoted literal blocks (:duref:`ref <quoted-literal-blocks>`)
-* doctest blocks (:duref:`ref <doctest-blocks>`)
-
-
-Source Code
------------
-
-Literal code blocks (:duref:`ref <literal-blocks>`) are introduced by ending a
-paragraph with the special marker ``::``.  The literal block must be indented
-(and, like all paragraphs, separated from the surrounding ones by blank lines)::
-
-   This is a normal text paragraph. The next paragraph is a code sample::
-
-      It is not processed in any way, except
-      that the indentation is removed.
-
-      It can span multiple lines.
-
-   This is a normal text paragraph again.
-
-The handling of the ``::`` marker is smart:
-
-* If it occurs as a paragraph of its own, that paragraph is completely left
-  out of the document.
-* If it is preceded by whitespace, the marker is removed.
-* If it is preceded by non-whitespace, the marker is replaced by a single
-  colon.
-
-That way, the second sentence in the above example's first paragraph would be
-rendered as "The next paragraph is a code sample:".
-
-
-.. _rst-tables:
-
-Tables
-------
-
-Two forms of tables are supported.  For *grid tables* (:duref:`ref
-<grid-tables>`), you have to "paint" the cell grid yourself.  They look like
-this::
-
-   +------------------------+------------+----------+----------+
-   | Header row, column 1   | Header 2   | Header 3 | Header 4 |
-   | (header rows optional) |            |          |          |
-   +========================+============+==========+==========+
-   | body row 1, column 1   | column 2   | column 3 | column 4 |
-   +------------------------+------------+----------+----------+
-   | body row 2             | ...        | ...      |          |
-   +------------------------+------------+----------+----------+
-
-*Simple tables* (:duref:`ref <simple-tables>`) are easier to write, but
-limited: they must contain more than one row, and the first column cannot
-contain multiple lines.  They look like this::
-
-   =====  =====  =======
-   A      B      A and B
-   =====  =====  =======
-   False  False  False
-   True   False  False
-   False  True   False
-   True   True   True
-   =====  =====  =======
-
-
-Hyperlinks
-----------
-
-External links
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-Use ```Link text <http://example.com/>`_`` for inline web links.  If the link
-text should be the web address, you don't need special markup at all, the parser
-finds links and mail addresses in ordinary text.
-
-You can also separate the link and the target definition (:duref:`ref
-<hyperlink-targets>`), like this::
-
-   This is a paragraph that contains `a link`_.
-
-   .. _a link: http://example.com/
-
-
-Internal links
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-Internal linking is done via a special reST role provided by Sphinx, see the
-section on specific markup, :ref:`ref-role`.
-
-
-Sections
---------
-
-Section headers (:duref:`ref <sections>`) are created by underlining (and
-optionally overlining) the section title with a punctuation character, at least
-as long as the text::
-
-   =================
-   This is a heading
-   =================
-
-Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the
-structure is determined from the succession of headings.  However, for the
-Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:
-
-* ``#`` with overline, for parts
-* ``*`` with overline, for chapters
-* ``=``, for sections
-* ``-``, for subsections
-* ``^``, for subsubsections
-* ``"``, for paragraphs
-
-Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST
-documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most
-target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth.
-
-
-Explicit Markup
----------------
-
-"Explicit markup" (:duref:`ref <explicit-markup-blocks>`) is used in reST for
-most constructs that need special handling, such as footnotes,
-specially-highlighted paragraphs, comments, and generic directives.
-
-An explicit markup block begins with a line starting with ``..`` followed by
-whitespace and is terminated by the next paragraph at the same level of
-indentation.  (There needs to be a blank line between explicit markup and normal
-paragraphs.  This may all sound a bit complicated, but it is intuitive enough
-when you write it.)
-
-
-.. _directives:
-
-Directives
-----------
-
-A directive (:duref:`ref <directives>`) is a generic block of explicit markup.
-Besides roles, it is one of the extension mechanisms of reST, and Sphinx makes
-heavy use of it.
-
-Docutils supports the following directives:
-
-* Admonitions: :dudir:`attention`, :dudir:`caution`, :dudir:`danger`,
-  :dudir:`error`, :dudir:`hint`, :dudir:`important`, :dudir:`note`,
-  :dudir:`tip`, :dudir:`warning` and the generic :dudir:`admonition`.
-  (Most themes style only "note" and "warning" specially.)
-
-* Images:
-
-  - :dudir:`image` (see also Images_ below)
-  - :dudir:`figure` (an image with caption and optional legend)
-
-* Additional body elements:
-
-  - :dudir:`contents` (a local, i.e. for the current file only, table of
-    contents)
-  - :dudir:`container` (a container with a custom class, useful to generate an
-    outer ``<div>`` in HTML)
-  - :dudir:`rubric` (a heading without relation to the document sectioning)
-  - :dudir:`topic`, :dudir:`sidebar` (special highlighted body elements)
-  - :dudir:`parsed-literal` (literal block that supports inline markup)
-  - :dudir:`epigraph` (a block quote with optional attribution line)
-  - :dudir:`highlights`, :dudir:`pull-quote` (block quotes with their own
-    class attribute)
-  - :dudir:`compound` (a compound paragraph)
-
-* Special tables:
-
-  - :dudir:`table` (a table with title)
-  - :dudir:`csv-table` (a table generated from comma-separated values)
-  - :dudir:`list-table` (a table generated from a list of lists)
-
-* Special directives:
-
-  - :dudir:`raw` (include raw target-format markup)
-  - :dudir:`include` (include reStructuredText from another file)
-    -- in Sphinx, when given an absolute include file path, this directive takes
-    it as relative to the source directory
-  - :dudir:`class` (assign a class attribute to the next element) [1]_
-
-* HTML specifics:
-
-  - :dudir:`meta` (generation of HTML ``<meta>`` tags)
-  - :dudir:`title` (override document title)
-
-* Influencing markup:
-
-  - :dudir:`default-role` (set a new default role)
-  - :dudir:`role` (create a new role)
-
-  Since these are only per-file, better use Sphinx' facilities for setting the
-  :confval:`default_role`.
-
-Do *not* use the directives :dudir:`sectnum`, :dudir:`header` and
-:dudir:`footer`.
-
-Directives added by Sphinx are described in :ref:`sphinxmarkup`.
-
-Basically, a directive consists of a name, arguments, options and content. (Keep
-this terminology in mind, it is used in the next chapter describing custom
-directives.)  Looking at this example, ::
-
-   .. function:: foo(x)
-                 foo(y, z)
-      :module: some.module.name
-
-      Return a line of text input from the user.
-
-``function`` is the directive name.  It is given two arguments here, the
-remainder of the first line and the second line, as well as one option
-``module`` (as you can see, options are given in the lines immediately following
-the arguments and indicated by the colons).  Options must be indented to the
-same level as the directive content.
-
-The directive content follows after a blank line and is indented relative to the
-directive start.
-
-
-Images
-------
-
-reST supports an image directive (:dudir:`ref <image>`), used like so::
-
-   .. image:: gnu.png
-      (options)
-
-When used within Sphinx, the file name given (here ``gnu.png``) must either be
-relative to the source file, or absolute which means that they are relative to
-the top source directory.  For example, the file ``sketch/spam.rst`` could refer
-to the image ``images/spam.png`` as ``../images/spam.png`` or
-``/images/spam.png``.
-
-Sphinx will automatically copy image files over to a subdirectory of the output
-directory on building (e.g. the ``_static`` directory for HTML output.)
-
-Interpretation of image size options (``width`` and ``height``) is as follows:
-if the size has no unit or the unit is pixels, the given size will only be
-respected for output channels that support pixels (i.e. not in LaTeX output).
-Other units (like ``pt`` for points) will be used for HTML and LaTeX output.
-
-Sphinx extends the standard docutils behavior by allowing an asterisk for the
-extension::
-
-   .. image:: gnu.*
-
-Sphinx then searches for all images matching the provided pattern and determines
-their type.  Each builder then chooses the best image out of these candidates.
-For instance, if the file name ``gnu.*`` was given and two files :file:`gnu.pdf`
-and :file:`gnu.png` existed in the source tree, the LaTeX builder would choose
-the former, while the HTML builder would prefer the latter.
-
-.. versionchanged:: 0.4
-   Added the support for file names ending in an asterisk.
-
-.. versionchanged:: 0.6
-   Image paths can now be absolute.
-
-
-Footnotes
----------
-
-For footnotes (:duref:`ref <footnotes>`), use ``[#name]_`` to mark the footnote
-location, and add the footnote body at the bottom of the document after a
-"Footnotes" rubric heading, like so::
-
-   Lorem ipsum [#f1]_ dolor sit amet ... [#f2]_
-
-   .. rubric:: Footnotes
-
-   .. [#f1] Text of the first footnote.
-   .. [#f2] Text of the second footnote.
-
-You can also explicitly number the footnotes (``[1]_``) or use auto-numbered
-footnotes without names (``[#]_``).
-
-
-Citations
----------
-
-Standard reST citations (:duref:`ref <citations>`) are supported, with the
-additional feature that they are "global", i.e. all citations can be referenced
-from all files.  Use them like so::
-
-   Lorem ipsum [Ref]_ dolor sit amet.
-
-   .. [Ref] Book or article reference, URL or whatever.
-
-Citation usage is similar to footnote usage, but with a label that is not
-numeric or begins with ``#``.
-
-
-Substitutions
--------------
-
-reST supports "substitutions" (:duref:`ref <substitution-definitions>`), which
-are pieces of text and/or markup referred to in the text by ``|name|``.  They
-are defined like footnotes with explicit markup blocks, like this::
-
-   .. |name| replace:: replacement *text*
-
-or this::
-
-   .. |caution| image:: warning.png
-                :alt: Warning!
-
-See the :duref:`reST reference for substitutions <substitution-definitions>`
-for details.
-
-If you want to use some substitutions for all documents, put them into
-:confval:`rst_prolog` or put them into a separate file and include it into all
-documents you want to use them in, using the :rst:dir:`include` directive.  (Be
-sure to give the include file a file name extension differing from that of other
-source files, to avoid Sphinx finding it as a standalone document.)
-
-Sphinx defines some default substitutions, see :ref:`default-substitutions`.
-
-
-Comments
---------
-
-Every explicit markup block which isn't a valid markup construct (like the
-footnotes above) is regarded as a comment (:duref:`ref <comments>`).  For
-example::
-
-   .. This is a comment.
-
-You can indent text after a comment start to form multiline comments::
-
-   ..
-      This whole indented block
-      is a comment.
-
-      Still in the comment.
-
-
-Source encoding
----------------
-
-Since the easiest way to include special characters like em dashes or copyright
-signs in reST is to directly write them as Unicode characters, one has to
-specify an encoding.  Sphinx assumes source files to be encoded in UTF-8 by
-default; you can change this with the :confval:`source_encoding` config value.
-
-
-Gotchas
--------
-
-There are some problems one commonly runs into while authoring reST documents:
-
-* **Separation of inline markup:** As said above, inline markup spans must be
-  separated from the surrounding text by non-word characters, you have to use a
-  backslash-escaped space to get around that.  See `the reference
-  <http://docutils.sf.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html#inline-markup>`_
-  for the details.
-
-* **No nested inline markup:** Something like ``*see :func:`foo`*`` is not
-  possible.
-
-
-.. rubric:: Footnotes
-
-.. [1] When the default domain contains a :rst:dir:`class` directive, this directive
-       will be shadowed.  Therefore, Sphinx re-exports it as :rst:dir:`rst-class`.
-

- - -

- The python mode will be used for highlighting blocks - containing Python/IPython terminal sessions: blocks starting with - >>> (for Python) or In [num]: (for - IPython). - - Further, the stex mode will be used for highlighting - blocks containing LaTex code. -

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-rst.

Ruby mode

-# Code from http://sandbox.mc.edu/~bennet/ruby/code/poly_rb.html
-#
-# This program evaluates polynomials.  It first asks for the coefficients
-# of a polynomial, which must be entered on one line, highest-order first.
-# It then requests values of x and will compute the value of the poly for
-# each x.  It will repeatly ask for x values, unless you the user enters
-# a blank line.  It that case, it will ask for another polynomial.  If the
-# user types quit for either input, the program immediately exits.
-#
-
-#
-# Function to evaluate a polynomial at x.  The polynomial is given
-# as a list of coefficients, from the greatest to the least.
-def polyval(x, coef)
-    sum = 0
-    coef = coef.clone           # Don't want to destroy the original
-    while true
-        sum += coef.shift       # Add and remove the next coef
-        break if coef.empty?    # If no more, done entirely.
-        sum *= x                # This happens the right number of times.
-    end
-    return sum
-end
-
-#
-# Function to read a line containing a list of integers and return
-# them as an array of integers.  If the string conversion fails, it
-# throws TypeError.  If the input line is the word 'quit', then it
-# converts it to an end-of-file exception
-def readints(prompt)
-    # Read a line
-    print prompt
-    line = readline.chomp
-    raise EOFError.new if line == 'quit' # You can also use a real EOF.
-            
-    # Go through each item on the line, converting each one and adding it
-    # to retval.
-    retval = [ ]
-    for str in line.split(/\s+/)
-        if str =~ /^\-?\d+$/
-            retval.push(str.to_i)
-        else
-            raise TypeError.new
-        end
-    end
-
-    return retval
-end
-
-#
-# Take a coeff and an exponent and return the string representation, ignoring
-# the sign of the coefficient.
-def term_to_str(coef, exp)
-    ret = ""
-
-    # Show coeff, unless it's 1 or at the right
-    coef = coef.abs
-    ret = coef.to_s     unless coef == 1 && exp > 0
-    ret += "x" if exp > 0                               # x if exponent not 0
-    ret += "^" + exp.to_s if exp > 1                    # ^exponent, if > 1.
-
-    return ret
-end
-
-#
-# Create a string of the polynomial in sort-of-readable form.
-def polystr(p)
-    # Get the exponent of first coefficient, plus 1.
-    exp = p.length
-
-    # Assign exponents to each term, making pairs of coeff and exponent,
-    # Then get rid of the zero terms.
-    p = (p.map { |c| exp -= 1; [ c, exp ] }).select { |p| p[0] != 0 }
-
-    # If there's nothing left, it's a zero
-    return "0" if p.empty?
-
-    # *** Now p is a non-empty list of [ coef, exponent ] pairs. ***
-
-    # Convert the first term, preceded by a "-" if it's negative.
-    result = (if p[0][0] < 0 then "-" else "" end) + term_to_str(*p[0])
-
-    # Convert the rest of the terms, in each case adding the appropriate
-    # + or - separating them.  
-    for term in p[1...p.length]
-        # Add the separator then the rep. of the term.
-        result += (if term[0] < 0 then " - " else " + " end) + 
-                term_to_str(*term)
-    end
-
-    return result
-end
-        
-#
-# Run until some kind of endfile.
-begin
-    # Repeat until an exception or quit gets us out.
-    while true
-        # Read a poly until it works.  An EOF will except out of the
-        # program.
-        print "\n"
-        begin
-            poly = readints("Enter a polynomial coefficients: ")
-        rescue TypeError
-            print "Try again.\n"
-            retry
-        end
-        break if poly.empty?
-
-        # Read and evaluate x values until the user types a blank line.
-        # Again, an EOF will except out of the pgm.
-        while true
-            # Request an integer.
-            print "Enter x value or blank line: "
-            x = readline.chomp
-            break if x == ''
-            raise EOFError.new if x == 'quit'
-
-            # If it looks bad, let's try again.
-            if x !~ /^\-?\d+$/
-                print "That doesn't look like an integer.  Please try again.\n"
-                next
-            end
-
-            # Convert to an integer and print the result.
-            x = x.to_i
-            print "p(x) = ", polystr(poly), "\n"
-            print "p(", x, ") = ", polyval(x, poly), "\n"
-        end
-    end
-rescue EOFError
-    print "\n=== EOF ===\n"
-rescue Interrupt, SignalException
-    print "\n=== Interrupted ===\n"
-else
-    print "--- Bye ---\n"
-end
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-ruby.

- -

Development of the CodeMirror Ruby mode was kindly sponsored - by Ubalo.

- -

Rust mode

- - -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-rustsrc.

SAS mode

- - - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-sas.

- -

Sass mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-sass.

Scheme mode

-; See if the input starts with a given symbol.
-(define (match-symbol input pattern)
-  (cond ((null? (remain input)) #f)
-	((eqv? (car (remain input)) pattern) (r-cdr input))
-	(else #f)))
-
-; Allow the input to start with one of a list of patterns.
-(define (match-or input pattern)
-  (cond ((null? pattern) #f)
-	((match-pattern input (car pattern)))
-	(else (match-or input (cdr pattern)))))
-
-; Allow a sequence of patterns.
-(define (match-seq input pattern)
-  (if (null? pattern)
-      input
-      (let ((match (match-pattern input (car pattern))))
-	(if match (match-seq match (cdr pattern)) #f))))
-
-; Match with the pattern but no problem if it does not match.
-(define (match-opt input pattern)
-  (let ((match (match-pattern input (car pattern))))
-    (if match match input)))
-
-; Match anything (other than '()), until pattern is found. The rather
-; clumsy form of requiring an ending pattern is needed to decide where
-; the end of the match is. If none is given, this will match the rest
-; of the sentence.
-(define (match-any input pattern)
-  (cond ((null? (remain input)) #f)
-	((null? pattern) (f-cons (remain input) (clear-remain input)))
-	(else
-	 (let ((accum-any (collector)))
-	   (define (match-pattern-any input pattern)
-	     (cond ((null? (remain input)) #f)
-		   (else (accum-any (car (remain input)))
-			 (cond ((match-pattern (r-cdr input) pattern))
-			       (else (match-pattern-any (r-cdr input) pattern))))))
-	   (let ((retval (match-pattern-any input (car pattern))))
-	     (if retval
-		 (f-cons (accum-any) retval)
-		 #f))))))
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-scheme.

- -

Shell mode

- - - - - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-sh.

Sieve (RFC5228) mode

-#
-# Example Sieve Filter
-# Declare any optional features or extension used by the script
-#
-
-require ["fileinto", "reject"];
-
-#
-# Reject any large messages (note that the four leading dots get
-# "stuffed" to three)
-#
-if size :over 1M
-{
-  reject text:
-Please do not send me large attachments.
-Put your file on a server and send me the URL.
-Thank you.
-.... Fred
-.
-;
-  stop;
-}
-
-#
-# Handle messages from known mailing lists
-# Move messages from IETF filter discussion list to filter folder
-#
-if header :is "Sender" "owner-ietf-mta-filters@imc.org"
-{
-  fileinto "filter";  # move to "filter" folder
-}
-#
-# Keep all messages to or from people in my company
-#
-elsif address :domain :is ["From", "To"] "example.com"
-{
-  keep;               # keep in "In" folder
-}
-
-#
-# Try and catch unsolicited email.  If a message is not to me,
-# or it contains a subject known to be spam, file it away.
-#
-elsif anyof (not address :all :contains
-               ["To", "Cc", "Bcc"] "me@example.com",
-             header :matches "subject"
-               ["*make*money*fast*", "*university*dipl*mas*"])
-{
-  # If message header does not contain my address,
-  # it's from a list.
-  fileinto "spam";   # move to "spam" folder
-}
-else
-{
-  # Move all other (non-company) mail to "personal"
-  # folder.
-  fileinto "personal";
-}
-

- - -

MIME types defined: application/sieve.

- -

SLIM mode

- - -

MIME types defined: application/x-slim.

- -

- Parsing/Highlighting Tests: - normal, - verbose. -

Smalltalk mode

- - - - -

Simple Smalltalk mode.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-stsrc.

Smarty mode

- - -

Mode for Smarty version 2 or 3, which allows for custom delimiter tags.

- -

Several configuration parameters are supported:

- -

leftDelimiter and rightDelimiter, - which should be strings that determine where the Smarty syntax - starts and ends.
version, which should be 2 or 3.
baseMode, which can be a mode spec - like "text/html" to set a different background mode.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-smarty

- -

Smarty 2, custom delimiters

- - - -

Smarty 3

- - - - - -

Solr mode

- -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-solr.

Soy (Closure Template) mode

- - - - -

A mode for Closure Templates (Soy).

MIME type defined: text/x-soy.

SPARQL mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: application/sparql-query.

- -

Spreadsheet mode

- - - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-spreadsheet.

- -

The Spreadsheet Mode

Created by Robert Plummer

SQL Mode for CodeMirror

- -

MIME types defined: - text/x-sql, - text/x-mysql, - text/x-mariadb, - text/x-cassandra, - text/x-plsql, - text/x-mssql, - text/x-hive, - text/x-pgsql, - text/x-gql. -

- - -

sTeX mode

-\begin{module}[id=bbt-size]
-\importmodule[balanced-binary-trees]{balanced-binary-trees}
-\importmodule[\KWARCslides{dmath/en/cardinality}]{cardinality}
-
-\begin{frame}
-  \frametitle{Size Lemma for Balanced Trees}
-  \begin{itemize}
-  \item
-    \begin{assertion}[id=size-lemma,type=lemma] 
-    Let $G=\tup{V,E}$ be a \termref[cd=binary-trees]{balanced binary tree} 
-    of \termref[cd=graph-depth,name=vertex-depth]{depth}$n>i$, then the set
-     $\defeq{\livar{V}i}{\setst{\inset{v}{V}}{\gdepth{v} = i}}$ of
-    \termref[cd=graphs-intro,name=node]{nodes} at 
-    \termref[cd=graph-depth,name=vertex-depth]{depth} $i$ has
-    \termref[cd=cardinality,name=cardinality]{cardinality} $\power2i$.
-   \end{assertion}
-  \item
-    \begin{sproof}[id=size-lemma-pf,proofend=,for=size-lemma]{via induction over the depth $i$.}
-      \begin{spfcases}{We have to consider two cases}
-        \begin{spfcase}{$i=0$}
-          \begin{spfstep}[display=flow]
-            then $\livar{V}i=\set{\livar{v}r}$, where $\livar{v}r$ is the root, so
-            $\eq{\card{\livar{V}0},\card{\set{\livar{v}r}},1,\power20}$.
-          \end{spfstep}
-        \end{spfcase}
-        \begin{spfcase}{$i>0$}
-          \begin{spfstep}[display=flow]
-           then $\livar{V}{i-1}$ contains $\power2{i-1}$ vertexes 
-           \begin{justification}[method=byIH](IH)\end{justification}
-          \end{spfstep}
-          \begin{spfstep}
-           By the \begin{justification}[method=byDef]definition of a binary
-              tree\end{justification}, each $\inset{v}{\livar{V}{i-1}}$ is a leaf or has
-            two children that are at depth $i$.
-          \end{spfstep}
-          \begin{spfstep}
-           As $G$ is \termref[cd=balanced-binary-trees,name=balanced-binary-tree]{balanced} and $\gdepth{G}=n>i$, $\livar{V}{i-1}$ cannot contain
-            leaves.
-          \end{spfstep}
-          \begin{spfstep}[type=conclusion]
-           Thus $\eq{\card{\livar{V}i},{\atimes[cdot]{2,\card{\livar{V}{i-1}}}},{\atimes[cdot]{2,\power2{i-1}}},\power2i}$.
-          \end{spfstep}
-        \end{spfcase}
-      \end{spfcases}
-    \end{sproof}
-  \item 
-    \begin{assertion}[id=fbbt,type=corollary]	
-      A fully balanced tree of depth $d$ has $\power2{d+1}-1$ nodes.
-    \end{assertion}
-  \item
-      \begin{sproof}[for=fbbt,id=fbbt-pf]{}
-        \begin{spfstep}
-          Let $\defeq{G}{\tup{V,E}}$ be a fully balanced tree
-        \end{spfstep}
-        \begin{spfstep}
-          Then $\card{V}=\Sumfromto{i}1d{\power2i}= \power2{d+1}-1$.
-        \end{spfstep}
-      \end{sproof}
-    \end{itemize}
-  \end{frame}
-\begin{note}
-  \begin{omtext}[type=conclusion,for=binary-tree]
-    This shows that balanced binary trees grow in breadth very quickly, a consequence of
-    this is that they are very shallow (and this compute very fast), which is the essence of
-    the next result.
-  \end{omtext}
-\end{note}
-\end{module}
-
-%%% Local Variables: 
-%%% mode: LaTeX
-%%% TeX-master: "all"
-%%% End: \end{document}
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-stex.

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

Stylus mode

-/* Stylus mode */
-
-#id,
-.class,
-article
-  font-family Arial, sans-serif
-
-#id,
-.class,
-article {
-  font-family: Arial, sans-serif;
-}
-
-// Variables
-font-size-base = 16px
-line-height-base = 1.5
-font-family-base = "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif
-text-color = lighten(#000, 20%)
-
-body
-  font font-size-base/line-height-base font-family-base
-  color text-color
-
-body {
-  font: 400 16px/1.5 "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;
-  color: #333;
-}
-
-// Variables
-link-color = darken(#428bca, 6.5%)
-link-hover-color = darken(link-color, 15%)
-link-decoration = none
-link-hover-decoration = false
-
-// Mixin
-tab-focus()
-  outline thin dotted
-  outline 5px auto -webkit-focus-ring-color
-  outline-offset -2px
-
-a
-  color link-color
-  if link-decoration
-    text-decoration link-decoration
-  &:hover
-  &:focus
-    color link-hover-color
-    if link-hover-decoration
-      text-decoration link-hover-decoration
-  &:focus
-    tab-focus()
-
-a {
-  color: #3782c4;
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-a:hover,
-a:focus {
-  color: #2f6ea7;
-}
-a:focus {
-  outline: thin dotted;
-  outline: 5px auto -webkit-focus-ring-color;
-  outline-offset: -2px;
-}
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-styl.

Created by Dmitry Kiselyov

Swift mode

- - - -

A simple mode for Swift

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-swift (Swift code)

Tcl mode

-##############################################################################################
-##  ##     whois.tcl for eggdrop by Ford_Lawnmower irc.geekshed.net #Script-Help        ##  ##
-##############################################################################################
-## To use this script you must set channel flag +whois (ie .chanset #chan +whois)           ##
-##############################################################################################
-##      ____                __                 ###########################################  ##
-##     / __/___ _ ___ _ ___/ /____ ___   ___   ###########################################  ##
-##    / _/ / _ `// _ `// _  // __// _ \ / _ \  ###########################################  ##
-##   /___/ \_, / \_, / \_,_//_/   \___// .__/  ###########################################  ##
-##        /___/ /___/                 /_/      ###########################################  ##
-##                                             ###########################################  ##
-##############################################################################################
-##  ##                             Start Setup.                                         ##  ##
-##############################################################################################
-namespace eval whois {
-## change cmdchar to the trigger you want to use                                        ##  ##
-  variable cmdchar "!"
-## change command to the word trigger you would like to use.                            ##  ##
-## Keep in mind, This will also change the .chanset +/-command                          ##  ##
-  variable command "whois"
-## change textf to the colors you want for the text.                                    ##  ##
-  variable textf "\017\00304"
-## change tagf to the colors you want for tags:                                         ##  ##
-  variable tagf "\017\002"
-## Change logo to the logo you want at the start of the line.                           ##  ##
-  variable logo "\017\00304\002\[\00306W\003hois\00304\]\017"
-## Change lineout to the results you want. Valid results are channel users modes topic  ##  ##
-  variable lineout "channel users modes topic"
-##############################################################################################
-##  ##                           End Setup.                                              ## ##
-##############################################################################################
-  variable channel ""
-  setudef flag $whois::command
-  bind pub -|- [string trimleft $whois::cmdchar]${whois::command} whois::list
-  bind raw -|- "311" whois::311
-  bind raw -|- "312" whois::312
-  bind raw -|- "319" whois::319
-  bind raw -|- "317" whois::317
-  bind raw -|- "313" whois::multi
-  bind raw -|- "310" whois::multi
-  bind raw -|- "335" whois::multi
-  bind raw -|- "301" whois::301
-  bind raw -|- "671" whois::multi
-  bind raw -|- "320" whois::multi
-  bind raw -|- "401" whois::multi
-  bind raw -|- "318" whois::318
-  bind raw -|- "307" whois::307
-}
-proc whois::311 {from key text} {
-  if {[regexp -- {^[^\s]+\s(.+?)\s(.+?)\s(.+?)\s\*\s\:(.+)$} $text wholematch nick ident host realname]} {
-    putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Host:${whois::textf} \
-        $nick $${ident}@${host}$ ${whois::tagf}Realname:${whois::textf} $realname"
-  }
-}
-proc whois::multi {from key text} {
-  if {[regexp {\:(.*)$} $text match $key]} {
-    putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Note:${whois::textf} [subst $$key]"
-        return 1
-  }
-}
-proc whois::312 {from key text} {
-  regexp {([^\s]+)\s\:} $text match server
-  putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Server:${whois::textf} $server"
-}
-proc whois::319 {from key text} {
-  if {[regexp {.+\:(.+)$} $text match channels]} {
-    putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Channels:${whois::textf} $channels"
-  }
-}
-proc whois::317 {from key text} {
-  if {[regexp -- {.*\s(\d+)\s(\d+)\s\:} $text wholematch idle signon]} {
-    putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Connected:${whois::textf} \
-        [ctime $signon] ${whois::tagf}Idle:${whois::textf} [duration $idle]"
-  }
-}
-proc whois::301 {from key text} {
-  if {[regexp {^.+\s[^\s]+\s\:(.*)$} $text match awaymsg]} {
-    putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Away:${whois::textf} $awaymsg"
-  }
-}
-proc whois::318 {from key text} {
-  namespace eval whois {
-        variable channel ""
-  }
-  variable whois::channel ""
-}
-proc whois::307 {from key text} {
-  putserv "PRIVMSG $whois::channel :${whois::logo} ${whois::tagf}Services:${whois::textf} Registered Nick"
-}
-proc whois::list {nick host hand chan text} {
-  if {[lsearch -exact [channel info $chan] "+${whois::command}"] != -1} {
-    namespace eval whois {
-          variable channel ""
-        }
-    variable whois::channel $chan
-    putserv "WHOIS $text"
-  }
-}
-putlog "\002*Loaded* \017\00304\002\[\00306W\003hois\00304\]\017 \002by \
-Ford_Lawnmower irc.GeekShed.net #Script-Help"
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-tcl.

- -

Textile mode

-h1. Textile Mode
-
-A paragraph without formatting.
-
-p. A simple Paragraph.
-
-
-h2. Phrase Modifiers
-
-Here are some simple phrase modifiers: *strong*, _emphasis_, **bold**, and __italic__.
-
-A ??citation??, -deleted text-, +inserted text+, some ^superscript^, and some ~subscript~.
-
-A %span element% and @code element@
-
-A "link":http://example.com, a "link with (alt text)":urlAlias
-
-[urlAlias]http://example.com/
-
-An image: !http://example.com/image.png! and an image with a link: !http://example.com/image.png!:http://example.com
-
-A sentence with a footnote.[123]
-
-fn123. The footnote is defined here.
-
-Registered(r), Trademark(tm), and Copyright(c)
-
-
-h2. Headers
-
-h1. Top level
-h2. Second level
-h3. Third level
-h4. Fourth level
-h5. Fifth level
-h6. Lowest level
-
-
-h2.  Lists
-
-* An unordered list
-** foo bar
-*** foo bar
-**** foo bar
-** foo bar
-
-# An ordered list
-## foo bar
-### foo bar
-#### foo bar
-## foo bar
-
-- definition list := description
-- another item    := foo bar
-- spanning ines   :=
-                     foo bar
-
-                     foo bar =:
-
-
-h2. Attributes
-
-Layouts and phrase modifiers can be modified with various kinds of attributes: alignment, CSS ID, CSS class names, language, padding, and CSS styles.
-
-h3. Alignment
-
-div<. left align
-div>. right align
-
-h3. CSS ID and class name
-
-You are a %(my-id#my-classname) rad% person.
-
-h3. Language
-
-p[en_CA]. Strange weather, eh?
-
-h3. Horizontal Padding
-
-p(())). 2em left padding, 3em right padding
-
-h3. CSS styling
-
-p{background: red}. Fire!
-
-
-h2. Table
-
-|_.              Header 1               |_.      Header 2        |
-|{background:#ddd}. Cell with background|         Normal         |
-|\2.         Cell spanning 2 columns                             |
-|/2.         Cell spanning 2 rows       |(cell-class). one       |
-|                                                two             |
-|>.                  Right aligned cell |<. Left aligned cell    |
-
-
-h3. A table with attributes:
-
-table(#prices).
-|Adults|$5|
-|Children|$2|
-
-
-h2. Code blocks
-
-bc.
-function factorial(n) {
-    if (n === 0) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    return n * factorial(n - 1);
-}
-
-pre..
-                ,,,,,,
-            o#'9MMHb':'-,o,
-         .oH":HH$' "' ' -*R&o,
-        dMMM*""'`'      .oM"HM?.
-       ,MMM'          "HLbd< ?&H\
-      .:MH ."\          ` MM  MM&b
-     . "*H    -        &MMMMMMMMMH:
-     .    dboo        MMMMMMMMMMMM.
-     .   dMMMMMMb      *MMMMMMMMMP.
-     .    MMMMMMMP        *MMMMMP .
-          `#MMMMM           MM6P ,
-       '    `MMMP"           HM*`,
-        '    :MM             .- ,
-         '.   `#?..  .       ..'
-            -.   .         .-
-              ''-.oo,oo.-''
-
-\. _(9>
- \==_)
-  -'=
-
-h2. Temporarily disabling textile markup
-
-notextile. Don't __touch this!__
-
-Surround text with double-equals to disable textile inline. Example: Use ==*asterisks*== for *strong* text.
-
-
-h2. HTML
-
-Some block layouts are simply textile versions of HTML tags with the same name, like @div@, @pre@, and @p@. HTML tags can also exist on their own line:
-
-<section>
-  <h1>Title</h1>
-  <p>Hello!</p>
-</section>
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-textile.

- -

Parsing/Highlighting Tests: normal, verbose.

- -

TiddlyWiki mode

- - -

-!TiddlyWiki Formatting
-* Rendered versions can be found at: http://www.tiddlywiki.com/#Reference
-
-|!Option            | !Syntax            |
-|bold font          | ''bold''           |
-|italic type        | //italic//         |
-|underlined text    | __underlined__     |
-|strikethrough text | --strikethrough--  |
-|superscript text   | super^^script^^    |
-|subscript text     | sub~~script~~      |
-|highlighted text   | @@highlighted@@    |
-|preformatted text  | {{{preformatted}}} |
-
-!Block Elements
-<<<
-!Heading 1
-
-!!Heading 2
-
-!!!Heading 3
-
-!!!!Heading 4
-
-!!!!!Heading 5
-<<<
-
-!!Lists
-<<<
-* unordered list, level 1
-** unordered list, level 2
-*** unordered list, level 3
-
-# ordered list, level 1
-## ordered list, level 2
-### unordered list, level 3
-
-; definition list, term
-: definition list, description
-<<<
-
-!!Blockquotes
-<<<
-> blockquote, level 1
->> blockquote, level 2
->>> blockquote, level 3
-
-> blockquote
-<<<
-
-!!Preformatted Text
-<<<
-{{{
-preformatted (e.g. code)
-}}}
-<<<
-
-!!Code Sections
-<<<
-{{{
-Text style code
-}}}
-
-//{{{
-JS styled code. TiddlyWiki mixed mode should support highlighter switching in the future.
-//}}}
-
-
-XML styled code. TiddlyWiki mixed mode should support highlighter switching in the future.
-
-<<<
-
-!!Tables
-<<<
-|CssClass|k
-|!heading column 1|!heading column 2|
-|row 1, column 1|row 1, column 2|
-|row 2, column 1|row 2, column 2|
-|>|COLSPAN|
-|ROWSPAN| ... |
-|~| ... |
-|CssProperty:value;...| ... |
-|caption|c
-
-''Annotation:''
-* The {{{>}}} marker creates a "colspan", causing the current cell to merge with the one to the right.
-* The {{{~}}} marker creates a "rowspan", causing the current cell to merge with the one above.
-<<<
-!!Images /% TODO %/
-cf. [[TiddlyWiki.com|http://www.tiddlywiki.com/#EmbeddedImages]]
-
-!Hyperlinks
-* [[WikiWords|WikiWord]] are automatically transformed to hyperlinks to the respective tiddler
-** the automatic transformation can be suppressed by preceding the respective WikiWord with a tilde ({{{~}}}): {{{~WikiWord}}}
-* [[PrettyLinks]] are enclosed in square brackets and contain the desired tiddler name: {{{[[tiddler name]]}}}
-** optionally, a custom title or description can be added, separated by a pipe character ({{{|}}}): {{{[[title|target]]}}}<br>'''N.B.:''' In this case, the target can also be any website (i.e. URL).
-
-!Custom Styling
-* {{{@@CssProperty:value;CssProperty:value;...@@}}}<br>''N.B.:'' CSS color definitions should use lowercase letters to prevent the inadvertent creation of WikiWords.
-* <html><code>{{customCssClass{...}}}</code></html>
-* raw HTML can be inserted by enclosing the respective code in HTML tags: {{{<html> ... </html>}}}
-
-!Special Markers
-* {{{<br>}}} forces a manual line break
-* {{{----}}} creates a horizontal ruler
-* [[HTML entities|http://www.tiddlywiki.com/#HtmlEntities]]
-* [[HTML entities local|HtmlEntities]]
-* {{{<<macroName>>}}} calls the respective [[macro|Macros]]
-* To hide text within a tiddler so that it is not displayed, it can be wrapped in {{{/%}}} and {{{%/}}}.<br/>This can be a useful trick for hiding drafts or annotating complex markup.
-* To prevent wiki markup from taking effect for a particular section, that section can be enclosed in three double quotes: e.g. {{{"""WikiWord"""}}}.
-

- - - -

TiddlyWiki mode supports a single configuration.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-tiddlywiki.

Tiki wiki mode

- - -

- - - -

TOML Mode

- - -

The TOML Mode

Created by Forbes Lindesay.

MIME type defined: text/x-toml.

Tornado template mode

- - - - -

Mode for HTML with embedded Tornado template markup.

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-tornado

troff

- - -

-'\" t
-.\"     Title: mkvextract
-.TH "MKVEXTRACT" "1" "2015\-02\-28" "MKVToolNix 7\&.7\&.0" "User Commands"
-.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el       .ds Aq '
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.nh
-.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
-.ad l
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "NAME"
-mkvextract \- extract tracks from Matroska(TM) files into other files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.HP \w'\fBmkvextract\fR\ 'u
-\fBmkvextract\fR {mode} {source\-filename} [options] [extraction\-spec]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-.B mkvextract
-extracts specific parts from a
-.I Matroska(TM)
-file to other useful formats\&. The first argument,
-\fBmode\fR, tells
-\fBmkvextract\fR(1)
-what to extract\&. Currently supported is the extraction of
-tracks,
-tags,
-attachments,
-chapters,
-CUE sheets,
-timecodes
-and
-cues\&. The second argument is the name of the source file\&. It must be a
-Matroska(TM)
-file\&. All following arguments are options and extraction specifications; both of which depend on the selected mode\&.
-.SS "Common options"
-.PP
-The following options are available in all modes and only described once in this section\&.
-.PP
-\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-parse\-fully\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the parse mode to \*(Aqfull\*(Aq\&. The default mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file\&. In 99% of all cases this is enough\&. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to use this mode\&. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-command\-line\-charset\fR \fIcharacter\-set\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from\&. It defaults to the character set given by system\*(Aqs current locale\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-output\-charset\fR \fIcharacter\-set\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the character set to which strings are converted that are to be output\&. It defaults to the character set given by system\*(Aqs current locale\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-redirect\-output\fR \fIfile\-name\fR
-.RS 4
-Writes all messages to the file
-\fIfile\-name\fR
-instead of to the console\&. While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file\&. The character set set with
-\fB\-\-output\-charset\fR
-is honored\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-ui\-language\fR \fIcode\fR
-.RS 4
-Forces the translations for the language
-\fIcode\fR
-to be used (e\&.g\&. \*(Aqde_DE\*(Aq for the German translations)\&. It is preferable to use the environment variables
-\fILANG\fR,
-\fILC_MESSAGES\fR
-and
-\fILC_ALL\fR
-though\&. Entering \*(Aqlist\*(Aq as the
-\fIcode\fR
-will cause
-\fBmkvextract\fR(1)
-to output a list of available translations\&.
-
-.\" [...]
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBmkvmerge\fR(1),
-\fBmkvinfo\fR(1),
-\fBmkvpropedit\fR(1),
-\fBmmg\fR(1)
-.SH "WWW"
-.PP
-The latest version can always be found at
-\m[blue]\fBthe MKVToolNix homepage\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\(co \fBMoritz Bunkus\fR <\&moritz@bunkus\&.org\&>
-.RS 4
-Developer
-.RE
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IP " 1." 4
-the MKVToolNix homepage
-.RS 4
-\%https://www.bunkus.org/videotools/mkvtoolnix/
-.RE
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: troff.

TTCN-CFG example

-[MODULE_PARAMETERS]
-# This section shall contain the values of all parameters that are defined in your TTCN-3 modules.
-
-[LOGGING]
-# In this section you can specify the name of the log file and the classes of events
-# you want to log into the file or display on console (standard error).
-
-LogFile := "logs/%e.%h-%r.%s"
-FileMask := LOG_ALL | DEBUG | MATCHING
-ConsoleMask := ERROR | WARNING | TESTCASE | STATISTICS | PORTEVENT
-
-LogSourceInfo := Yes
-AppendFile := No
-TimeStampFormat := DateTime
-LogEventTypes := Yes
-SourceInfoFormat := Single
-LogEntityName := Yes
-
-[TESTPORT_PARAMETERS]
-# In this section you can specify parameters that are passed to Test Ports.
-
-[DEFINE]
-# In this section you can create macro definitions,
-# that can be used in other configuration file sections except [INCLUDE].
-
-[INCLUDE]
-# To use configuration settings given in other configuration files,
-# the configuration files just need to be listed in this section, with their full or relative pathnames.
-
-[EXTERNAL_COMMANDS]
-# This section can define external commands (shell scripts) to be executed by the ETS
-# whenever a control part or test case is started or terminated.
-
-BeginTestCase := ""
-EndTestCase := ""
-BeginControlPart := ""
-EndControlPart := ""
-
-[EXECUTE]
-# In this section you can specify what parts of your test suite you want to execute.
-
-[GROUPS]
-# In this section you can specify groups of hosts. These groups can be used inside the
-# [COMPONENTS] section to restrict the creation of certain PTCs to a given set of hosts.
-
-[COMPONENTS]
-# This section consists of rules restricting the location of created PTCs.
-
-[MAIN_CONTROLLER]
-# The options herein control the behavior of MC.
-
-TCPPort := 0
-KillTimer := 10.0
-NumHCs := 0
-LocalAddress :=
-

- - -
-

Language: Testing and Test Control Notation - - Configuration files - (TTCN-CFG) -

MIME types defined: text/x-ttcn-cfg.

- -
-

The development of this mode has been sponsored by Ericsson - .

Coded by Asmelash Tsegay Gebretsadkan

TTCN example

-module Templates {
-  /* import types from ASN.1 */
-  import from Types language "ASN.1:1997" all;
-
-  /* During the conversion phase from ASN.1 to TTCN-3 */
-  /* - the minus sign (Message-Type) within the identifiers will be replaced by underscore (Message_Type)*/
-  /* - the ASN.1 identifiers matching a TTCN-3 keyword (objid) will be postfixed with an underscore (objid_)*/
-
-  // simple types
-
-  template SenderID localObjid := objid {itu_t(0) identified_organization(4) etsi(0)};
-
-  // complex types
-
-  /* ASN.1 Message-Type mapped to TTCN-3 Message_Type */
-  template Message receiveMsg(template (present) Message_Type p_messageType) := {
-    header := p_messageType,
-    body := ?
-  }
-
-  /* ASN.1 objid mapped to TTCN-3 objid_ */
-  template Message sendInviteMsg := {
-      header := inviteType,
-      body := {
-        /* optional fields may be assigned by omit or may be ignored/skipped */
-        description := "Invite Message",
-        data := 'FF'O,
-        objid_ := localObjid
-      }
-  }
-
-  template Message sendAcceptMsg modifies sendInviteMsg := {
-      header := acceptType,
-      body := {
-        description := "Accept Message"
-      }
-    };
-
-  template Message sendErrorMsg modifies sendInviteMsg := {
-      header := errorType,
-      body := {
-        description := "Error Message"
-      }
-    };
-
-  template Message expectedErrorMsg := {
-      header := errorType,
-      body := ?
-    };
-
-  template Message expectedInviteMsg modifies expectedErrorMsg := {
-      header := inviteType
-    };
-
-  template Message expectedAcceptMsg modifies expectedErrorMsg := {
-      header := acceptType
-    };
-
-} with { encode "BER:1997" }
-

- - -
-

Language: Testing and Test Control Notation - (TTCN) -

MIME types defined: text/x-ttcn, - text/x-ttcn3, text/x-ttcnpp.

-
-

The development of this mode has been sponsored by Ericsson - .

Coded by Asmelash Tsegay Gebretsadkan

Turtle mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/turtle.

- -

Twig mode

- - -

VB.NET mode

- - - -

- -

MIME type defined: text/x-vb.

- -

VBScript mode

- - -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/vbscript.

Velocity mode

-## Velocity Code Demo
-#*
-   based on PL/SQL mode by Peter Raganitsch, adapted to Velocity by Steve O'Hara ( http://www.pivotal-solutions.co.uk )
-   August 2011
-*#
-
-#*
-   This is a multiline comment.
-   This is the second line
-*#
-
-#[[ hello steve
-   This has invalid syntax that would normally need "poor man's escaping" like:
-
-   #define()
-
-   ${blah
-]]#
-
-#include( "disclaimer.txt" "opinion.txt" )
-#include( $foo $bar )
-
-#parse( "lecorbusier.vm" )
-#parse( $foo )
-
-#evaluate( 'string with VTL #if(true)will be displayed#end' )
-
-#define( $hello ) Hello $who #end #set( $who = "World!") $hello ## displays Hello World!
-
-#foreach( $customer in $customerList )
-
-    $foreach.count $customer.Name
-
-    #if( $foo == ${bar})
-        it's true!
-        #break
-    #{else}
-        it's not!
-        #stop
-    #end
-
-    #if ($foreach.parent.hasNext)
-        $velocityCount
-    #end
-#end
-
-$someObject.getValues("this is a string split
-        across lines")
-
-$someObject("This plus $something in the middle").method(7567).property
-
-#set($something = "Parseable string with '$quotes'!")
-
-#macro( tablerows $color $somelist )
-    #foreach( $something in $somelist )
-        <tr><td bgcolor=$color>$something</td></tr>
-        <tr><td bgcolor=$color>$bodyContent</td></tr>
-    #end
-#end
-
-#tablerows("red" ["dadsdf","dsa"])
-#@tablerows("red" ["dadsdf","dsa"]) some body content #end
-
-   Variable reference: #set( $monkey = $bill )
-   String literal: #set( $monkey.Friend = 'monica' )
-   Property reference: #set( $monkey.Blame = $whitehouse.Leak )
-   Method reference: #set( $monkey.Plan = $spindoctor.weave($web) )
-   Number literal: #set( $monkey.Number = 123 )
-   Range operator: #set( $monkey.Numbers = [1..3] )
-   Object list: #set( $monkey.Say = ["Not", $my, "fault"] )
-   Object map: #set( $monkey.Map = {"banana" : "good", "roast beef" : "bad"})
-
-The RHS can also be a simple arithmetic expression, such as:
-Addition: #set( $value = $foo + 1 )
-   Subtraction: #set( $value = $bar - 1 )
-   Multiplication: #set( $value = $foo * $bar )
-   Division: #set( $value = $foo / $bar )
-   Remainder: #set( $value = $foo % $bar )
-
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/velocity.

- -

SystemVerilog mode

- -

-// Literals
-1'b0
-1'bx
-1'bz
-16'hDC78
-'hdeadbeef
-'b0011xxzz
-1234
-32'd5678
-3.4e6
--128.7
-
-// Macro definition
-`define BUS_WIDTH = 8;
-
-// Module definition
-module block(
-  input                   clk,
-  input                   rst_n,
-  input  [`BUS_WIDTH-1:0] data_in,
-  output [`BUS_WIDTH-1:0] data_out
-);
-  
-  always @(posedge clk or negedge rst_n) begin
-
-    if (~rst_n) begin
-      data_out <= 8'b0;
-    end else begin
-      data_out <= data_in;
-    end
-    
-    if (~rst_n)
-      data_out <= 8'b0;
-    else
-      data_out <= data_in;
-    
-    if (~rst_n)
-      begin
-        data_out <= 8'b0;
-      end
-    else
-      begin
-        data_out <= data_in;
-      end
-
-  end
-  
-endmodule
-
-// Class definition
-class test;
-
-  /**
-   * Sum two integers
-   */
-  function int sum(int a, int b);
-    int result = a + b;
-    string msg = $sformatf("%d + %d = %d", a, b, result);
-    $display(msg);
-    return result;
-  endfunction
-  
-  task delay(int num_cycles);
-    repeat(num_cycles) #1;
-  endtask
-  
-endclass
-
-

- - - -

-Syntax highlighting and indentation for the Verilog and SystemVerilog languages (IEEE 1800). -

Configuration options:

noIndentKeywords - List of keywords which should not cause indentation to increase. E.g. ["package", "module"]. Default: None

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-verilog and text/x-systemverilog.

VHDL mode

- -

- - - -

-Syntax highlighting and indentation for the VHDL language. -

Configuration options:

atoms - List of atom words. Default: "null"
hooks - List of meta hooks. Default: ["`", "$"]
multiLineStrings - Whether multi-line strings are accepted. Default: false

- -

MIME types defined: text/x-vhdl.

Vue.js mode

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-vue

- -

Web IDL mode

- -

-[NamedConstructor=Image(optional unsigned long width, optional unsigned long height)]
-interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement {
-           attribute DOMString alt;
-           attribute DOMString src;
-           attribute DOMString srcset;
-           attribute DOMString sizes;
-           attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
-           attribute DOMString useMap;
-           attribute boolean isMap;
-           attribute unsigned long width;
-           attribute unsigned long height;
-  readonly attribute unsigned long naturalWidth;
-  readonly attribute unsigned long naturalHeight;
-  readonly attribute boolean complete;
-  readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc;
-
-  // also has obsolete members
-};
-
-partial interface HTMLImageElement {
-  attribute DOMString name;
-  attribute DOMString lowsrc;
-  attribute DOMString align;
-  attribute unsigned long hspace;
-  attribute unsigned long vspace;
-  attribute DOMString longDesc;
-
-  [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border;
-};
-

- - - -

MIME type defined: text/x-webidl.

XML mode

- - -

The XML mode supports these configuration parameters:

htmlMode (boolean): This switches the mode to parse HTML instead of XML. This - means attributes do not have to be quoted, and some elements - (such as br) do not require a closing tag.
matchClosing (boolean): Controls whether the mode checks that close tags match the - corresponding opening tag, and highlights mismatches as errors. - Defaults to true.
alignCDATA (boolean): Setting this to true will force the opening tag of CDATA - blocks to not be indented.

- -

MIME types defined: application/xml, text/html.

XQuery mode

- - -

-xquery version "1.0-ml";
-(: this is
- : a 
-   "comment" :)
-let $let := <x attr="value">"test"<func>function() $var {function()} {$var}</func></x>
-let $joe:=1
-return element element {
-	attribute attribute { 1 },
-	element test { 'a' }, 
-	attribute foo { "bar" },
-	fn:doc()[ foo/@bar eq $let ],
-	//x }    
- 
-(: a more 'evil' test :)
-(: Modified Blakeley example (: with nested comment :) ... :)
-declare private function local:declare() {()};
-declare private function local:private() {()};
-declare private function local:function() {()};
-declare private function local:local() {()};
-let $let := <let>let $let := "let"</let>
-return element element {
-	attribute attribute { try { xdmp:version() } catch($e) { xdmp:log($e) } },
-	attribute fn:doc { "bar" castable as xs:string },
-	element text { text { "text" } },
-	fn:doc()[ child::eq/(@bar | attribute::attribute) eq $let ],
-	//fn:doc
-}
-
-
-
-xquery version "1.0-ml";
-
-(: Copyright 2006-2010 Mark Logic Corporation. :)
-
-(:
- : Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- : you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- : You may obtain a copy of the License at
- :
- :     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- :
- : Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- : distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- : WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- : See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- : limitations under the License.
- :)
-
-module namespace json = "http://marklogic.com/json";
-declare default function namespace "http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions";
-
-(: Need to backslash escape any double quotes, backslashes, and newlines :)
-declare function json:escape($s as xs:string) as xs:string {
-  let $s := replace($s, "\\", "\\\\")
-  let $s := replace($s, """", "\\""")
-  let $s := replace($s, codepoints-to-string((13, 10)), "\\n")
-  let $s := replace($s, codepoints-to-string(13), "\\n")
-  let $s := replace($s, codepoints-to-string(10), "\\n")
-  return $s
-};
-
-declare function json:atomize($x as element()) as xs:string {
-  if (count($x/node()) = 0) then 'null'
-  else if ($x/@type = "number") then
-    let $castable := $x castable as xs:float or
-                     $x castable as xs:double or
-                     $x castable as xs:decimal
-    return
-    if ($castable) then xs:string($x)
-    else error(concat("Not a number: ", xdmp:describe($x)))
-  else if ($x/@type = "boolean") then
-    let $castable := $x castable as xs:boolean
-    return
-    if ($castable) then xs:string(xs:boolean($x))
-    else error(concat("Not a boolean: ", xdmp:describe($x)))
-  else concat('"', json:escape($x), '"')
-};
-
-(: Print the thing that comes after the colon :)
-declare function json:print-value($x as element()) as xs:string {
-  if (count($x/*) = 0) then
-    json:atomize($x)
-  else if ($x/@quote = "true") then
-    concat('"', json:escape(xdmp:quote($x/node())), '"')
-  else
-    string-join(('{',
-      string-join(for $i in $x/* return json:print-name-value($i), ","),
-    '}'), "")
-};
-
-(: Print the name and value both :)
-declare function json:print-name-value($x as element()) as xs:string? {
-  let $name := name($x)
-  let $first-in-array :=
-    count($x/preceding-sibling::*[name(.) = $name]) = 0 and
-    (count($x/following-sibling::*[name(.) = $name]) > 0 or $x/@array = "true")
-  let $later-in-array := count($x/preceding-sibling::*[name(.) = $name]) > 0
-  return
-
-  if ($later-in-array) then
-    ()  (: I was handled previously :)
-  else if ($first-in-array) then
-    string-join(('"', json:escape($name), '":[',
-      string-join((for $i in ($x, $x/following-sibling::*[name(.) = $name]) return json:print-value($i)), ","),
-    ']'), "")
-   else
-     string-join(('"', json:escape($name), '":', json:print-value($x)), "")
-};
-
-(:~
-  Transforms an XML element into a JSON string representation.  See http://json.org.
-  <p/>
-  Sample usage:
-  <pre>
-    xquery version "1.0-ml";
-    import module namespace json="http://marklogic.com/json" at "json.xqy";
-    json:serialize(&lt;foo&gt;&lt;bar&gt;kid&lt;/bar&gt;&lt;/foo&gt;)
-  </pre>
-  Sample transformations:
-  <pre>
-  &lt;e/&gt; becomes {"e":null}
-  &lt;e&gt;text&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":"text"}
-  &lt;e&gt;quote " escaping&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":"quote \" escaping"}
-  &lt;e&gt;backslash \ escaping&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":"backslash \\ escaping"}
-  &lt;e&gt;&lt;a&gt;text1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;text2&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":{"a":"text1","b":"text2"}}
-  &lt;e&gt;&lt;a&gt;text1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a&gt;text2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":{"a":["text1","text2"]}}
-  &lt;e&gt;&lt;a array="true"&gt;text1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":{"a":["text1"]}}
-  &lt;e&gt;&lt;a type="boolean"&gt;false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":{"a":false}}
-  &lt;e&gt;&lt;a type="number"&gt;123.5&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":{"a":123.5}}
-  &lt;e quote="true"&gt;&lt;div attrib="value"/&gt;&lt;/e&gt; becomes {"e":"&lt;div attrib=\"value\"/&gt;"}
-  </pre>
-  <p/>
-  Namespace URIs are ignored.  Namespace prefixes are included in the JSON name.
-  <p/>
-  Attributes are ignored, except for the special attribute @array="true" that
-  indicates the JSON serialization should write the node, even if single, as an
-  array, and the attribute @type that can be set to "boolean" or "number" to
-  dictate the value should be written as that type (unquoted).  There's also
-  an @quote attribute that when set to true writes the inner content as text
-  rather than as structured JSON, useful for sending some XHTML over the
-  wire.
-  <p/>
-  Text nodes within mixed content are ignored.
-
-  @param $x Element node to convert
-  @return String holding JSON serialized representation of $x
-
-  @author Jason Hunter
-  @version 1.0.1
-  
-  Ported to xquery 1.0-ml; double escaped backslashes in json:escape
-:)
-declare function json:serialize($x as element())  as xs:string {
-  string-join(('{', json:print-name-value($x), '}'), "")
-};
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: application/xquery.

- -

Development of the CodeMirror XQuery mode was sponsored by - MarkLogic and developed by - Mike Brevoort. -

- -

yacas mode

- - -

-// example yacas code
-Graph(edges_IsList) <-- [
-    Local(v, e, f, t);
-
-    vertices := {};
-
-    ForEach (e, edges) [
-        If (IsList(e), e := Head(e));
-        {f, t} := Tail(Listify(e));
-
-        DestructiveAppend(vertices, f);
-        DestructiveAppend(vertices, t);
-    ];
-
-    Graph(RemoveDuplicates(vertices), edges);
-];
-
-10 # IsGraph(Graph(vertices_IsList, edges_IsList)) <-- True;
-20 # IsGraph(_x) <-- False;
-
-Edges(Graph(vertices_IsList, edges_IsList)) <-- edges;
-Vertices(Graph(vertices_IsList, edges_IsList)) <-- vertices;
-
-AdjacencyList(g_IsGraph) <-- [
-    Local(l, vertices, edges, e, op, f, t);
-
-    l := Association'Create();
-
-    vertices := Vertices(g);
-    ForEach (v, vertices)
-        Association'Set(l, v, {});
-
-    edges := Edges(g);
-
-    ForEach(e, edges) [
-        If (IsList(e), e := Head(e));
-        {op, f, t} := Listify(e);
-        DestructiveAppend(Association'Get(l, f), t);
-        If (String(op) = "<->", DestructiveAppend(Association'Get(l, t), f));
-    ];
-
-    l;
-];
-

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-yacas (yacas).

YAML front matter mode

----
-receipt:     Oz-Ware Purchase Invoice
-date:        2007-08-06
-customer:
-    given:   Dorothy
-    family:  Gale
-
-items:
-    - part_no:   A4786
-      descrip:   Water Bucket (Filled)
-      price:     1.47
-      quantity:  4
-
-    - part_no:   E1628
-      descrip:   High Heeled "Ruby" Slippers
-      size:       8
-      price:     100.27
-      quantity:  1
-
-bill-to:  &id001
-    street: |
-            123 Tornado Alley
-            Suite 16
-    city:   East Centerville
-    state:  KS
-
-ship-to:  *id001
-
-specialDelivery:  >
-    Follow the Yellow Brick
-    Road to the Emerald City.
-    Pay no attention to the
-    man behind the curtain.
----
-
-GitHub Flavored Markdown
-========================
-
-Everything from markdown plus GFM features:
-
-## URL autolinking
-
-Underscores_are_allowed_between_words.
-
-## Strikethrough text
-
-GFM adds syntax to strikethrough text, which is missing from standard Markdown.
-
-~~Mistaken text.~~
-~~**works with other formatting**~~
-
-~~spans across
-lines~~
-
-## Fenced code blocks (and syntax highlighting)
-
-```javascript
-for (var i = 0; i < items.length; i++) {
-    console.log(items[i], i); // log them
-}
-```
-
-## Task Lists
-
-- [ ] Incomplete task list item
-- [x] **Completed** task list item
-
-## A bit of GitHub spice
-
-* SHA: be6a8cc1c1ecfe9489fb51e4869af15a13fc2cd2
-* User@SHA ref: mojombo@be6a8cc1c1ecfe9489fb51e4869af15a13fc2cd2
-* User/Project@SHA: mojombo/god@be6a8cc1c1ecfe9489fb51e4869af15a13fc2cd2
-* \#Num: #1
-* User/#Num: mojombo#1
-* User/Project#Num: mojombo/god#1
-
-See http://github.github.com/github-flavored-markdown/.
-

- -

Defines a mode that parses -a YAML frontmatter -at the start of a file, switching to a base mode at the end of that. -Takes a mode configuration option base to configure the -base mode, which defaults to "gfm".

- - - -

YAML mode

---- # Favorite movies
-- Casablanca
-- North by Northwest
-- The Man Who Wasn't There
---- # Shopping list
-[milk, pumpkin pie, eggs, juice]
---- # Indented Blocks, common in YAML data files, use indentation and new lines to separate the key: value pairs
-  name: John Smith
-  age: 33
---- # Inline Blocks, common in YAML data streams, use commas to separate the key: value pairs between braces
-{name: John Smith, age: 33}
----
-receipt:     Oz-Ware Purchase Invoice
-date:        2007-08-06
-customer:
-    given:   Dorothy
-    family:  Gale
-
-items:
-    - part_no:   A4786
-      descrip:   Water Bucket (Filled)
-      price:     1.47
-      quantity:  4
-
-    - part_no:   E1628
-      descrip:   High Heeled "Ruby" Slippers
-      size:       8
-      price:     100.27
-      quantity:  1
-
-bill-to:  &id001
-    street: |
-            123 Tornado Alley
-            Suite 16
-    city:   East Centerville
-    state:  KS
-
-ship-to:  *id001
-
-specialDelivery:  >
-    Follow the Yellow Brick
-    Road to the Emerald City.
-    Pay no attention to the
-    man behind the curtain.
-...
-

- - -

MIME types defined: text/x-yaml.

- -

Z80 assembly mode

- - -

- - - -

MIME types defined: text/x-z80, text/x-ez80.

Test Suite

- -

A limited set of programmatic sanity tests for CodeMirror.

- -

Ran 0 of 0 tests

Please enable JavaScript...

- -

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

codemirror.js
apl.js
asn.1.js
asterisk.js
asciiarmor.js
brainfuck.js
clike.js
clojure.js
cmake.js
cobol.js
coffeescript.js
commonlisp.js
crystal.js
css.js
cypher.js
d.js
dart.js
diff.js
django.js
dockerfile.js
dtd.js
dylan.js
ebnf.js
ecl.js
eiffel.js
eml.js
erlang.js
factor.js
fcl.js
forth.js
fortran.js
gfm.js
gas.js
gherkin.js
go.js
groovy.js
haml.js
handlebars.js
haskell.js
haskell-literate.js
haxe.js
htmlembedded.js
htmlmixed.js
http.js
idl.js
javascript.js
jinja2.js
julia.js
jsx.js
lua.js
markdown.js
mathematica.js
mbox.js
mirc.js
mllike.js
modelica.js
mscgen.js
mumps.js
nginx.js
ntriples.js
octave.js
oz.js
pascal.js
pegjs.js
perl.js
php.js
pig.js
powershell.js
properties.js
protobuf.js
python.js
pug.js
puppet.js
q.js
r.js
rpm.js
rst.js
ruby.js
rust.js
sass.js
scala.js
scheme.js
shell.js
sieve.js
slim.js
smalltalk.js
smarty.js
solr.js
soy.js
sparql.js
swift.js
spreadsheet.js
stylus.js
sql.js
stex.js
tcl.js
textile.js
tiddlywiki.js
tiki.js
toml.js
tornado.js
troff.js
ttcn.js
ttcn-cfg.js
turtle.js
twig.js
vb.js
vbscript.js
velocity.js
verilog.js
vhdl.js
vue.js
webidl.js
xml.js
xquery.js
yaml.js
yaml-frontmatter.js
z80.js
active-line.js
anyword-hint.js
brace-fold.js
closebrackets.js
closetag.js
colorize.js
comment.js
comment-fold.js
continuecomment.js
continuelist.js
css-hint.js
css-lint.js
dialog.js
foldcode.js
foldgutter.js
fullscreen.js
hardwrap.js
html-hint.js
html-lint.js
indent-fold.js
javascript-hint.js
javascript-lint.js
json-lint.js
jump-to-line.js
lint.js
loadmode.js
markdown-fold.js
mark-selection.js
match-highlighter.js
matchbrackets.js
matchtags.js
merge.js
multiplex.js
overlay.js
placeholder.js
rulers.js
runmode.js
runmode.node.js
runmode-standalone.js
search.js
searchcursor.js
show-hint.js
simple.js
simplescrollbars.js
sql-hint.js
trailingspace.js
tern.js
xml-fold.js
xml-hint.js
yaml-lint.js
emacs.js
sublime.js
vim.js